MiniTec ENG Katalog

MINITEC
CATALOGUE
Part. N 95.3010/0
MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENT INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
PROFILE SYSTEM
LINEAR SYSTEM
ALUMINIUM PROFILES
PAGE
26
LINEAR SYSTEM LR
PAGE
258
FASTENING ELEMENTS
PAGE
61
LINEAR SYSTEM LB
PAGE
306
LINKS AND HINGES
PAGE
94
LINEAR SYSTEM LG/LN
PAGE
323
HANDLES, LOCKS, STOPS
PAGE
108
BASIC TABLE RACKS
PAGE
353
HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLES
PAGE
356
TABLETOPS
PAGE
363
COUNTER CABINETS
PAGE
369
FOOT RESTS
PAGE
379
BASIC PORTAL CONSTRUCTION
PAGE
383
WORKPLACE SYSTEMS
FEET, WHEELS,
FLOOR FASTENINGS, SUPPORTS
PAGE
133
PAGE
155
FITTING OF PANEL ELEMENTS

ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
EDGE-, COVER-, SLIDEAND SEALING PROFILES
PAGE
170
PRE-ASSEMBLED ELEMENTS
FOR LIFTING AND SLIDING DOORS
PAGE
185
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
PAGE
201
CONTROL SYSTEM
PAGE
216
PNEUMATIC
PAGE
223
LIGHTING
PAGE
386
HYDRAULIC VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT PAGE
230
POWER SUPPLY
PAGE
390
SPECIAL EXTRUSIONS
PAGE
235
KANBAN SYSTEMS
PAGE
395
PROFILE VA
PAGE
243
ACCESSORIES
PAGE
405
DRIVE UNITS AND
MINITEC PROFILSYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENT INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
MACHINE PROTECTION
MOUNTING DEVICE
PAGE
443
MACHINE PROTECTION
PAGE
552
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
PAGE
447
SAVEGUARD
PAGE
558
ESD ACCESSORIES
PAGE
451
LONGITUDINAL STOPS
PAGE
576
VEHICLE EXTENSION
PAGE
579
TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS
CONVEYORS
BELT CONVEYOR
PAGE
464
ROLLER CONVEYOR
PAGE
475
TOOLS + PROCESSING SERVICES

TIMING BELT CONVEYOR
PAGE
481
TOOLS
PAGE
584
CLEAN ROOM CONVEYORS
PAGE
485
PROCESSING SERVICES
PAGE
595
CONVEYOR 48
PAGE
488
COMPONENTS
PAGE
493
TRANSFER SYSTEM
PAGE
516
SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR
PAGE
535
FLEXIBLE-ASSEMBLY-LINES FMS
PAGE
540
ROLLER CONVEYORS RMS
PAGE
545
MINITEC PROFILSYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
no i t c udo r t n I
ABOUT US
The Company
MiniTec was founded on the sales of miniature linear guides and has successfully evolved into designing complete machines and devices for many industrial processes around the world.
The Production Program

Our linear technology combined with the Profile System is the ideal partnership for machine builders.
The components work together to provide optimum performance and the
modular assembly system makes it possible to design and manufacture to
unique specifications quickly and cost effectively.
The Quality
To meet the demands of linear technology precision and exceed quality expectations, we invest in the latest
machines and newest technologies and manufacturing techniques. Our quality management has been certified according to ISO 9001 since 1994.
The Environment
Our company mission stresses an active role in environmental protection and the
conservation of our natural resources. As an example our service partners are
located in close proximity to our customers to avoid long transits. Our
environment management system is certified according to ISO 14001.
The Occupational Health and Safety

Since 2006 our company is certified with the OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health
and Safety Assessment Series.
The Innovation
To us innovation is more than just new products. All our processes are constantly optimized. Continuous training of our staff and close cooperation with
research and education facilities are the base for a steady innovation process.
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF WORKPLACE SYSTEM
The applications of the MiniTec profile system are almost unlimited. This system offers economic solutions
for general machinery designs but also for office furniture, partitions, sound proofing walls and boxes, individually constructed workstations and assembly lines, robots, portal systems, and linear guides
Optimized assembly-unit with

material provision
Material supply trolley
Office Cube the intelligent office solution
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF VEHICLE REFINISHING
Rack system
Extractable shelve
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF CONVEYORS
Conveyor stainless steel
Roll-Conveyor
Timing belt conveyor
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF CONVEYORS
Chain conveyor GKF
Flexible-assembly-sytem FMS
Flexible transfersystem
RMS
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF LINEAR SYSTEM
2-axis adjusting unit, manual
High precision
longitudinal stop
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF QUALITIY CONTROL
Visual classification of small parts
Optical qualitiy inspection with

video and laser
Measuring and surfacecheck of

high-precision set screws for
commonrail pumps
10
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF SAFETY SYSTEMS
Waterproof cabinet
Acoustic machine guard

for a profile saw-station
Safety fence with sliding door
11
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF SOLAR TECHNOLOGY
Lay-up station with

machine-vision
Framing station
SUNLASER
laser welding system
12
INTRODUCTION
EXAMPLES OF TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS
Label printer and applicator
Headlamp adjustment
Automatic stacker
13
INTRODUCTION
PROJECT EXAMPLES
Brushing machine for furniture boards
Transfersystem with lifting station
14
INTRODUCTION
PROJECT EXAMPLES
Longitudinally adjustable conveyor
Workstation with hinged monitor
15
INTRODUCTION
MiniTec CAD Support
Our CAD tools are the logical supplement to the hardware of our construction system. All planning and
assembly requirements are comprehensively considered. The combination of components and software opens
up the full potential for efficient, flexible, and modern machinery construction.
Time is a key factor in modern and economic machine construction. The time expended for a construction
affects the costs to a great extent as well as the speed of implementation. It is not unusual that the expenditure for calculation, design, operation scheduling, and assembly amount to more than half of the total costs.
The ergonomic design of all the components of our system and the ease of assembly with our power-lock
fastener without drilling result in a significant saving of time.
Planning and operations scheduling often offer an even greater potential for saving time. A fundamental step
forward with regard to planning and avoidance of errors are our MiniTec CADmenue for AutoCAD and MiniTec iCAD design tools with more than 50 formats for all other CAD systems. The design time is reduced by
more than 60% with these tools compared to conventional designing.
All components are contained in 2D and 3D in the electronic catalog. Defined insertion points facilitate positioning in the drawing. Any processing and the connectors that may be required are displayed for each of
the components and can be added if desired. A parts-list is automatically created in which the overmeasurements for panel elements are correctly calculated. Identie parts are summarized in a order list. The weight of
the individual items and the total weight are displayed. The parts list can be generated in German, English or
French. Interfaces to Word and Excel* enable the data-transfer to planning systems and the creation of documentations or the further processing of the data.
MiniTec CADmenue for AutoCAD*
Part N 95.0858/0
- Design tool using AutoCAD commands

- Automated design modules for
- Linear axes
- Safety equipment
- Conveyor belts
- Roller belts
- Workplaces
Installation routine for AutoCAD 2002 can be downloaded from our website www.minitec.de/cadsupport
MiniTec ICAD 3.7 for all CAD System
Part N 95.0866/1
- Autonomous design tool that can also be used without a CAD system
- Direct interfaces to all common CAD systems such as Mechanical
Desktop, ProEngineer, Solid Works, Solid-Edge, MegaCAD, etc.
- More than 50 data output formats in 2D and 3D
- Automated design module for linear axes, slide guides, conveyors,
workplaces
- Latest version plus updates to download from www.minitec.de
*AutoCAD is a registered trademark of AUTODESK, Inc. - Word and Excel are registered trademarks of Microsoft
16
INTRODUCTION
Part N 95.0880/0
MiniTec iCAD Assembler 1.6.3
- 3D design tool for MiniTec components

- Saves user time up to 90 percent
- Planning and design of components and systems independent
of CAD software
- CAD functionality without own CAD software
- Easy to use with special anchors, line capture points and
by drag & drop
- Allows fast assembly of components
- Direct interfaces to all typical CAD systems such as Mechanical Desktop,
ProEngineer, SolidWorks, Solid-Edge, MegaCAD and many more.
- More than 50 data output formats in 2D and 3D
- Automated design module for linear axes, slide bearings, conveying
belts, work stations
EXAMPLES OF APPLICATIONS
17
INTRODUCTION
PROFILES
Material
Type:
Al Mg 0,7 Si EN-AW-6063 T66
Specific weight:
2.75 g / cm3
Material no.:
3 3206.72
artificially aged
min. Rm:
245 N / mm2
min. Rp 0,2:
200 N / mm2
Ductile yield A 5:
> 10%
Ductile yield A 10:
> 8%
Module of elasticity:
E: 70000 N / mm2
G: 27000 N / mm2
Expansion hardness:
ca. 75 HB 2,5 / 187.5
Heat extension:
23,8 10-6 K-1
Surface
natural anodized E6/EV1

Layer thickness:
approx. 10 m
Layer hardness:
250 - 350 HV
Tolerances
DIN EN 12020 Part 1 + 2

Outer dimensions:
depending on size 0.2 to 0.4 mm
Straightness deviation:
max. 1,5 mm / 2 m
Flatness deviation:
max. 1,5 mm / 2 m
Generally we confirm half the values according to the tolerances of

DIN EN 12020 part 2.
Core boring
uniform 7.5 - 0.3 mm
The thread M8 must be made by thread former, not by tap.
Core bore reborable up to M12.
Modular Dimension
Standard 45 mm
All profiles are based on the same modular dimension.

All grooves are uniform.
All bores are uniform.
18
INTRODUCTION
GROOVE SYSTEM
Grooves
Uniform in all profiles from 19 up to 180 mm

Width: 8,5 - 0,3 mm.
The grooves are sized for standard M8 with head 13 mm and standard nuts with an outer dimension of 13 mm. Square and hexagonal
nuts and screws cannot twist in the groove.
Basic dimensions
Load capacity
F = 6000 N
F = 4000 N
Useable screws and nuts
19
INTRODUCTION
DEFLECTION OF MINITEC PROFILES
This mode of calculation is a function of our construction module for AutoCAD*
Deflection f (mm), calculated for static load in form of a point as shown below
F
Geometric moment of inertia l (cm4)
Load F (N)
Free length l (mm)
* AutoCAD is a registered trade mark of AUTODESK, Inc.
20
INTRODUCTION
The following formulas and examples of calculation are for static load in the form of a point. For the determination of other load, please use the equations in the relevant literature. In particular we want to point out
that reduced values should be used for dynamic loads.
Calculation of deflection of MiniTec profiles
Example
f = Deflection
F = Load
L = Free length
l = Geom. moment of inertia
E = Modulus of elasticity
x mm
8 000 N
700 mm
30.4 cm4
70 000 N / mm
Example 1
f=
F x L3
E x l x 3 x 104
= 42,1 mm
f=
F x L3
E x l x 48 x 104
= 2,7 mm
f=
F x L3
= 0,67 mm
E x l x 192 x 104
Example 2
Example 3
The above mentioned equations are easy to calculate using the diagram on the previous page.
Follow the steps in the given row for the respective value.
Deflection ( f )
Max. load ( F )
Profile determination
Free length ( L )
21
INTRODUCTION
ASSEMBLY HINTS
Horizontal profiles should be assembled between vertical profiles running unbroken from bottom to top.
Make sure to assemble the vertical profiles an top of the horizontal

profiles for higher loads.
The joins of butt-fastened profiles should be supported.
22
INTRODUCTION
ASSEMBLY HINTS
Because of higher bending strength, profiles should be used edgewise.
Torsional strain on connections should be avoided or supported by

additional use of angles.
Right!
Supporting profiles must be built in as one piece to avoid interruptions!
Wrong!
23
PROFILE SYSTEM
me t s y s e l i f o r P
24
PROFILE SYSTEM
PROFILE SYSTEM
25
PROFILE SYSTEM ALUMINIUM PROFILES

s e l i f o r P mu i ni mu lA
SUBKAPITELNAME
ALUMINIUM PROFILES
26
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 19 x 32
Profile 19 x 45
Profile 45 x 19
Profile 32 x 32 UL
Part No. 20.1012/0
Part No. 20.1064/0
Part No. 20.1000/0
Part No. 20.1001/0
Profile 32 x 32 F
Clamp profile 32 x 32
Part No. 20.1054/0
Part No. 20.1070/0
Profile 45 x 32 UL
Profile 45 x 32 F
Part No. 20.1065/0
Part No. 20.1055/0
Profile 45 x 45 UL
Profile 45 x 45 F
Part No.20.1053/0
Part No. 20.1063/0
Part No. 20.1033/0
Profile 45 x 45
Profile 45 x 45 G
Profile 45 x 45 2G
Part No. 20.1006/0
Part No. 20.1028/0
Part No. 20.1072/0
27
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 45 x 45 2GG
Profile 45 x 45 3G
Profile 45 x 45 R
Part No. 20.1099/0
Part No. 20.1048/0
Part No. 20.1046/0
Cover profile 45 x 45 R
Profile 45 x 45 VA
Profile 45 R 90
Part No. 20.2000/0
Part No. 20.1069/0
Part No. 20.1037/0
Profile 45 R 60
Part No. 20.1096/0
28
Profile 45 R 45
Profile 45 R 30
Part No. 20.1095/0
Part No. 20.1094/0
Profile 45/45
Profile 45/22,5
Part No. 20.1029/0
Part No. 20.1030/0
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 90 x 19
Part No. 20.1031/0
Profile 90 x 32 UL
Profile 45 x 90 UL
Profile 45 x 90 F
Part No. 20.1066/0
Part No. 20.1067/0
Part No. 20.1032/0
Profile 45 x 90
Profile 45 x 90 S
Profile 45 x 90 G
Part No. 20.1009/0
Part No. 20.1017/0
Part No. 20.1015/0
29
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 45 x 60 F
Profile 45 x 135 F
Profile 45 x 135 1G
Part No. 20.1087/0
Part No. 20.1078/0
Part No. 20.1023/0
Profile 60 x 60 F
Part No. 20.1049/0
Profile 45 x 180 1 G
Part No. 20.1079/0
30
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 90 x 90 L
Part No. 20.1010/0
Profile 90 x 90 S
Part No. 20.1019/0
31
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 90 x 90 2G
Part No. 20.1044/0
Profile 90 x 90 G
Part No. 20.1082/0
32
PROFILE SECTIONS
Profile 90 R 90
Part No. 20.1091/0
Profile 32 x 180
Part No. 20.1016/0
Profile 90 x 180 S Part No. 20.1013/0
33
PROFILE SECTIONS
Handle profile
Handle profile 32
Profile 19 x 270
Part No. 20.1077/0
Part No. 20.1045/0

Part No. 20.1088/0
Angular profile 89 x 89
Part No. 20.1011/0
Sliding door profile

Part No. 20.1038/0
34
PROFILE 19 X 32
Part. N 20.1000/0
TECHN. DATA / ITEMS SUPPLIED
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
3,102 cm4
- Light constructions
- MiniTec power-lock fastener
- ly =
1,526 cm4
- Panel frames
- Angle 19
- wx =
1,651 cm3
- Light supports
- Bolt-fastener 15
- wy =
1,606 cm3
- Grip rails
- Screw connection
- Weight
0,987 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
60 m
PROFILE 19 X 45
Part. N 20.1001/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
6,173 cm4
- Light supports, Bracings
- ly =
1,843 cm4
- Angle 19
- wx =
2,743 cm3
- Panel frames
- Bolt-fastener 15
- wy =
1,836 cm3
- Shelves
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,101 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
60 m
35
PROFILE 45 X 19
Part. N 20.1012/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
6,045 cm4
- Angle 25
- ly =
1,529 cm4
- Light Sliding windows
- Bolt-fastener
- wx =
2,687 cm3
- Bracings
- wy =
1,494 cm3
- Support plates
- Weight
0,869 kg/m
- Base plate
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
72 m
PROFILE 32 X 32 UL
Part. N 20.1064/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
4,100 cm4
- ly =
4,100 cm4
- Tables
- Angle 19
- wx =
2,267 cm3
- Horizontal or vertical-sliding doors
- Bolt-fastener 15
- wy =
2,267 cm3
- Bracings
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,052 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
36
48 m
PROFILE 32 X 32 F
Part. N 20.1054/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
4,825 cm4
- ly =
4,825 cm4
- Tables
- Angle 19
- wx =
2,703 cm3
- Horizontal or vertical-sliding doors
- Bolt-fastener 15
- wy =
2,703 cm3
- Bracings
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,288 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
CLAMP PROFILE 32 X 32
Part. N 20.1070/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
5,024 cm4
- All types of safety equipment
- ly =
4,418 cm4
- wx =
3,041 cm3
- For clamping surface elements such as

wire mesh, panes, and plates up to a
thickness of 8 mm
- wy =
2,398 cm3
- Weight
1,211 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
- Additional struts from clamp profile

45 x 32 must be used for larger safety
fields to ensure sufficient protection
against the surface elements pushing out;
seperate out covering strips for profile
45 x32
48 m
- see page 156
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec power-lock fastener; no bores

required
- No cut-outs in surface elements required
- Premount 3 sides of the frame, the eve
side of the profile outwards
- Insert surface element and last profile
strut
- Push in distance profile on the inside or
knock in with a flat tool
- For panel elements < 4 mm mount an
additional insert seal
- Distance profile Part N 22.1039/0 see
page 164
37
PROFILE 45 X 32 UL
Part. N 20.1065/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
8,292 cm4
- General constructions
- ly =
5,178 cm4
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- wx =
3,685 cm3
- Tables
- Bolt-fastener 15 / 20
- wy =
2,815 cm3
- Racks
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,257 kg/m
- Sliding doors
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
PROFILE 45 X 32 F
Part. N 20.1055/0
- lx =
10,189 cm4
- ly =
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
6,499 cm4
- Tables
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- wx =
4,528 cm3
- Racks
- Bolt-fastener 15 / 20
- wy =
3,762 cm3
- Sliding doors
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,588 kg/m
- Rails
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
38
48 m
Part. N 20.1053/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
6,465 cm4
- ly =
9,521 cm4
- wx =
3,999 cm3

thickness of 8 mm
- wy =
4,119 cm3
- Weight
1,615 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
- Additional struts from clamp profile

45 x 32 must be used for larger safety
fields to ensure sufficient protection
against the surface elements pushing out
- Seperate out covering strips for profile
45 x32
ASSEMBLY

necessary
- No cut-outs in panel elements for
fastering elements necessary
- Insert surface element and mount last
profile brace
- Depress the distance profile on the inner
side or hit it with a flat tool
- see page 164
- See page 156
PROFILE 45 X 45 UL
- lx =
9,953 cm4
- ly =
9,953 cm4
Part. N 20.1063/0
APPLICATIONS
- General weight, optimized engineering

structures
ASSEMBLY

- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- wx =
4,423 cm3
- Bolt-fastener 20
- wy =
4,423 cm3
- Screw connection
- Weight
1,445 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
54 m
39
PROFILE 45 X 45 F
Part. N 20.1033/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
14,172 cm4
- ly =
14,172 cm4
- wx =
6,298 cm3
- Bolt-fastener 20
- wy =
6,298 cm3
- Screw connection
- Weight
2,005 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY

- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
36 m
PROFILE 45 X 45
Part. N 20.1006/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
15,934 cm4
- ly =
15,934 cm4
- Compressed air piping
- Angle 25 / 45, bolt-fastener, screw

connection
- wx =
7,081 cm3
- wy =
7,081 cm3
- Weight
2,192 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
40
36 m
- Linear guides
- Bores 11,7 mm reborable for piping
thread G 1/4" for connection of blanking
screws or pneumatic elements
- Lateral connections G 1/8" direct into the
profile. Wider connecting-bores by use of
pneumatic adapting plate
PROFILE 45 X 45 G
- lx =
14,087 cm4
- ly =
14,087 cm4
- wx =
6,261 cm3
- wy =
6,261 cm3
- Weight
1,997 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
36 m
Part. N 20.1028/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- General constructions, particularly for use

in the food industry, in medical
engineering and for the filling of
beverages, where strict hygienic
standards are set
- For tigtening the MiniTec power-lock

fastener, the groove cover must be
opened by tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0 at the profile end. This
opening is covered by means of the cover
plate G Part N 22.1056/0
- Grooves can be closed with the

aluminium cover profile L,
Part N 20.1021/0, when they turn out
to be too big
- On request we offer silicon sealings for
profile connections
- Angle 25 / 45
- The grooves can be opened up to any
length with the tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0
PROFILE 45 X 45 2G
- lx =
13,549 cm4
- ly =
13,549 cm4
- wx =
5,938 cm3
- wy =
5,938 cm3
- Weight
1,925 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
36 m
Part. N 20.1072/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

standards are set
- For tightening the power-lock fastener,

the groove cover must be opened by 3033 mm at the profile end. This opening is
covered by means of the cover plate G
Part N 22.1056/0

to be too big
- Cover with end cap Part N 22.1056/0

- Angle 25 / 45

profile connections
41
PROFILE 45 X 45 2GG
- lx =
13,069 cm4
- ly =
14,045 cm4
- wx =
5,808 cm3
- wy =
6,242 cm3
- Weight
1,925 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
36 m
Part. N 20.1099/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

standards are set
- For tightening the power-lock fastener,

the groove cover must be opened by 3033 mm at the profile end. This opening is
covered by means of the cover plate G
Part N 22.1056/0

to be too big
- Cover with end cap Part N 22.1056/0

- Angle 25 / 45

profile connections
PROFILE 45 X 45 3G
- lx =
13,554 cm4
- ly =
14,049 cm4
- wx =
5,941 cm3
- wy =
6,244 cm3
- Weight
1,953 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
42
36 m
Part. N 20.1048/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- General engineering structures,

particularly for use in the food industry, in
medical engineering and for the filling of
standards are set
- For tightening the MiniTec power-lock

fastener, the groove cover must be
opened by 30-33 mm at the profile end.
This opening is covered by means of the
cover plate G Part N 22.1056/0

to be too big
- Angle 25 / 45

profile connections
- The grooves can be opened up to any

length with the tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0
PROFILE 45 X 45 R
Part. N 20.1046/0
- lx =
8,296 cm4
- ly =
12,997 cm4
APPLICATIONS
- Combination of constructional element

and:
3,247 cm3
- wy =
5,776 cm3
- Weight
1,711 kg/m
- Length
6m

- The lateral grooves can be opened up to
any length with the tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0
- Cable duct
- wx =
ASSEMBLY
- Guiding groove for belt conveyor

- Place of deposit
- Guide for cable chain
- Profile for roller strip
- Packing unit
36 m
COVER 45 X 45 R
- PVC impact resistant, grey
Part. N 20.1037/0
APPLICATIONS
- Covering of profiles 45 x 45 R
- Weight
0,110 kg/m
- Length
2m
ASSEMBLY
- Cover is fastened by clipping
43
PROFILE 45 R 90
Part. N 20.1069/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
9,138 cm4
- Light construction
- ly =
9,138 cm4
- Tables
- Angle 45 R 90
- wx =
3,581 cm3
- Racks
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
3,581 cm3
- Framework constructions
- Cross Bolt-fastener
- Weight
1,478 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
PROFILE 45 R 60
Part. N 20.1096/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
11,446 cm4
- Cover with angle
- ly =
10,280 cm4
- Tables
- Cross bolt-fastener
- wx =
3,667 cm3
- Racks
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
3,752 cm3
- Weight
1,575 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
44
48 m
PROFILE 45 R 45
Part. N 20.1095/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
12,457 cm4
- Cover with angle
- ly =
11,296 cm4
- Tables
- wx =
3,976 cm3
- Racks
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
3,837 cm3
- Weight
1,607 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
PROFILE 45 R 30
Part. N 20.1094/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
12,138 cm4
- Cover with angle
- ly =
11,006 cm4
- Tables
- wx =
4,018 cm3
- Racks
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
3,883 cm3
- Weight
1,626 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
45
PROFILE 45/45
Part. N 20.1029/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
8,626 cm4
- ly =
8,626 cm4
- Tables
- Angle 45
- wx =
3,315 cm3
- wy =
3,315 cm3
- Angle 45 / 90
- Weight
1,443 kg/m
- Bolt-fastener
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48 m
PROFILE 45/22,5
Part. N 20.1030/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
14,506 cm4
- Protective devices
- ly =
33,432 cm4
- Tables
- Mounting angle
- wx =
7,934 cm3
- Connection of construction elements at

an angle of 45
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
8,515 cm3
- Weight
2,225 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
46
36 m
PROFILE 90 X 19
Part. N 20.1031/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
3,316 cm4
- ly =
44,948 cm4
- wx =
3,345 cm3
- Slide plate for linear guide
- wy =
9,988 cm3
- Plates for floor fastening
- Weight
1,820 kg/m
- Showcases
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY
- Base plates
- Bolt-fastener
- Bearing surfaces
- Mounting angle
48 m
PROFILE 90 X 32 UL
Part. N 20.1066/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
10,627 cm4
- ly =
64,889 cm4

structures
- wx =
5,832 cm3
- Mounting angle
- Tables
- wy =
14,340 cm3
- Screw connector
- Racks
- Weight
2,464 kg/m
- Protective devices
- Length
- Packing unit
6m
- The groove on top can be opened at any

length by means th tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0
36 m
47
PROFILE 45 X 90 UL
- lx =
73,907 cm4
- ly =
19,194 cm4
- wx =
16,423 cm3
- wy =
8,530 cm3
- Weight
2,421 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
Part. N 20.1067/0
APPLICATIONS

structures
ASSEMBLY

- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- Counterweighted sliding doors and

devices
- Bolt-fastener 20
- Screw connection
24 m
PROFILE 45 X 90 F
- lx =
100,988 cm4
- ly =
24,340 cm4
- wx =
22,441 cm3
- wy =
10,818 cm3
- Weight
3,134 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
48
24 m
Part. N 20.1032/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

devices
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- Bolt-fastener
PROFILE 45 X 90
Part. N 20.1009/0
- lx =
113,205 cm4
- ly =
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- General heavy duty construction
28,584 cm4
- 4 cavities for compressed air piping
- Angle 25 / 45 / 90
- wx =
25,156 cm3
- Cavity is not suitable for counterweights
- Bolt-fastener
- wy =
12,704 cm3
- Weight
3,667 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Bores 11,7 mm reborable for piping

thread G 1/4" for connection of blanking
screws or pneumatic elements
24 m
- Lateral connections G 1/8" direct into the

profile. Wider connecting-bores by use of
pneumatic adapting plate
PROFILE 45 X 90 S
Part. N 20.1017/0
- Packing unit
- lx =
113,487 cm4
- ly =
30,719 cm4
APPLICATIONS
- Universal for general heavy duty

constructions
ASSEMBLY

- Linear guides LB
- wx =
25,219 cm3
- Angle 45 / 90
- Pillar guides
- wy =
13,653 cm3
- Screw connection
- 5 chavities for pressed air piping
- Weight
3,860 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
24 m
- Central bore 32 mm for ball-bushings

LME 20, for ball-bearings 6201 or 6002,
for compressed air piping or guiding of
hydraulic add-in cylinders
49
PROFILE 45 X 90 G
- lx =
101,241 cm4
- ly =
25,318 cm4
- wx =
22,498 cm3
- wy =
11,252 cm3
- Weight
3,191 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
Part. N 20.1015/0
APPLICATIONS

standards are set
- Guidance of inner counterweights in
central cavity
ASSEMBLY

- All 6 grooves can be opened up to the
length desired
- For series production the groove cover be
removed easily and without burr by
means of a tear-off lever
Part N 26.0815/0
24 m
PROFILE 45 X 60 F
Part. N 20.1023/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
32,068 cm4
- ly =
17,587 cm4
- Corner post in large guard units
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- wx =
10,689 cm3
- Compatible with all system profiles
- Central boring for thread M8
- wy =
7,816 cm3
- Weight
2,603 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
50
24 m
PROFILE 60 X 60 F
Part. N 20.1049/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
40,715 cm4
- ly =
40,715 cm4
- Corner post in large guard units
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- wx =
13,571 cm3
- Compatible with all system profiles
- Central boring for thread M10
- wy =
13,571 cm3
- Weight
3,655 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
24 m
PROFILE 45 X 135 1G
Part. N 20.1078/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
359,242 cm4
- ly =
47,064 cm4
- wx =
20,618 cm3

standards are set
- wy =
53,221 cm3
- Linear guids
- Weight
5,570 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY

- 3 closed grooves can be opened up to the
desired length, by means of the tear-off
lever Part N 26.0815/0

12 m
51
PROFILE 45 X 135 F
- lx =
307,866 cm4
- ly =
34,958 cm4
- wx =
15,537 cm3
- wy =
45,609 cm3
- Weight
4,319 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
Part. N 20.1087/0
APPLICATIONS

devices
- Angle 19 / 25 / 45 / 45 x 90
- Bolt-fastener
12 m
PROFILE 45 X 180 1G
Part. N 20.1079/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
810,885 cm4
- ly =
61,015 cm4
- wx =
90,097 cm3

standards are set
- wy =
26,704 cm3
- Linear guiding
- Weight
6,954 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
52
ASSEMBLY
12 m

ASSEMBLY

PROFILE 90 X 90 L
Part. N 20.1010/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
186,260 cm4
- General heavy duty applications
- ly =
186,260 cm4
- The central cavity is constructed for

guiding counterweights
- Angel 45 or 90
- wx =
41,391 cm3
- Screw connection
- wy =
41,391 cm3
- Bolt-fastener
- Weight
5,222 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
12 m
PROFILE 90 X 90 S
Part. N 20.1019/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
223,949 cm4
- General heavy duty constructions
- ly =
208,888 cm4
- Linear guiding
- Angle 45 or 90
- wx =
49,766 cm3
- Screw connection
- wy =
46,419 cm3

- Weight
7,514 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
12 m
53
PROFILE 90 X 90 2G
Part. N 20.1044/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
190,169 cm4
- Grooves can be teared off
- ly =
190,178 cm4
- wx =
41,825 cm3

- wy =
42,707 cm3
- General constructions, particulary for use

standards are set
- Weight
5,217 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit

12 m
PROFILE 90 X 90 G
Part. N 20.1082/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
195,271 cm4
- Grooves can be teared off
- ly =
195,271 cm4
- wx =
43,393 cm3

- wy =
43,393 cm3

standards are set
- Weight
5,329 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
54
12 m

PROFILE 90 R 90
Part. N 20.1091/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
113,389 cm4
- Tables, frames
- ly =
113,389 cm4
- Angle
- wx =
21,874 cm3
- wy =
21,874 cm3
- Bolt-fastener
- Weight
4,265 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
- End cap, Part. N 22.1021/1

- Base and transport plate M10 - M20
12 m
PROFILE 32 X 180
Part. N 20.1016/0
- lx =
33,804 cm4
- ly =
843,825 cm4
- wx =
- wy =
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Slides for MiniTec- linear system LR
- Clamping surfaces
21,068 cm3
- Base plates
- Angle 45 or 90
93,758 cm3
- Heavy duty constructions
- Screw connection
- Weight
9,539 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
6m
55
PROFILE 90 X 180 S
Part. N 20.1013/0
- lx =
1421,865 cm4
- ly =
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- General heavy duty constructions
376,784 cm4
- Linear guiding LB as slide
- Angle 45 or 90
- wx =
157,983 cm3
- Screw connection
- wy =
83,729 cm3

- Weight
11,482 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
6m
PROFILE 270 X 19
Part. N 20.1077/0
- lx =
10,348 cm4
- ly =
1352,197 cm4
- wx =
10,167 cm3
- wy =
100,162 cm3
- Weight
5,612 kg/m
- Length
6m
APPLICATIONS
- Table tops
- Workstations
- Screw connection
- Didactie installations i.e. pneumatic,

electronics, automatic-control with
universal clamping socket
Part N P20.060/0
- Bolt-fastener 15
- Demonstration units
- Packing unit
56
18 m
ASSEMBLY
HANDLE PROFILE
Part. N 20.1045/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- lx =
3,531 cm4
- Handles of different lengths
- Screw connection
- ly =
7,654 cm4
- Edges
- Mounting angle
- wx =
1,985 cm3
- Table edges
- wy =
2,856 cm3
- Cover ledge for cable, pneumatic

conducts
- Lateral cover with end caps left

Part N 22.1055/0 and right
Part N 22.1054/0
- Weight
0,890 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
60 m
HANDLE PROFILE 32
- lx =
2,601 cm4
- ly =
2,636 cm4
- wx =
1,682 cm4
- wy =
1,649 cm4
- Weight
0,911 kg
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
Part. N 20.1088/0
APPLICATIONS
- Handles of different lengths for doors,

drawers, handrails
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec power lock fastener

- Angle 19
- Edging of panel elements or posters up to

8 mm
- Horizontal profile for fixing of small roller
conveyors
- Bolt-fastener
- Screw connection
- Lateral cover with end cap for handle
profile 32
84 m
57
ANGULAR PROFILE 89 X 89
Part. N 20.1011/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
105,416 cm4
- Consoles
- ly =
105,416 cm4
- Support surface
- wx =
17,413 cm3
- wy =
17,413 cm3
- Weight
4,868 kg/m
- Length
3m
- Packing unit
- Screws M8 x 20 and square nuts M8
- Material for special mounting angles
72 m
SLIDING DOOR PROFILE
Part. N 20.1038/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
15,347 cm4
- Two wing sliding doors
- ly =
15,597 cm4
- One wing sliding doors
- wx =
5,912 cm3
- wy =
6,932 cm3
- Weight
1,474 kg/m
- Length
5m
- Packing unit
58
ASSEMBLY
40 m
ASSEMBLY
- Drill 5 mm holes in centering groove;

bore pitch: 250 - 400 mm depending on
the load
- A) Position M8 F square nuts in the
supporting profile and fasten the sliding
rail profile with M8 x 25 head socket head
socket cap screw
- B) Drill holes or step holes in the
supporting profile and insert the square
nuts in the sliding profile; the nuts are
secured against torsion
END CAPS
All end caps are of non-aging and oil-resistent ABS, grey, thickness 3 mm. The end caps are also available in
black on demand. For cut-off face covering of profiles. No deburring necessary.
For profile:
Part no. Profile
Part no. End cap
19 x 32
20.1000/0
22.1060/1
19 x 45
20.1001/0
22.1064/1
45 x 19
20.1012/0
22.1063/1
32 x 32 UL, F
22.1062/1
20.1070/0
22.1032/1
22.1032/3,
End cap handle profile 32
Handle profile 32
20.1088/0
22.1023/1
45 x 32 UL, F
22.1065/1
20.1053/0
22.1046/1
22.1046/3,
End cap GL
End cap handle profile
End cap 45 R Z
with drilling
with drilling
45 x 45, UL, F, G, 2G, 3G
22.1067/1
45 x 45 R
20.1046/0
22.1065/1
45 R 90
20.1069/0
22.1034/1
45/45
20.1029/0
22.1051/1
45/22,5
20.1030/0
22.1052/1
90 x 19
20.1031/0
22.1053/1
90 x 32 UL
20.1066/0
22.1061/1
45 x 90, UL, F, S, G
22.1068/1
45 x 60 F
20.1023/0
22.1058/1
60 x 60 F
20.1049/0
22.1057/1
45 x 135 G
20.1024/0
22.1049/1
45 x 180 G
20.1079/0
22.1048/1
90 x 90 L, S, 2G
22.1069/1
32 x 180
20.1016/0
22.1059/1
90 x 180 S
20.1013/0
Handle profile right
20.1045/0
22.1054/0
Handle profile left
20.1045/0
22.1055/0
Conduit 90 Al
20.1056/0
22.1045/0
90 R 90
20.1091/0
22.1021/1
For profile:
Part no. Profile
Part no. End cap
45 R 30
20.1094/0
22.1019/1
45 R 45
20.1095/0
22.1017/1
45 R 60
20.1096/0
22.1018/1
2x
22.1069/1
(Hammer pin into the centric bore. Use a plastic hammer.

For demounting push pin through centric bore.)
59
END CAPS
For profile:
Part no. Profile
Part no. End cap
19 x 45
20.1001/0
22.1001/1
32 x 32 UL, F
22.1002/1
45 x 32 UL, F
22.1003/1
45 x 45 UL, F, G, 2G, 3G
22.1004/1
45 x 60 F
20.1023/0
22.1005/1
60 x 60 F
20.1049/0
22.1006/1
45 x 90 UL, F, S, G
22.1007/1
End cap Z
(Hammer pin into the centric bore. Use a plastic hammer.
For demounting push pin through centric bore.)
Designation
Part no. End cap
End cap G
(PA 6)
22.1056/1
End cap GL
(PA 6)
22.1208/1
End cap G
Designation
Part no. End cap
Lamellar plug 7
(PE)
22.1200/1
Lamellar plug 9
(PE)
22.1201/1
Lamellar plug 15
(PE)
22.1202/1
Lamellar plug
90 Al cable channel
End cap Aluminium

Designation
Part no. End cap
End cap 45 x 45 Al
22.1067/2
End cap 45 x 90 Al
22.1068/2
End cap 19 x 45 Al
22.1064/2
(End cap AL, anodized, thickness: 2,5 mm, without screw;

suitable screw: countersunk screw M8 x 20)
End cap stainless steel

Designation
Part no. End cap
End cap 45 x 45 VA
22.1067/5
(End cap VA, stainless steel, thickness: 5 mm, without screw; suitable screw:
countersunk screw VA M8 x 16)
End cap 45x45 VA
60
PROFILE SYSTEM FASTENING ELEMENTS

s t nemel E gn i ne t s aF
SUBKAPITELNAME
FASTENING ELEMENTS
61
MINITEC - POWER-LOCK FASTENER

Applications
Assembly
Extremely strong power-lock connection. Accurate location of the profiles, integrated mounting aid, moveable, low-cost due to minimal processing. Can be used for all types of constructions.
For direct self-tapping of screw M8 into core bore or processing by
using a thread former
2
Assembly
Advantages
1 Screw the fastener by hand into the end of the profile 1.

2 Bring 2nd profile to the required position.
3 Tighten the set-screw M8 with hexagon key 4 A/F with T-handle.
Recommended locking torque: ~12 Nm
The groove of the profile connection remains free for panels, etc.
The connection is invisible from outside.
Subsequently easily adjustable
Power-locked in correct position
Static load: 6000 N (UL profile: 4000 N)
Easy construction of cross-joints
Electrically conductive connection
Variants
62
Power lock fastener(standard):

Part N 21.1018/0
For profile connections that need to be electrically conducting. Profile needs

to be tapped (thread M8).
Power lock fastener SF:

Part N 21.0818/0
For profile connections that need to be electrically conducting.

With self-cutting screw, so tapping is not necessary.
Power lock fastener H:

Part N 21.1018/1
For corrosion resistant profile connections. Profile needs to be tapped

(thread M8).
MINITEC - POWER-LOCK FASTENER N
Applications
Assembly
For subsequent insert of profiles in existing frames
1. Insert Power-lock fastener N into profile

2. Set profile in the required position
3. Insert fastener in the existing profile
4. Slide nut over the L-shape end of the fastener and tighten with
hex-key. Than tighten set screw (both 10 Nm).
63
MINITEC - CROSS-CONNECTOR
Applications
Assembly
For subsequent insertion of profiles in existing constructions
1. Swivel the connector into any existing base frame

2. Insert the profile to be connected over the connector
3. Position the brace profile
4. Tighten the set screw in the connector with a torque of
10 Nm
64
MITRE CONNECTIONS
Mitre connector N
Drill 10.2 mm bore in the profile core bore. Drill 8.2 bore depending on the angle and at distance A from the profile end (see table).
Insert the mitre connector in the open profile end, position the M8
square nut with the set screw and tighten it.
Use drilling jig for mitre connector N, Part N 26.1060/0.
Angle
Distance A (mm)
25
21
30
24
Mitre connector
35
26
40
28
45
29
50
30
55 60
30.5 31
65 70
31.5 32
75
32
80
32
85
32
Drill 10.2 mm bore in the profile core bore. Drill 8.2 bore at the
distance 36.5 mm from the profile end. Insert the mitre connector in
both open profile ends, position the M8 square nut with the set screw,
and tighten it.
Use drilling jig for mitre connector, Part N 26.1050/0.
65
BOLT AND BUTT FASTENER
Application
Processing
Assembly
Subsequent assembly of profiles into existing frames, extension

of profiles.
Step drilling 7 / 20 mm, resp. 9 / 15 mm depth: 16 mm,
position: middle of the groove, 20 mm from profile end.
Subsequent mounting of profiles into existing frames.
Adjustable
Extension of profiles
1 Insert hex screw M8 x 35 in bolt and if possible

preassemble square nut into second profile
2 Insert bolt in step drilling and connect with square nut.
3 Pretighten with ball-headed key 5 A/F.
Final thightening with L-key 5 A/F.
Recommended locking torque: 15 Nm
Static load: 3500 N
66
BUTT FASTENER
Butt Fastener
Insert the fasteners into the bore holes 7 x 20 mm. Tighten the
fasteners with L-key 5 A/F.
Preassemble the fastener
T-Slot Bars
Profile connection with steel t-slot bars.

You can achieve optimum strength by combining the two extension
methods.
67
SCREW CONNECTION
Application
Connections which must be secured against dislocation.
Processing
Thread M8; step drilling 9 / 15 mm with drilling jig

Part no. 26.1092/0 for insert screw M8 x 50
Assembly
- Form the tread M8 with thread former

- Drill the through hole bore 9 x 15 at the position where the
connection is required.
- Insert the position fixing element and the screw.
- Tighten the screw with hexagon key 5 A/F
Definitely secured against dislocation
Static load: 18000 N
68
MOUNTING ANGLES
- No processing
- Suitable for subsequent mounting of profiles into existing frames
- Adjustable
Fmax
Fmax
All values are including double safety.

Load Capacity:
Angle
Angle
Angle
Angle
Angle
19:
25:
45:
45 x 90:
90:
2
2
2
4
8
screws
screws
screws
screws
screws
3.600
3.600
3.600
7.200
14.400
N
N
N
N
N
280
280
280
560
1.120
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
These values are valid only for angles mounted in pairs (up and downside as shown in the pictures).
If used one-sided, the load reduces as follows:
Fmax
Fmax
- 40%
Assembly
- 80%
1. Preassemble the angle with necessary screws and nuts M8.

2. Fix the angle slightly at the vertical profile in the desired position.
3. Insert the horizontal profile and tighten all screws.
69
GUARD UNIT WITH ADJUSTABLE FIXING ANGLE
For fixing of MiniTec-aluminium profile guard units and erection of protective guard units at any angle.
Assembly options:
70
Without gap between guard unit

and post
24 mm gap between guard unit

and post
24 mm gap between guard unit

and post
No gap between guard unit and

post

post

post
SQUARE NUTS
Standard
ESD
with position-fixing
ESD with
position-fixing
Application
Assembly
Economical and easy fixing of fasteners and elements available

with threads M3, M4, M5, M6 and M8.
For applications in vertical profiles use special nuts with position-fixing.

The spring metal keeps the nut in the desired position. Moveable
by screw-driver.
Insertable into the profile groove at any desired point.
With nuts M6 Z and M8 z the integrated noses intrude the anodizing

and secure electrical conductivity.
71
POWER-LOCK FASTENER
- 1 connecting element, zinc plated
Part. N 21.1018/0
APPLICATIONS
- Power-lock connection for all profiles, also

suitable for crossjoints
- 1 fillister head screw M8 x 25, galvanized
ASSEMBLY
- Mount fastener by hand onto profileface

- Tighten set screw M8 with key SW 4
- For larger profile sections several fasteners

can be used
- Recommended locking torque 12 Nm
- Stainless version Part N 21.1018/1
- For all profiles
- See page 62
- Power-Lock fastener SF with self

threading screw
Part. N 21.0818/0
- Part. N 21.1018/0 and 21.0818/0

suitable for ESD applications
- Weight
0,029 kg
POWER-LOCK FASTENER N
- 1 Fastener N, zinc plated, with set screw

M8x10
- 1 Nut M8 with set screw M8x8
- Weight
0,034 kg/m
Part. N 21.0918/0
APPLICATIONS
- For all profiles

- Particulary for subsequent insertion of
profiles into existing frames
- For profile sections bigger than 45x45
several fasteners can be used
ASSEMBLY
- Set profile with fasteners in required

position
- Slide nut M8 over the L-shape end of the
fastener and tighten with hex-key 4 A/F
- Tighten set screw M8x10 of fastener
- Recommended torque for both screws:
10 Nm
72
CROSS-CONNECTOR
Part. N 21.0006/0
- 1 connecting element, steel, galvanized,

chromated, with preassembled set screw
M6 x 16
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- For connecting all types of profile
ASSEMBLY
- Swivel the connector into the existing

frame
- Particularly for subsequent insertion into

existing constructions
- Push the new profile over the connector
- For profile sections bigger than 45 x 45

several fasteners can be used
- Tighten set screw in connector with

wrench size 3 to 10 Nm torque
0,04 kg
- Suitable for ESD applications
SCREW CONNECTION 45
- Hex socket head socket head socket cap

screwhead socket head socket cap screw
M8 x 50, zinc plated
- Position fixing element, steel, zinc plated
- Weight
0,03 kg
Part. N 21.1017/0
APPLICATIONS
- Profile connections which must be

secured against dislocation
ASSEMBLY
- From thread M8 x 25 into profile to be

fixed
- Bore step-drilling 9 x 15 at the position
of required connection
- Insert the position-fixing element into the
groove and put the screw through the
bore of the element
- Tighten the screw
- see page 68
73
SCREW CONNECTION 32
- Hex socket head socket cap screw

M8 x 25
Part. N 21.1386/0
APPLICATIONS
- Connection with effective anti-rotation

function for profile series 32 and 19
ASSEMBLY
- Form a thread M8 with thread former

- Drill a through hole bore 7 in profile 2
- Anti-rotation device AL GD
- Weight
- Insert the anti-rotation device in profile 1

and connect with profile 2
0,02 kg
- Tighten the screw with recommended

locking torque: 20 Nm
HAMMER HEAD SCREW
- Steel, zinc plated

- Weight
74
Part. N 21.1370/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Simple attachment of add-on parts or

accessories on profiles
- Insert hammer head screw into profile

groove, tighten nut M8
- Attachment of mounting angle 45 GD

Part N 21.1133/0 and 90 GD
Part N 21.1000/0
- When tightening the nut, the hammer

head will turn crosswise
0,012 kg
BOLT-FASTENER 15
Part. N 21.1024/0
APPLICATIONS
- 1 bolt aluminium
- For connection of profiles 19 and 32
- Fastening kit
- Particularly for subsequently insertion into

- Weight
0,030 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Step drilling 9 x 15, depth 16 mm,

positioned 22,5 mm from profile end to
the middle of the groove
- Insert the bolt into the step drilling and
pretighten by using ball-headed key 4 A/F
- Final tightening with L-key
- See page 66
BOLT-FASTENER 20
Part. N 21.1021/0
APPLICATIONS
- 1 Bolt GD Zn
- For connection of all profiles
- Fastening kit
- Particularly for subsequently insertion into

- Weight
0,037 kg
- For connection of profile 45 x 19
ASSEMBLY
- Step drilling 7 x 20 depth 16 mm,

- Insert the bolt into the step drilling and
pretighten by using ball-headed key 5 A/F
- See page 66
75
BUTT FASTENER
Part. N 21.1020/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 Bolts GD Z
- Profile extension
- Fastening kit
- Butt joint
- Weight
0,045 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Step drilling 7 x 20 depth 16 mm,

- Insert the fastener and pretighten the
screw with a ball-headed key 5 A/F
- Recommended tightening torque 15 Nm
- See page 67
T-SLOT BAR 90
Part. N 21.1029/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Profile extension
- Insertion into the profile groove
- 2 set screws M8 x 14, 4 A/F, zinc plated
- Fixing of bearings for linear guides
- Clamp with set screw
- Weight
0,060 kg
- No processing required
- For larger profiles or heavy - duty
applications use multiple t-slot bars
- See page 67
76
T-SLOT BAR 135
Part. N 21.0988/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fixing of bearings in standard slide LW

- Weight
ASSEMBLY

0,089 kg
T-SLOT BAR 140
APPLICATIONS
- Fixing of bearings in linear slides LW 32 E

- Weight
Part. N 28.0026/0
ASSEMBLY

0,094 kg
77
T-SLOT BAR 180
Part. N 21.1101/0
APPLICATIONS
- Face fastening of profiles or ready-for-use

elements
ASSEMBLY

- Profile extension
- Weight
0,120 kg
- Fixing of bearings for linear guides


- See page 67
T-SLOT BAR PROFILE
- Steel, plain
Part. N 21.1030/0
APPLICATIONS
- Production of clamping ledges,

connecting elements for special lengths
- Weight
0,680 kg/m
- Length
3m
- Production of reinforcing elements

- Ledges with special perforation
78
ASSEMBLY
MITRE CONNECTOR N
Part. N 21.1401/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Mitre connection of profiles on profile

groove
- Drill 10,2 mm bore in the profile core

bore
- For subsequent fitting in the groove
- Drilling jig see page 588
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,051 kg
MITRE CONNECTOR
Part. N 21.1400/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Show cases
- Rebore core bore to 10,2 mm
- Fastening kit
- Exhibition racks
- Process a drill 8,2 mm in the distance of

36,5 mm from the profile ends
- Weight
0,065 kg
- Displays
- Frames
- Insert the mitre connector into both

profile ends
- Position square nuts on top of the thread
M8 (strengthening of the thread)
- Tighten the connector with set screws
M8, drilling jig see page: 588
- Measure see page 65
79
MOUNTING BRACKET 45
Part. N 21.1411/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- GD Zn, powder coated, grey
- Connection of profiles
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- For subsequent insertion of profiles into

existing constructions, relocatable in
direction of the groove
- In case of mounting into vertical profiles,

the use of square-nut M8 with positionfixing Part N 21.1351/2 is
recommended
- Weight
0,426 kg
- Fixing of support surfaces

- removable attachments
ANGLE 19 GD
Part. N 21.1107/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium GD, powder coated, grey
- Connection of profiles 19 and 32
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Subsequent insertion of profiles into

existing constructions, relocatable in
direction of the groove

the use of square-nut M8 with positionfixing Part N 21.1351/2 is
recommended
- Weight
0,033 kg
- Fixing of support surfaces

- See page 69
80
ANGLE 25 GD
Part. N 21.1102/0

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,044 kg
APPLICATIONS
- General constructions, particularly for

subsequent insertion of profiles into
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Fixing of panel elements, table tops
- For subsequent mounting into vertical

profiles use square nut M8 with positionfixing Part N 21.1351/2
- Strengthening of all profile constructions

- See page 69
ANGLE 25 GD-Z
TECHN. DATA/ITEMS SUPPLIED
Part. N 21.0969/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening kit

- Removable centering tabs
- Weight
0,066 kg
- Strengthening of profile constructions
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Break centering tabs with pliers if nonaligning grooves
- End cap MW 25 GD-Z Part. N 22.0997/1
81
ANGLE 25 S
Part. N 21.1134/0
APPLICATIONS
- Locking device against torsion

- Fastening kit
- Strengthening of profile connections
- Weight
0,066 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- For mounting into vertical profile use
square nut M8 with position-fixing
Part N 21.1351/2
- See page 69
ANGLE 45 GD
Part. N 21.1133/0

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,072 kg
APPLICATIONS

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Hammer head screw Part N 21.1370/0
can be used
- See page 69
82
ANGLE 45 GD-Z
Part. N 21.1349/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening kit

- Removable centering tabs
- Weight
0,083 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Break centering tabs with pliers if nonaligning grooves
can be used
- End cap MW 45 GD-Z Part. N 22.1024/1
ANGLE 45 R 90
Part. N 21.1710/1
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium GD, nature
- Corner fastening of profiles 45 R 90
- End cap MW 45 R 90, grey, Part. N

22.1033/1
- Constructions for show cases, tables etc.
ASSEMBLY
- With screws M8 x 25 from the fastening

kit in central bore of the profile
- Clip into the end cap
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,063 kg
83
ANGLE 45
Part. N 21.1708/1
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium GD, nature
- Corner fastening of profiles 45 / 45
- End cap 45/3, grey
- Constructions for show cases, tables etc.
ASSEMBLY
- With screws M8 x 25 from the fastening

kit in central bore of the profile
- Clip into the end cap
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,062 kg
ANGLE 45 X 90 GD
- Aluminium, powder coated, grey

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,216 kg
Part. N 21.1135/0
APPLICATIONS

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

Part N 21.1351/2
- Strengthening of all profile connections

- See page 69
84
ANGLE 45X90 GD-Z

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,281 kg
Part. N 21.1397/0
APPLICATIONS

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

Part N 21.1351/2

- Use hammer head screw
Part N 21.1370/0
- Suitable end cap MW 45x90 GD-Z
Part N 22.0998/1
ANGLE 90
Part. N 21.0978/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 90 and 180
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit


- Hammer head screw can be used
- Weight
0,460 kg
- Suitable end cap MW 90 GD-Z

Part N 22.0999/1
85
CONNECTING BAR
Part. N 21.1113/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Bar steel, zinc plated
- Connection of different profiles
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Subsequent insertion of profiles into

- Weight
0,103 kg
CONNECTING ANGLE 32
86
APPLICATIONS
- Parallel fastening of profiles 32 x 32
- Fastening kit
- Weight
Part. N 21.1406/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

0,093 kg
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE 19
- Fixing of guards made from clampprofiles 32 x 32 or 45 x 32 or from all

other standard profiles
- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,091 kg
- Fixing of guards at any angle

- For clamp profile 32 x 32 use end cap
Part N 22.1032/3
- For clamp profile 45 x 32 use end cap
Part N 22.1046/3
Part. N 21.1399/0
ASSEMBLY
- Drill thread M8 x 20 in both ends of

vertical profiles of the guard
- Insert guard in angles, adjust position of
the angles and fix it (wrench 13)
- Fix the guard with screws from fastening
kit
- Alternatively: use snap bolts 25
Part N 21.1758/0 in lower threads of the
guard for very quick assembly, fixing with
upper screws only
- A1 = 10,5 mm - 30,5 mm
A2 = 10,5 mm - 17,5 mm
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE 32 ST

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,081 kg
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1405/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fixing of guards made from profiles

32 x 32 and 45 x 32. For frames made of
profiles in 32 range
- Use fastening kit
- This element differs from connecting

angle 32 by a long hole, enabling
adjustment up to 15 mm
- First fix the angle to vertical profile, then

screw guard unit from rear with angle
- A = 6 mm - 25 mm
87
APPLICATIONS
- Fixing of guards made from profile

45 x 32
- Fastening kit
- Weight
Part. N 21.1404/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

0,068 kg
- Usable in frames made from any profile,

flush mounting of element

- A = 10 mm - 28 mm
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE 45 AL
- Aluminium, natural anodized
APPLICATIONS
- Fixing of guards made from profile

45 x 45
- Fastening kit
Part. N 21.1407/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Usable in frames made from any profile

- Weight
0,045 kg
- Flush mounting of element

- A = 10 mm - 28 mm
88
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE GD-K
Part. N 21.0008/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Guards from all profiles
- Screw the guard suspension to the pillars
- Fastening kit
- Movable flaps
- Attach M8 x 25 cheese-head screws to

the protective panel
- Weight
0,043 kg
- It is also possible to mount the guards at

the front when fitting the suspensions to
the front of the post
- Hang the guard in place, and tighten the

set screw using an Allen key from the rear
- A = 16 mm 0.75
- Guard cannot be removed from outside
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of profiles at any angle
- Fastening kit
- Erection of guard units at any angle
- Weight
0,118 kg
Part. N 21.1403/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount the lower fixing half on the post

and align it
- Mount the upper half on the guard unit
and insert the guard unit
- Insert the cylinder head screw and tighten
it with key 4 A/F. The inserted hexagon
nut in the lower fixing half is secured
against torsion
- See page 70
89
CONNECTING PLATE 90 X 32
Part. N 21.1346/0
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of two guards without gaps
- Fastening kit
- Strengthening of guard units
- Weight
0,170 kg
Part. N 21.1472/0
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of guards without gaps
- Fastening kit
- Weight
90
0,17 kg
- Use fastening kit
- Connection of premounted units or

modules
ASSEMBLY

modules
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
Part. N 21.1473/0
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of guards without gaps
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,33 kg
- Aluminium anodized
- Weight
Part. N 21.1027/0
APPLICATIONS
- Parallel connection of profiles at various

angles
- Fastening kit
- Use fastening kit

modules
CLAMPING CLAW
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

0,069 kg
91
HEX SOCKET CAP SCREWS

M8, 5 A/F
Screw
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
M6, 4 A/F
Screw
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
80
M5, 4 A/F
Screw
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
12
16
20
25
30
40
45
Part N
(steel, zinc plated)
21.1200/0
21.1202/0
21.1204/0
21.1206/0
21.1208/0
21.1210/0
21.1211/0
21.1212/0
21.1214/0
21.1282/0
21.1225/0
21.1226/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1200/1
21.1202/2
21.1204/1
21.1206/1
21.1208/1
21.1210/1
-----21.1212/1
---------------------
Part N
21.1143/0
21.1238/0
21.1240/0
21.1242/0
21.1243/0
21.1245/0
21.1247/0
21.1172/0
21.1171/0
21.1154/0
21.1199/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1143/1
21.1238/1
21.1340/1
21.1242/1
21.1243/1
21.1245/1
21.1247/1
-----21.1171/1
-----21.1199/1
Part N
21.1220/0
21.1235/0
21.1222/0
21.1224/0
21.1237/0
21.1284/0
21.1219/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1220/1
----------21.1224/1
----------------
COUNTERSUNK SCREWS
M8, hex socket

Screw
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
M5, hex socket

Part N
21.1513/0
21.1514/0
21.1520/0
21.1516/0
21.1547/0
21.1517/0
21.1523/0
M6, hex socket

Screw
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
x
x
x
x
x
16
20
30
40
60
M5 x 16
M5 x 20
M5 x 25
Part N
21.1503/0
21.1504/0
21.1505/0
M4, hex socket

Part N
21.1506/0
21.1507/0
21.1508/0
21.1510/0
21.1512/0
Other dimensions on request.
92
Screw
Screw
M4 x 16
M4 x 20
M4 x 30
Part N
21.1501/0
21.1502/0
21.1203/0
SQUARE NUTS
The square nuts are insertable into the profile groove at any desired point.
This enables subsequent mounting of elements into existing constructions without partial dismantling.
The spring metal keeps the nut in the right position. Moveable by screw-driver. Especially for use in vertical profiles.
Square nuts
square nut
Part N
21.1351/0
21.1330/0
21.1320/0
21.1310/0
21.1309/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1351/1
21.1330/1
21.1320/1
21.1310/1
21.1309/1
Square nuts with spring metal

square nut
Part N
M8
21.1351/2
M6
21.1330/2
M5
21.1320/2
M4
21.1310/2
M3
21.1309/2
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1351/4
21.1330/4
21.1320/4
21.1310/4
21.1309/4
Square nuts Z, ESD compatible

square nut
Part N
M8
21.1390/0
M6
21.1391/0
M5
21.1627/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
-
M8
M6
M5
M4
M3
Square nuts Z with spring metal, ESD compatible

square nut
Part N
Part N
(stainless steel)
M8
21.1390/2
M6
21.1391/2
M5
21.1627/2
Square nuts M8 L
square nut
Part N
21.1368/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
-
Square nuts M8 L with spring metal

square nut
Part N
M8
21.1368/2
Part N
(stainless steel)
-
M8
RHOMBUS NUT
Threat M6 with pitch error for self-locking of screw connection.
Rhombus nut
M6
F
Part N
21.1352/0
21.1354/0
SQUARE WASHER
Square washer
Square washer 8
Square washer 6
Square washer 5
Part N
21.1360/0
21.1363/0
21.1362/0
Part N
(stainless steel)
21.1360/1
-----------
93
PROFILE SYSTEM LINKS AND HINGES

s egn iH dna s kn i L
LINKS AND HINGES
94
INTERNAL HINGE AL
2)
3)
1)
Assembly
1) Screw snap bolts onto the frame and insert washer.

2) Insert hinge into door element.
3) Hold the door element above the grooves, push hinges onto snap
bolts and tighten them.
Distance of the snap bolts from the frame:
Assembly in inner groove:

47,1 mm
Assembly in central groove:

56 mm
Assembly in inner groove:

36,1 mm
95
HINGE 19
Part. N 21.1100/0
- Aluminium, natural anodized with steelcylinder-bolt

- Fastening kit
ASSEMBLY
- Swing doors and lids
- Use fastening kit
- Mount in reversed orientation for non lift

removable or horizontal applications
- For fixing directly on panel elements or

on profile surfaces we deliver hinge 19
without fixing element Part N 21.1100/2
- Connection of profiles 19 at various

angles
- End caps
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- 1: lift removable
0,111 kg
- 2: non lift removable
- Load max.
400 N
HINGE 32
Part. N 21.1095/0

- Fastening kit
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit


- Connection of profiles 19, 32 and 45 at

various angles
- End caps
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- 1: lift removable
0,128 kg
- Load max.
96
400 N
HINGE 45
Part. N 21.1096/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit

angles

- End caps
- Attachment of guards
- 1: lift removable
- Weight
0,145 kg
- Load max.

HINGE L 19/19
Part. N 21.1373/0
TECH. DATA / ITEM SUPPLIED
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized with steel

cylinder
- Doors, lids, movable attachments at

profiles 19 and 32
- Fastening kit
- Attachment of guards
- Weight
- Load max.
400 N
0,089 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- For production of hinges at various length
or piano-hinges is hinge-profile 5,
Part N 20.1076/0 available

400 N
angles
97
HINGE L 19/45
Part. N 21.1375/0
APPLICATIONS

cylinder

profiles 19, 32 and 45
- Fastening kit
- Mounting of guards
- Weight
0,089 kg
- Load max.
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit


400 N
- Connection of profiles 19,32 and 45 at
various angles
HINGE L 45/45
Part. N 21.1378/0
APPLICATIONS

cylinder

profiles 45
- Fastening kit
- Mounting of guards
- Weight
- Load max.
0,089 kg

400 N
angles
98
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

DOOR HINGE SMALL
Part. N 21.0973/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium
- Suitable for large doors and lids
- Fastening kit
- Guard units
- Weight
0,120 kg
Part. N 21.0970/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium
- Suitable for large doors and lids
- Fastening kit
- Guard units
0,235 kg
- Use fastening kit
DOOR HINGE LARGE
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
99
HINGE 19 S
Part. N 21.1044/0
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for large doors and flaps of

profile type 19 or 32
ASSEMBLY
- Guard units
- Fasten hinge with 4 M6 x 18 bolts and 4

square nuts on the profile groove, or with
screws corresponding to the material
thickness directly on the panel elements
- Connection of profiles 19 and 32 at any

angle
- For heavy-duty applications use multiple

hinges
- Without ffastening kitastening kit

- with end caps
- Weight
- Load max.
0,100 kg
600 N
- Bending range 270
HINGE 32 S
Part. N 21.1055/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium GD, powder-coated, grey
- Suitable for large doors and flaps
- Without fastening kit
- Guard units
- with end caps
- Connection of profiles 19, 32 and 45 at

any angles
- Weight
- Load max.
0,105 kg
600 N
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten hinge with 4 M6 x 18 bolts and 4

square nuts on the profile groove or with
screws corresponding to the material
thickness directly on the panel elements
- Fasten other part of hinge with M8 x 30
bolt on the 45 x 45 profile face side;
fasten the other hinge half with M6 x 20
bots and square nuts on the profile
groove or with M6 x 18 bolts
corresponding to the material thicknes
- For heavy-duty applications use multiple
hinges
- Bending range 270
100 MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM
HINGE 45 S
Part. N 21.1098/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium GD, powder-coated, grey
- Suitable for large doors and flaps
- 1: 2 screws M8 x 30
- Guard units
- 2: 2 screws M6 x 18, 2 square nuts M6,

1 screw M8 x 30
- With End caps
- Connection of profiles at various angles
- Weight
- Load max.
0,100 kg
- For heavy-duty application use multiple

hinges
- 3: 2 screws M6 x 18, 2 square nuts M6,

2 screws M6 for panel element according
to material
600 N
- 4: 4 screws M6 x 18, 4 square nuts M6
- Bending range 270
HINGE 45 M6
Part. N 21.1175/0
APPLICATIONS
- ABS, grey
- Suitable for light doors and lids
- Fastening kit
- Guard units
- Weight
- Load max.
0,061 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Connection of profiles at various angles
160 N
101
INTERAL HINGE AL
Part. N 21.1142/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural
- Doors
- Fastening kit
- Lids
ASSEMBLY
- Screw snap bolts onto the frame and

insert washer
- Insert hinge into door element
- Weight
- Load max.
0,020 kg
250 N
- Movable elements
- Subsequent insertion of doors
- Hold the door element above the

grooves, push hinges onto snap bolts and
tighten them
- See page 95
SWING-OUT HINGE
Part. N 21.1187/0
APPLICATIONS
- Steel zinc plated
- Light doors
- Show cases, Fair equipment, guards
- Weight
- Load max.
0,082 kg
50 N
- Doors close without gap, bearing on the

outside or flush on the inside
ASSEMBLY
- On profile grooves with screws M4 x 16

and square nut M4
- Direct fastening on panel elements; screw
length according to material thickness
- Direct fastening on profile surface
LINK
Part. N 21.2030/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening kit
- Braces
- 1: Mount the hinge half 1 on the desired

position (with key SA/F through bore in
hinge half 2)
- AL GD locking device against torsion
- Reinforcement of frame constructions
- 2: Insert screw M8 x 50 and fix hinge half 2
- Load max.
5000 N
- Not to be used as a hinge
- 3: Tighten lateral connecting screws
- Weight
0,250 kg
ANGLE BRACKET
Part. N 21.2020/0
APPLICATIONS
- Heavy swivel doors, bearing assembly of

movable add-on pieces
- Fastening kit
ASSEMBLY

hinge half 2)
- Not lockable

- For heavy-duty loads use multiple hinges
- Load max.
1500 N
- Weight
0,240 kg
103
ANGLE BRACKET FIXABLE
Part. N 21.2010/0
APPLICATIONS
- Heavy swivel doors, bearing assembly of

movable add-on pieces
- Fastening kit
- Load max.
1500 N
- Weight
0,280 kg
- Clamping lever for positioning of add-on

parts
- Fixing of pieces such as measuring devices
that need to be adjusted quickly
ASSEMBLY

hinge half 2)
- 3: Tighten clamping lever
- For heavy-duty loads use multiple hinges
ANGLE BRACKET R
Part. N 21.2041/0
APPLICATIONS
- Setting angle 180 in steps of 15
- Fastening kit
- Adjustale fixing of add-on parts such as

grip-boxes, beams or monitors
ASSEMBLY
- 1: Place locking device and screw first half

of the bracket
- 2: Fix second half
- Locking device against rotation AL GD

- Safe adjustment through tooth system
- Load max.
5000 N
- Weight
0,263 kg
- 3: Connect the 2 halves in desired angle

and tighten
ANGLE BRACKET R FIXABLE
Part. N 21.2040/0
APPLICATIONS
- Setting angle 180 in steps of 15
- Fastening kit
- Adjustale fixing of add-on parts such as

grip-boxes, beams or monitors
ASSEMBLY
- 1: Place locking device and screw first half

of the bracket
- 2: Fix second half
- Locking device against torsion AL GD

- Safe adjustment through tooth system
- Load max.
5000 N
- Weight
0,332 kg
GAS SPRING 6/15
- 3: Connect the 2 halves in desired angle

and tighten
Part. N 24.1126/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening kit
- Weight equalization for hinged elements
- Stroke (H) alternatively 20 / 40 / 60 / 80 /

100 / 120 / 150 mm
- Suitable for lift and swivel movements
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Power (F) between 50 and 400 N

(increments 50 N)
- Please indicate desired length of stroke
and force
105
GAS SPRING 8/20
Part. N 24.1127/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening kit
- Stroke (H) alternatively

57 / 80 / 100 / 120 / 140 / 160 / 180 /
200 / 220 / 250 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

(increments 50 N)
and force
GAS SPRING 10/22
Part. N 24.1128/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening kit
- Stroke (H) alternatively 100 / 150 / 200 /

250 / 300 / 350 / 400 mm

(increments 50 N)
and force
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
UPRIGHT BEARING
Part. N 28.0158/0
APPLICATIONS
- Large swivel frames
- Fastening kit
- Guiding of shafts, axles, drums, tires

lengthwise and crosswise to the profile
ASSEMBLY
- Location hole fittting for radial ball

bearing 6206 2RS Part N 50.0977/1
- Use fastening kit
- Without ball bearing and locking rings

- Weight
1,310 kg
107
PROFILE SYSTEM HANDLES, LOCKS, STOPS

s pot S , s k c oL , s e l dnaH
HANDLE, LOCKS, STOPS
HANDLE AL
Part. N 21.1138/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Show cases
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Cabinets
- With step drilling 10 mm x 5,5 mm

respectively through hole 5,5
- Weight
0,050 kg
- Light doors
HANDLE AL ANGLED
Part. N 21.1348/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium natural, anodized
- Show cases
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Cabinets
- 2 step drills 10 mm x 5,5 mm or

through-bores 5,5 mm in 120 mm
distance
- Weight
0,050 kg
- Light doors
109
PROFILE HANDLE
- Assembly kit made from MiniTec

aluminium profiles
Part. N 21.1051/0
APPLICATIONS
- Handle for very large doors, lids, trolleys,

removable panel elements
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Length
ASSEMBLY
- Put the screw with fastener through the

bore of the distance piece
- Tighten power-lock fastener
0,480 kg
- Clip on end caps
300 mm
- Other lengths on request
PROFILE HANDLE 32
- Assembly kit made from MiniTec

aluminium profiles
- Length
APPLICATIONS
- Handle for very large doors, lids, trolleys,

ASSEMBLY
- Enter square nut in existing construction

- Pre-assemble the spacers and profile
connector with longer screws
- Fastening kit
- Weight
Part. N 21.0962/0
0,510 kg
- Insert the handle profile and tighten the

profile connector to the spacers
300 mm
- Clip on end caps
CLOSED PROTECTIVE HANDLE
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium anodized
- Doors
- End caps
- Lids
- Without fFastening kitastening kit
- Guards
- Weight
- Furniture
- Length
0,113 kg
Part. N 21.1048/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile groove with 2 hex socket head

socket head socket cap screws M6 x 16
and square nut M6
- Directly on panel element with head
socket head socket cap screw M6, length
according to material thicknes
120 mm
- Assembly can also be carried out from the

rear side; for this purpose insert square
nut M6
HANDLE 90
Part. N 21.1099/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- PA 6.6, grey
- Doors
- Use fastening kit
- On request also deliverable in black

Part N 21.1099/0
- Lids

socket cap screw M6, length according to
material thickness
- Guards
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,025 kg

rear side
111
HANDLE 120
Part. N 21.1092/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- PA 6.6, grey
- Doors
- Use fastening kit

Part N 21.1092/0
- Lids

material thickness
- Guards
- Fastening kit
- Weight

rear side
0,074 kg
HANDLE 180
Part. N 21.1094/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- PA 6.6, grey
- For doors
- Use fastening kit

Part N 21.1094/0
- Lids

material thickness
- Guards
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,099 kg

rear side
DOOR LOCK
Part. N 21.1750/5
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- PA 6.6, grey
- Doors
- Use fastening kit

Part N 21.1750/0
- Lids
- Door lock meshes into groove of opposite

profile
- Guards
- Cylinder lock with 2 keys
- Suitable for left and right hand mounting
- Lock, steel, zinc plated
- Suitably with catch 8 Part N 21.1715/0
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,195 kg
CATCH 8
Part. N 21.1715/0
- Aluminium natural, anodized

- With set screw
- Weight
0,015 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Sliding doors and swing doors in

combination with door lock
Part N 21.1750/5
ASSEMBLY
- Slip the catch into profile groove

- 1) Catch open: for swing doors
- 2) Catch closed: for sliding doors
- Fix in desired position with set screw
113
CYLINDER LOCK
- Brass, chrome plated
Part. N 21.1752/0
APPLICATIONS
- Light doors from panel elements up to 8

mm thickness
- Without lock
ASSEMBLY
- Bore 22 mm in panel element

- Position: 22 mm from edge in both
directions
- 2 keys
- Selection of locks see page 120
- Weight
0,100 kg
BOLT LOCK 32 FOR FOUR-FACED KEY
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1087/6
ASSEMBLY
- Housing GD Zn, black
- For profiles 32
- Bore 22 mm in the middle of the profile
- With four-faced key
- Locking of doors and lids in guard units
- Tighten bolt lock from the rear with fixing

nut
- Opener, black
- Fixing nut, steel, zinc plated
- Without lock
- Weight
0,179 kg
BOLT LOCK 32 SOCKET HEX HEAD WRENCH 10 A/F
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1087/8
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 32
- For socket hex head wrench 10 A/F

nut
- Opener, black
- Without lock
- Weight
0,102 kg
BOLT LOCK 45 FOR-FACED KEY
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1087/7
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 45
- With four-faced key

nut
- Opener, black
- Without lock
- Weight
0,197 kg
115
BOLT LOCK 45 HEX HEAD WRENCH 10 A/F
Part. N 21.1087/9
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 45
- For socket hex head wrench 10 A/F

nut
- Opener, black
- Without lock
- Weight
0,111 kg
HANDLE 32 WITHOUT PROFILE CYLINDER LOCK
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1087/4
ASSEMBLY
- Housing PA/GD Zn, grey
- For profiles 32

Part N 21.1087/2

nut

- Without lock
- Weight
0,172 kg
HANDLE 32 WITH PROFILE CYLINDER LOCK
Part. N 21.1091/4
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 32

Part N 21.1091/2
- Tighten handle lock from the rear with

fixing nut
- Without lock
- Weight
0,211 kg
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1087/3
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 45

Part N 21.1087/1

fixing nut
- Without lock
- Weight
0,195 kg
117
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1091/3
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 45

Part N 21.1091/1

fixing nut
- Without lock
- Weight
0,230 kg
T-HANDLE 19
Part. N 21.1015/2
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- GD Zn, chrome plated
- For profiles 19
- With profile cylinder lock
- Tighten T-handle lock from the rear with

fixing nut

- Without lock
- Weight
0,168 kg
T-HANDLE 32
Part. N 21.1015/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 32

fixing nut

- Without lock
- Weight
0,188 kg
T-HANDLE 45
Part. N 21.1015/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 45

fixing nut
- Fixing nut, steel, zinc 123

- plated
- Without lock
- Weight
0,198 kg
119

s kc o L
LOCKS
Fitting principles
Selection of locks
Door profile
45 x 45 mm
32 x 45 mm
19 x 45 mm
Panel elements 4-8 mm
Lock
handle 45 or
bolt lock 45
handle 32 or
bolt lock 32
handle 19 or
bolt lock 19
cylinder lock
Frame profile
90 x 45
45 x 45
with catch 19
with door stop S
32 x 45
with catch 19
with door stop S
Part number of locks

21.1093/1
21.1093/5
21.1093/4
21.1093/3
-------------
21.1093/0
21.1093/3
21.1093/2
21.1093/1
----21.1093/5
-----
21.1093/4
21.1093/4 or /0
--------21.1093/4 or /1
----21.1093/0
Part no. 21.1093/0
Part no. 21.1093/1
Part no. 21.1093/2
Part no. 21.1093/4
Part no. 21.1093/5
Part no. 21.1093/6
21.1093/2
21.1093/2
--------21.1093/5 or /0
---------
Part no. 21.1093/3
ROD LOCK
Items supplied
- Bolt lock, steel with square key
- Optional: handle or handle with cylinder lock
- Latch with rod connections, steel, zinc plated
- Latch with rollers (l = 1100 mm), steel, zinc plated
- Rod guiding element, PA with nut M6
Applications
- For locking doors at upper or lower beam
- Use 2 rods for 2-sided locking
- Order bolt lock, handle without lock or handle with cylinder lock
- Especially suited for control boxes or double-sided doors
Assembly
1) Mill bore 22,5 mm as shown in figure below
2) Fix rod guide with set screw M6 x 30 at desired position. No drilling necessary. Screw square nut loose
onto set screw. Insert the square nut into the profile groove and twist the plastic part until the guide is
fixed.
3) Attach bolt lock or handle.
4) Insert rod into guiding element and connect with latch.
Bolt lock
Profile
1 rod
2 rods
32 x 45
45 x 45
21.1798/0 21.1798/2
21.1788/0 21.1788/2
Handle
without lock
1 rod
2 rods
Handle
with cylinder lock
1 rod
2 rods
21.1798/3 21.1798/4
21.1788/3 21.1788/4
21.1798/5 21.1798/6
21.1788/5 21.1788/6
121
ROD LOCK WITH SPRING RETENTION
Part N 21.1490/0
Items supplied
- 1: 1 Lock
- 2: 1 Handle
- 3: 2 x spring retentions
- 4: Adaptors for rods
- 5: 2 x Rod with lug (Lmax = 1200)
Optional:
- 6: Cable channel 45 Al, Part N 20.1071/0
- 7: Protecting cap for cable channel, Part N 22.1117/1
- 8: Cable clip 45, Part N 22.1210/0
Applications
- For locking doors at upper and lower beam
- Especially suited for doors in frames
- Max. door height 2750 mm
Assembly
a) Bore 13 mm in vertical door profile
b) Screw lock and spring retentions at
door profile, clip cable clips for
conduit 45 a appropriate positions
c) Cut rods according to your doorsize. Mount adaptors at rod-ends.
Link rods with lock and spring
retentions
d) Insert handle and fix
e) Adjust slam-lock
f) Assemble optional cable channel
Choose door hinges for slam-bolts

according to mounting situation.
CATCH 19
Part. N 21.1755/0
- Profile 19 x 32
APPLICATIONS
- Locking of doors and lids in connection

with handles or bolt locks
- End caps
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,040 kg
DOOR HANDLE
- Lock housing steel, zinc plated, fitted into

profile 45 x 45
- Fittings, aluminium, anodized
Part. N 21.1748/0
APPLICATIONS
- Swing doors for guard units
ASSEMBLY
- Allow 5 mm space between door and

frame
- Door lock meshes into groove of opposite
profile
- Profile cylinder with 3 keys, mounted

- Weight
0,850 kg
- Weight +
1,950 kg/m
- Position horizontal profile offside lock area

or use counter sunk screw M8 x 25
- When ordering, please indicate the

required profile length
- Please select version 1 or 2
123
BALL LATCH 50
Part. N 21.1763/0
- Brass
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Stop and catch for swing and sliding

doors
- Use fastening kit to fix the ball latch on

any surface.
- You can put in ball latch 50 into the Tslots of reworked profiles. This allows
gap-free closing of sliding doors
- Use ball latch support 50

Part N 21.1139/0 if necessary.
- Holding force adjustable 10 - 50 N

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,030 kg
- Doors, lids, removable panel elements
BALL LATCH SUPPORT 50
Part. N 21.1139/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural, anodized
- Attachment of ball latch 50 in doors, lids
- Fastening kit
- Removable panel elements
- Weight
0,050 kg
- Door stop
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
BALL LATCH 70
Part. N 21.1757/0
- Brass
APPLICATIONS
- Quick attachment of easy to remove

panel elements
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Holding force adjustable 50 - 150 N

- Stop and catch for sliding doors, swing
doors, lids
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,095 kg
Part. N 21.1137/0
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of ball latch 70 in doors, lids,

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Door stop
- Weight
0,050 kg
- If using profile 32, ball latch support has
to be shortened
125
DOOR CATCH
Part. N 21.1756/1
APPLICATIONS
- PA 6, grey
- Quick catch of doors and lids

Part N 21.1756/0
- Function in connection with snap bolt
ASSEMBLY
- Mount on all profiles with fFastening

kitastening kit from supply schedule
- Alternative use of snoap bolt 25 or 40
- Roller carrier for transport rollers

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,041 kg
- Holding force between 50 - 70 N
DOOR STOP S
Part. N 21.1767/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- GD Zn, black
- Adjustable stop for swing doors
- Screw with fastening kit on door frame
- Fastening kit
- Especially designed for use in

combination with handles, bolt-locks or
t-handles
- See page 120
- Weight
0,077 kg
- Also door catch
TWIST-STOP
Part. N 21.1768/0
- GD Zn, black
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,04 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Protection of bolt-locks, handles and

T-handles against unwanted loosening or
overturning
- Mount handle or bolt lock as usual
- In particular fitting in combination with

Door Stop S Part N 21.1767/0
- Mount lock
SNAP BOLT 25
- Fix Twist-Stop using fastening kit
Part. N 21.1758/0
APPLICATIONS
- Door catches
- With square nut, zinc plated
- Attachment of grab trays in work benches

between 2 profiles
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
0,010 kg
- Supports
127
SNAP BOLT 40
Part. N 21.1760/0
APPLICATIONS
- Door catches
- With square nut, zinc plated
- Attachment of grab trays in work benches

between 2 profiles
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Screw with square nut in profile groove
0,020 kg
- Supports
LOCK FOR DOUBLE DOOR
Part. N 21.0990/0
APPLICATIONS
- Locking of double doors with only one

profile cylinder lock
- 2 locks
- After insertion of the second tongue, the
first door cannot be opened. A locking
mechanism on the second door suffice for
bolting
- Holding angle
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,145 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Fix lock angle to upper or lower frame,

position at door folding, select the
threads according to the profiles used for
the doors
- Screw catches on door wings and adjust
to lock
TRUNK-LOCK
Part. N 21.1764/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- GD Zn, black
- Locking of door or lids
- Insert nuts of fastening kit in lock and stop
- Lock with 2 keys
- No additional door-stop necessary
- Drill trough-holes 6,5 mm in door and

post with a distance of 56 mm
- Fastening kitixing kit
- Usable for frameless doors

- Screw both parts from backside
- Weight
0,55 kg
MAGNETIC CATCH
Part. N 21.1753/0
APPLICATIONS
- Housing PA 6, black
- Quick catch for swing doors
- Holding plate, steel, zinc plated
- Attachment of light panel elements
ASSEMBLY
- Mount with fastening kit on profile

surface
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,021 kg
129
MAGNETIC CATCH N
Part. N 21.1741/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Housing PA 6, grey
- Stop and quick catch for swing doors
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening of light panel elements
- Opposite plate directly on profile surface

or panel element; thread M5 required
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,060 kg
- Holding force 30 - 40 N
MAGNETIC CATCH S
Part. N 21.1740/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Housing PA, grey
- Stop and quick catch for swing doors
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening of light panel elements
- Opposite plate directly on profile surface

or panel element; thread M3 required
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Holding force 50 - 75 N
0,080 kg
T-SLOT MAGNET
- 1 Magnet zinc plated

- Energy density BHmax=
263 kJ/m3
- Magnetic remanence, Br = 1170 mT

- Coercive force, JHc =
Part. N 21.0023/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Adhesive magnet for tools
- Insert magnet into t-slot
- Below conveyors as guidance, for

magnetic transported material or higher
conveyor speeds
- For fixing: (highly recommended) Use

end cap Al, set screw with square nut ot
t-slot bar
955 kA/m

- Weight
0,13 kg
- Attention: Electric- and memory devices

can be faulted by the magnet
STOPPER 25
Part. N 21.1759/0
- NBR, black
APPLICATIONS
- Stop for doors, linear guides
ASSEMBLY
- Fix with square nut M6 in profile groove
- Square nut M6, zinc plated

- Weight
0,020 kg
131
STOPPER 30
Part. N 21.1759/1
- NBR, black
- Stop for heavy doors, linear gudes
- Square nut M8, zinc plated

- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,060 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Fix with square nut M8 in profile groove
PROFILE SYSTEM FEET, WHEELS, FLOOR FASTENINGS, SUPPORTS

s t r oppu S , s gn i ne t s aF r oo l F , s l eehW , t eeF
FEET, WHEELS, FLOOR,

FASTENINGS, SUPPORT
133
BASE AND TRANSPORT PLATE 32 X 90

Items supplied
- With fastening kit
Applications
- Mounting of adjustable feet on profiles 90 x 32 UL
Assembly
- Connection with fastening kit on profile face
Thread
M8
M10
M12
Thickness
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
Weight
0.164 kg
0.162 kg
0.160 kg
Part no.
21.1356/0
21.1357/0
21.1358/0

Items supplied
Applications
- Mounting of adjustable feet or wheels on profiles 45 x 90
Assembly
Thread
Thickness
Weight
Part no.
M10
M12
M16
M20
15
15
15
15
0.164
0.162
0.160
0.156
21.1038/0
21.1039/0
21.1040/0
21.1047/0
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
kg
kg
BASE AND TRANSPORT PLATE 45 X 90 GD-Z

Items supplied
Applications
- Mounting of adjustable feet or add-on pieces on profile face with
thread M16 for profile 90 x 45
Assembly
Thread
Thickness
Weight
Part no.
M16
15 mm
0.135 kg
21.1136/0

Items supplied
Applications
- Mounting of adjustable feet or wheels on profiles 90 x 90
Assembly
Thread
Thickness
Weight
Part no.
M10
M12
M16
M20
15
15
15
15
0,332
0,330
0,345
0,290
21.1041/0
21.1042/0
21.1043/0
21.1057/0
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
kg
kg
BASE AND TRANSPORT PLATE 90 R 90

Items supplied
Applications
- Mounting of adjustable feet or wheels on profiles 90 R 90
Assembly
Thread
Thickness
Weight
Part no.
M10
M12
M16
M20
15
15
15
15
0,277
0,275
0,272
0,268
21.0009/0
21.0010/0
21.0011/0
21.0012/0
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
kg
kg
135
PNEUMATIKSYSTEM
FEET
PA
Items supplied
- Plate PA, grey
- Anti skid insert NBR
- Threaded bolt, steel, zinc plated
- Locknut, steel, zinc plated
- All bolts are suitable for all plates
Applications
- Levelling of machine bases or constructions
- Boards, partitions, enclosures
- Tables, conveyors and work stations
Assembly
- Directly on core boring of profiles,
reborable up to M12
- On larger threads use base and transport plate
- For profiles 45 x 90 und 90 x 90 a
base and transport plate is required,
if the feet are to be positioned centrally.
Plate
threaded
bolt
30
45
60
80
M8
M10
M12
M16
21.1851/0
21.1852/0
-------
21.1871/0
21.1872/0
21.1873/0
21.1874/0
21.1881/0
21.1882/0
21.1883/0
21.1884/0
21.1891/0
21.1892/0
21.1893/0
21.1894/0
Plate
D mm
H mm
max. load
30
45
60
80
20
20
20
20
300 kg
500 kg
1000 kg
1000 kg
Threaded bolt
M
SW1
SW2
M8
M10
M12
M16
33.5
37
140
137
38.5
40
42
45
13
17
19
24
14
14
14
17
72
77
182
182
FEET PA WITH ATTACHMENT BORES
Items supplied
- Plate PA, grey
- Feet with load 1800 kg are supplied without anti skid insert NBR
Part no.
Colour
SW1
SW2
Load
21.1846/0
grey
M10
82
40
17
14
122
74
100
1000 kg
21.1847/0
21.1848/0
21.1141/0
21.1075/0
grey
grey
black
black
M12
M16
M16
M20
140
137
132
129
42
45
58
61
19
24
24
30
14
17
24
24
182
182
190
190
74
74
74
74
100
100
100
100
1000
1000
1800
1800
9
9
12.5
12.5
kg
kg
kg
kg
FEET GD
Items supplied
- Plate, aluminium, pressure die casting, powder coated, grey
- All bolts are suitable for all plates
Plate
Spindle
45
90
M10
M12
M16
21.1842/0
21.1843/0
21.1844/0
21.1862/0
21.1863/0
21.1864/0
Plate
Threaded bolt
D mm
H mm
Load capacity
SW1
SW2
45
90
25
27
3000 kg
4000 kg
M10
M12
M16
52.6
50.5
68
37.5
41
45.6
17
19
24
17
19
24
89.5
91.2
112.6
FOOT VA
Part. N 21.1865/0
Items supplied
- Plate: stainless steel
- Threaded bolt: stainless steel
- Locknut: stainless steel
- Anti skid insert: hard rubber
Applications
- Levelling of machine bases or constructions
- Guards, tables, show cases
- Conveying systems, workstations
Assembly
- Directly on core boring of profiles
137
FURNITURE WHEEL WITH LOCKING DEVICE
APPLICATIONS
- Housing, polyamide, black
- Light movable tables
- Double wheel, polyamide, black with slide

bearing
- Movable file box

- Office furniture, Tool boxes
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Load max.
Part. N 21.1153/0
ASSEMBLY
- Directly on central bore of the vertical

profile
- If the wheel is to be positioned centrally,
for profiles 45 x 90 or bigger a base plate
with thread M8 is required
0,080 kg
30 kg
FURNITURE WHEEL WITHOUT LOCKING DEVICE
APPLICATIONS
- Housing, polyamide, black
- Light movable tables
- Double wheel, polyamide, black with slide

bearing
- Movable file box

- Office furniture, Tool boxes
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Load max.
0,076 kg
30 kg
Part. N 21.1105/0
ASSEMBLY

profile
with thread M8 is required
WHEEL SWIVEL TYPE WITH BRAKE D 75 X 100
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Tire, rubber, grey
- Material-pillars
- Show cases etc.
- Weight
- Load max.
Part. N 21.1120/0
ASSEMBLY

profile; thread M10 required
- With profiles 45 x 90 or bigger use base
plate M10
0,250 kg
50 kg
- Further constructions on demand
WHEEL SWIVEL TYPE WITHOUT BRAKE D 75 X 100
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Material-pillars
- Fastening kit
- Show cases etc.
- Weight
- Load max.
Part. N 21.1118/0
ASSEMBLY

profile; thread M10 requested
is required
0,372 kg
50 kg
139
WHEEL RIGID TYPE
Part. N 21.1475/0
APPLICATIONS
- Housing, steel
- Material-pillars
- Frames
- Fastening kit
- Movable tables
- Weight
- Load max.
ASSEMBLY
- With fastening kit from supply schedule

directly on profile groove
- With fixing plate for wheel rigid type
Part N 21.1476/0 on profile
0,350 kg
50 kg
FIXING PLATE FOR WHEEL RIGID TYPE

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,330 kg
APPLICATIONS
- For fastening of wheel 75 x 100 rigid

type Part N 21.1475/0 on profile face
90 x 90
Part. N 21.1476/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Tire, rubber
- Material-pillars
- Show cases etc.
- Weight
0,75 kg
- Load max.
100 kg
Part. N 21.0031/0
ASSEMBLY

for profiles 45 x 90 or 90 x 90 a base plate
is required
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Tire, rubber
- Material-pillars
- Show cases etc.
- Weight
0,65 kg
- Load max.
100 kg
Part. N 21.0030/0
ASSEMBLY

for profiles 45 x 90 or 90 x 90 a base plate
is required
141
FLOOR MOUNTING PLATE 45
- Profile 45 x 19
Part. N 21.1730/0
APPLICATIONS
- Floor mounting of pillars 45 x 45
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: MiniTec power-lock

fastener
- End caps, grey

- On floor side: 2 floor anchors 10
Part N 21.1082/0

- Weight
0,130 kg
FLOOR MOUNTING PLATE 45 / 90
- Profile 90 x 19
APPLICATIONS
- Floor mounting of pillars 45 x 45 or

45 x 90 transversal
Part. N 21.1732/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: 1 or 2 MiniTec power-lock

fasteners
- End caps, grey

- On floor side: 2 floor anchors
Part N 21.1082/0

- Weight
0,330 kg
- Profile 90 x 19
Part. N 21.1733/0
APPLICATIONS

lengthwise or 90 x 90
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: 2 or 4 MiniTec power-lock

fasteners
- End caps, grey

Part N 21.1082/0

- Weight
0,465 kg
FLOOR MOUNTING PLATE 90 X 180
- Profile 32 x 180
APPLICATIONS
- Floor mounting of pillars 90 x 90 or

90 x 180 transversal
Part. N 21.1734/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: 4 MiniTec power-lock

fasteners
- End caps, grey

Part N 21.1115/0

- Weight
2,03 kg
143
- Profile 32 x 180
Part. N 21.1735/0
APPLICATIONS

lengthwise
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: 4 MiniTec power-lock

fasteners
- End caps, grey

Part N 21.1115/0

- Weight
2,800 kg
FLOOR ANCHOR 10
- Complete with nut and washer
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of pillars to floor or wall. To

be used together with angle bracket for
floor fastening, levelling plate or floor
mounting plate
- 10
- Weight
Part. N 21.1082/0
0,084 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Fit bore in the bottom

- Use floor anchor in connection with
angle, levelling plate or floor mounting
plate
FLOOR ANCHOR 12
Part. N 21.1115/0
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of pillars to floor or wall. To

be used together with angle bracket for
floor fastening, levelling plate or floor
mounting plate
- 12 mm
- Complete with nut and washer
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Fit bore in the bottom

- Use floor anchor in connection with
angle, levelling plate or floor mounting
plate
0,116 kg
LEVELLING PLATE 45
- Aluminium, completely processed
Part. N 21.1053/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Precise levelling of pillars 45 x 90 in

profile constructions
- Fasten levelling plate with floor anchor on

floor or wall
- Particularly suitable for vertical sliding

doors
- Insert bolt-fasteners for levelling plate

Part N 21.1049/0 into the step bores of
the profile and pretighten the boltfasteners

- Without levelling elements
- Weight
0,150 kg
- Insert the levelling elements

Part N 21.1054/0 and correct the
vertical position of the profile by screwing
the levelling elements
145
LEVELLING PLATE 90
- Aluminium, completely processed
Part. N 21.1052/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Precise levelling of pillars 90 x 90 in

profile constructions
- Fasten levelling plate with floor anchor on

floor or wall
- Particularly suitable for vertical sliding

doors
- Insert bolt-fasteners for levelling plate

Part N 21.1049/0 into the step bores of
the profile and pretighten the boltfasteners

- Without levelling elements
- Weight
0,300 kg
- Insert the levelling elements

Part N 21.1054/0 and correct the
vertical position of the profile by screwing
the levelling elements
LEVELLING ELEMENT
- GD-Zn
ASSEMBLY
- Same processing as for bolt-fasteners

- The set screw M8 x 40 meshes into the
centering bore on the levelling plate
- set screw M8 x 40, 4 A/F
APPLICATIONS
- Alignment of profile constructions in

connection with levelling plate
- Square nut M8
- Weight
Part. N 21.1054/0
0,027 kg
LEVELLING PLATE 90 ST
Part. N 21.0976/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Exact layout of heavy structures with post

profile 90x90
- Fasten footplate to the floor using a high

performance anchor
- With fastening kit for profile

- Fasten profile panel to the profile with the
fastening material in the scope of delivery
- With levelling elements

- Without dowels
- Turn the M20 screw to set the height and

secure it with the counter nut
- Weight
5,120 kg
Part. N 21.0977/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Exact layout of heavy structures with post

profile 90x180
- Fasten foot plate to the floor using a high

performance anchor
- With fastening kit for profile

- Fasten profile panel to the profile with the
fastening kit
- With levelling elements

- Without dowels
- Weight
- Turn the M20 screw to set the height and

secure it with the counter nut
20,347 kg
147
ANGLE BRACKET FOR FLOOR FASTENING
- Steel, powder coated, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Securing and fastening of constructions

on floor or wall

- Weight
0,360 kg
Part. N 21.1112/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: Use hex socket head

socket head socket cap screws
M8 x 20 5 A/F
- On floor side: Use floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
- Also suitable for subsequent mounting
- Securing and fastening of constructions

on floor or wall

- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,757 kg
Part. N 21.0015/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile side: Use hex socket head

socket head socket cap screws
M8 x 20 5 A/F
- On floor side: Use floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
- Also suitable for subsequent mounting
BRACE SOCKET 45 GD
Part. N 21.1729/0
- GD Zn, powder coated, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Support in half-timbered constructions
- End caps, fastening kit

- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Screw brace socket onto the frame

- Insert supports by means of MiniTec
power-lock fasteners and tighten
0,261 kg
BRACE SOCKET 45 / 90
- Aluminium profile 45/45
Part. N 21.1727/0
APPLICATIONS
- Support in half-timbered constructions
- End caps, grey
ASSEMBLY
- Screw brace socket onto the frame

- Insert supports by means of MiniTec
power-lock fasteners and tighten
- Ffastening kitastening kit

- Fix end caps
- Weight
0,175 kg
149
CORNER 90
Part. N 21.1783/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Strengthening of constructions
- On profile side with fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Attachment of internal feet
- On floor side fasten with floor anchor
- Weight
0,170 kg
- Floor mounting and levelling of frames
CORNER 180
Part. N 21.1784/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Strengthening of heavy constructions
- On profile side with fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Attachment of internal feet
- On floor side fasten with floor anchor and

levelling screw M12
- Weight
0,690 kg
- Floor mounting and levelling of frames
STRENGTHENING ELEMENT 45
- Profile 45 x 45, ready for use
Part. N 21.1761/0
APPLICATIONS
- Reinforcement of constructions in halftimbered principle
ASSEMBLY
- Screw onto profile groove use the

fastening kit
- Both ends cut at 45 with counter-bores

for fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,870 kg
- Length
360 mm
- Profile 45 x 90, ready for use
Part. N 21.1762/0
APPLICATIONS
- Reinforcement of constructions in halftimbered principle
ASSEMBLY
- Screw onto profile groove use the

fastening kit
- Both ends cut at 45 with 4 counter-bores

for fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Length
1,416 kg
360 mm
151
FOOT 45 GD
Part. N 21.1731/0
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for profiles up to dimension

45 x 45
- Fastening kit for profile

- Weight
0,587 kg
- Floor mounting of guard units,

information plates and frames
- As connection element for wall
attachment; can be used for both sides
ASSEMBLY
- Insert profile into foot

- Insert the square nut with spring steel
sheet into the profile groove; preassemble
the screws
- Fix the foot on the floor or on the wall; for
this purpose use high-performance
anchors or universal dowels with hexagon
screws
- Tighten the fastening screws
FOOT 45 GD OPEN
Part. N 21.1738/0
APPLICATIONS


- Weight
0,356 kg

ASSEMBLY

the screws
screws
FOOT 45 GD S
Part. N 21.1723/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Suitable for all profiles


screws
- Weight
0,499 kg
FOOT 90 GD
Part. N 21.1737/0
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for profiles up to dimension 45 x

90, 90 x 90 and 90 x 180

- Weight
0,465 kg
- Floor fastening of guard units,

- Connection element for wall attachment;
can be used for both sides
ASSEMBLY

the screws
screws
153
FOOT 90 S
Part. N 21.1707/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Suitable for profiles up to dimension

45 x 90, 90 x 90 and 90 x 180
- Insert spring-loaded square nuts in profile

grooves and slide to fixing position

- Fasten the foot on the floor or on the wall;

for floor mounting use high performance
anchors 12 mm or universal dowels with
hexagon screws M12

- Weight
1,438 kg
- Connection element for wall attachment;

can be used for both sides
- Tighten the screws on profile
COVER FOOT GD
- ABS, grey
- Weight
Part. N 22.1025/1
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for foot 90 GD and 90 S

0,131 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Expand the cover manually and clip in the

slots of the profile
- Less dust and dirt deposit on the foot

- Push the cover downwards
- Easy to clean
- Laterally fix with self tapping screw
3,4 x 16; in addition drill 2,5 on the
marked place
PROFILE SYSTEM FITTING OF PANEL ELEMENTS ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES

s ei t i l i b i s s op y l bmes s a s t neme l e l en aP f o gni t t i F
FITTING OF PANEL
ELEMENTS ASSEMBLY
POSSIBILITIES
155
FITTING OF PANEL ELEMENTS

There are two assembly modes that have to be distinguished: the mounting of elements into the profile
groove and the subsequent attachment of panel elements.
The mounting of elements into the groove has to be pre-planned. It is recommended to put together elements to a complete frame that can be fitted into existing constructions. This assembly method is of particularly use for large panel elements, corrugated mesh and sealing constructions.
Subsequent mounting of panel elements is easier to perform and causes less damage.
Mounting elements into the profile groove
Cover profiles
Panel elements of max. 6 mm thickness can be mounted directly into
the profile groove by using a PVC cover profile.
Allow an enlargement of panel elements in x and y direction of:
+25 mm
1)
2)
The clamp profile 45 x 32 combines the properties of the construction

profiles and the secure fixing for panel elements of max. 8 mm thickness. This profile is best suited for large elements and corrugated mesh.
The ready assembled frames are subsequently fixed to the stand profiles
with guard unit fixing angles. Quick removal of the units is ensured.
1) Simple frames: +50 mm
2) Frames with intermediate brackets: +40 mm
Insert seals
Sheet material, plastic panels, and panes etc. from 2 to 6 mm can easily be mounted and sealed with insert seal 2, 4, 5 and 6. The seals are
subsequently pressed into free space between panel element and profile groove with a blunt tool made from wood or plastic.
For mounting of sheets < 2 mm use insert seals from both sides of the
panel.
+25 mm
Fitting of panels into existing frames
Clamp profiles PVC

For easy fitting of panel elements of all kinds into existing frames
without free space between frame and panel.
Suitable for panel elements of max. 8 mm, also for corrugated
mesh.
For the panel element allow a min of 13 mm reduction in x- and ydirection.
Panel holder
For easy and economic fitting of panel elements into
existing frames. The panel holders are of two elements.
Best suited for all panel elements of max. 8 mm thickness, except for corrugated mesh.
For the panel element allow a min. of 13 mm reduction
in x- and y- direction. (6,5 free space between profile
surface and panel)
Panel clamp profile

For an easy and cost efficient assembling of panel
elments (also for subsequent assembling). No mitre
cuts necessary. Suitable for panel elements up to a
thikness of 8 mm. For a thight fastening of panel
elemnts < 8 mm use insert seal.
Clamp block
Simple and economical fastening of panel elements. The
clamp block consists of block and clip. Suitable for all
panel elements from 2 - 6 mm thickness. Not for mesh.
For the panel element allow a reduction of 12 mm in xand y- direction (6 mm free space between profile surface and panel)
Screw block
Suitable for all kind of panel elements up to 6 mm
thickness, except mesh.
For the panel element allow a reduction of 2 mm in xand y- direction (1 mm free space between profile surface and panel)
157
Thread socket
Secure and easy fastening of panel elements of all kinds, except for corrugated mesh. Insert the socket into profile grooves in 300 mm grid.
Select screw form and length appropriate to thickness and type of
panel element.
For the panel element allow a min. of 2 mm reduction in x- and ydirection.
Multiblock
The multiblocks are installed in the clear space of the frame construction at a spacing of approx. 300 mm using cylinder-head screws M6
and rhombus nuts.
Best suited for compound sheet materials. Material of 5-15 mm can be
attached bundled. Select screw form and length appropriate to type
and thickness of panel element. Bore holes for the attachment screws
in the panel elements 6.5 mm in diameter and with 10 mm distance to
edge.
For the panel element, allow a min. of 4 mm reduction in the x- and ydirection ( 2 mm space on all sides).
Angles
Fastening of incumbent panel elements for tables, consoles.
Panel-clamping profile
Suitable for panel elements from 2 to 10 mm.
Insert fixing bores 5,5 mm for set screw M5 in ~250 mm grid. Press
into profile groove and fix with set screw M5 x 16.
Best suited for panels, corrugated mesh and expanded metal.
PANEL CLAMP BLOCK 32
- PA, grey
- Weight
0,010 kg
Part. N 22.1110/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Suitable for all profiles > 32
- Insert socket into profile groove
- Subsequent fitting of panel elements from

2 to 6 mm thickness; For the panel
element allow a min. of 12 mm reduction
in x- and y-direction
- Insert panel elements

- Press on clip
- Disassembly: lift clip with a screwdriver
- See page 157
- PA, grey
- Weight
0,010 kg
Part. N 22.1111/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

2 to 6 mm thickness; For the panel
element allow a min. of 12 mm reduction
in x- and y-direction
- Insert panel elements

- Press on clip
- Disassembly: lift clip with a screwdriver
- See page 157
159
SCREW BLOCK 32
- PA, grey
- Weight
0,010 kg
- Black version Part N 22.1112/0
Part. N 22.1112/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

2 to 6 mm thickness; a reduction in x- or
y-direction of maximum 1 mm is
requested
- Insert bored panel elements

- Screw with suited screws M6 (recommed:
pan head screw 16 Part N 21.1246/0)
- See page 157
SCREW BLOCK 45
- PA, grey
- Weight
0,010 kg
- Black version Part N 22.1113/0
Part. N 22.1113/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

2 to 6 mm thickness; a reduction in x- or
y-direction of maximum 1 mm is
requested
- Insert bored panel elements

- Screw with suited screws M6 (recommed:
pan head screw 16 Part N 21.1246/0)
- See page 157
PAN HEAD SCREW 16
Part. N 21.1246/0
APPLICATIONS
- Mounting of panel elements directly on

profile groove or
- Screw head: 20 mm
- Edge distance: see screw block 32 and

multiblock
0,010 kg
PAN HEAD SCREW 20
Part. N 21.1246/1
APPLICATIONS
- Mounting of panel elements directly on

profile groove or
- Screw head: 20
ASSEMBLY
- Predrill panel elements: 6,5 mm

- Recommed grid dimension: ca. 150 mm
- In connection with screw block 32

Part N 22.1112/0 or multiblock
Part N 21.1355/0
- M6 x 20
- Weight
- Predrill panel elements: 6,5 mm

- Recommed grid dimension: ca. 150 mm
- In connection with screw block 32

Part N 22.1112/0 or multiblock
Part N 21.1355/0
- M6 x 16
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Edge distance: see screw block 32 and

multiblock
0,010 kg
161
MULTIBLOCK GD
Part. N 21.1355/0
- AL GD, powder coated, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Subsequent fastening of panel and addon elements
- Fastening kit
- Flush installation of panels, thickness 5 to
15 mm
- Without pan head screw

- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- For all profile grooves

- Subsequent fastening of panel elements
with screws M6 or pan head screw
- Calculation of the panel element
dimension: see page 158
0,035 kg/m
- Fixing bores 6,5 for screws M6, 8 mm

from edge of the panel element
THREAD SOCKET GD
Part. N 21.1117/1
- Aluminium GD
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening of panel elements in profile

frames
- Insert the thread socket into profile

groove
- Table tops
- Fasten the element with screws M6 or

with pan head screw
- Without pan head screw

- Weight
0,018 kg/m
- Edge distance: 10 mm
Part. N 20.1070/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
5,024 cm4
- ly =
4,418 cm4
- wx =
3,041 cm3

thickness of 8 mm
- wy =
2,398 cm3
- Weight
1,211 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
- Additional struts from clamping profile 45

x 32 must be used for larger safety fields
to ensure sufficient protection against the
surface elements pushing out; seperate
out covering strips for profile 45 x32
- MiniTec power lock fastener; no drilling

required
- No cut-outs in surface elements required
- Preassemble the framework on three sides
with the closed side outwards
- Insert surface element and last profile
strut
- Push in distance profile on the inside or
knock in with a flat tool
- Also mount appropriate seal for surface
elements < 4 mm
48 m
Part. N 20.1053/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
6,465 cm4
- All kinds of guard units
- ly =
9,521 cm4
- wx =
3,999 cm3
- Clamping of corrugated mesh or panel

elements of all kinds up to 8 mm
thickness
- wy =
4,119 cm3
- Weight
1,615 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY
- For larger guards we propose to mount

an additional brace to guarantee sufficient
security
- After open the cover, the second groove is
accessible
ASSEMBLY

necessary
- No cut-outs in panel elements for
fastering elements necessary
- Insert surface element and mount last
profile brace
- Depress the distance profile on the inner
side or hit it with a flat tool
48 m
- See page 156
163
DISTANCE PROFILE
- ABS, grey
- Weight
0,055 kg/m
- Length
2m
Part. N 22.1039/0
APPLICATIONS
- Spacing element to use with clamp profile

45 x 32 Part N 20.1053/0 and clamp
profile 32 x 32 Part N 20.1070/0 to fix
corrugated mesh or panel elements
ASSEMBLY
- Mount frame and panel elements

- Press in with suitable tool in space
between panel element and clamp profile
- Also for use with all other profiles to fix

panel elements
SCREW-IN STRIP
Part. N 22.1076/0
- PVC, grey RAL 7012
APPLICATIONS
- Easy fastening of panels or panel elements

at any point
- Weight
0,118 kg/m
- Length
2m
ASSEMBLY
- Clip profile into groove

- Fasten element with commercial-type
selftapping screws 4-5 mm, Length
min: 16 mm
- For material 1-6 mm, use self tapping
screw 3,5 x 16 mm Part N 21.1365/0
PANEL CLAMPING PROFILE
Part. N 20.1025/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, anodized E6/EV1
- Fastening of panel elements
- Weight
0,260 kg/m
- Subsequent fitting of panels on facade

side
- Length
6m
- Subsequent fitting of panel elements of
max. 10 mm thickness
DOUBLE PANEL CLAMPING PROFILE
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening of panel elements
- Weight
0,375 kg/m
- Support of panel elements of a thickness

up to 10 mm
- Length
6m
ASSEMBLY
- Drill bores 5,5 mm for set screw M5 in

panel element dimension of 250 mm
- Press into profile groove and clamp with
set screw M5 x 12
Part. N 20.1018/0
ASSEMBLY
- Drill bores 5,5 mm for set screw M5 in

panel element dimension of 250 mm
- Press into profile groove and clamp with
set screw M5 x 12
- Also see panel clamping profile
Part N 20.1025/0
165
CLAMP PROFILE PVC
Part. N 22.1092/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Hard PVC, grey
- Fastening of panel elements up to 8 mm
- Snap socket half into profile groove

Part N 22.1080/0
- If the panel elements are < 4 mm, a

cellular rubber should be inserted
- Insert the panel element
- Weight
0,230 kg/m
- Windows, door fillins
- Length
2m
- Press clamping half firmly on socket half
- No free space between profile and panel

element

- Also suitable for corrugated mesh
PANEL CLAMP PROFILE
Part. N 22.1107/1
- ABS, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Useful for subsequent fitting of profiles

into existing profile frames
ASSEMBLY


- Weight
- Length
0,158 kg/m
2m

- For panels up to 8 mm use additional
insert seal

- Windows, panels
- No mitre cut necessary
- No air gap
PANEL HOLDER
Part. N 22.1090/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Hard PVC, grey

Part N 22.1090/0
- If the panel elements are < 4 mm, a

cellular rubber should be inserted
- Weight
- Windows, door fillings

0,011 kg
- Not suitable for corrugated mesh

167
ACRYLIC
POLYCARBONATE
PETG
Part N
Thickness Colour
Weight
21.1832/0
21.1811/0
21.1812/0
21.1813/0
4
5
6
8
mm
mm
mm
mm
tinted
tinted
tinted
tinted
4,76
5,95
7,14
9,52
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
2030
2030
2030
2030
x
x
x
x
3050
3050
3050
3050
21.1826/0
21.1836/0
21.1827/0
21.1828/0
4
5
6
8
mm
mm
mm
mm
clear
clear
clear
clear
4,76
5,95
7,14
9,52
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
2050
2030
2050
2050
x
x
x
x
3050
3050
3050
3050
Part N
Thickness Colour
Weight
21.1809/0
21.1808/0
21.1807/0
21.1821/0
4
5
6
8
tinted
tinted
tinted
tinted
4,80
5,95
7,20
9,78
21.1829/0
4 mm
clear
4,80 kg/m2
21.1833/0
21.1830/0
21.1831/0
5 mm
6 mm
8 mm
clear
clear
clear
5,95 kg/m2
7,20 kg/m2
9,78 kg/m2
Part N
Thickness Colour
Weight
21.1858/0
21.1859/0
21.1860/0
21.1861/0
4
5
6
8
5,08 kg/m2
6,35 kg/m2
7,62 kg/m2
10,16 kg/m2
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
clear
clear
clear
clear
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
kg/m2
Dimension
mm
Dimension
mm
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
2050
2050
2050
2050
x
x
x
x
3050
3050
3050
3050
Dimension
mm
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
2050 x 3050
CORRUGATED MESH
Part N
Wire
size
Meshsize
Weight
kg/m2
max. Size
mm
Material
21.1803/0 4 mm
21.1805/0 4 mm
21.1818/2 4 mm
30 mm
40 mm
30 mm
6,2
4,7
2,14
2000 x 3000
2000 x 3000
2000 x 2000
St, zinc pl.

St, zinc pl.
AlMg3
21.1818/1 4 mm
40 mm
1,6
2000 x 2000
AlMg3
ON DEMAND
Aluminium sheets, steel plates,

perforated plates, laminated wood panels
CORRUGATED ALUMINIUM PANEL
Part N 21.1816/0
Front plate (anodized)

1
Rear plate (natural)
0.3
Interior corrugated plate (Al) 0.2
Total thickness
5.5
Weight
4.6
Panel size
1500 x 2500
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg/m2
mm
- All material can be recycled!

- Suitable for painting and printing.
COMPOSITE PANEL
Part N 21.1834/0
Material outside
Material inside
Total thickness
Weight
Panel size
Aluminium
PE
6
7,3
1500 x 3000
(anodized)
mm
kg/m2
mm
- All material can be recycled!

- Suitable for painting and printing.
Part N 21.1817/0
PVC-PLATE
Thickness
Colour
Weight
Panel size
20
grey
28
1000 x 2000
mm
7011 RAL
kg/m2
mm
- Other colours and measurements as well as antistatic table plate upon

request.
SOUND-PROTECTION SHEET
Part N 21.1819/0
Thickness
Coefficient of thermal
conduction
Weight
Panel size
70
0.032
at
28
1000 x 1000
mm
W/mK
0C
kg/m3
mm
- Primary noise reduction by enclosing of noise sources

- Secondary noise protection in working rooms, offices
- Other sizes on demand
169
PROFILE SYSTEM EDGE-, COVER-, SLIDE- AND SEALING PROFILES

s e l i f o r P gn i l aeS dna - ed i l S , - r evoC , - egdE
EDGE-, COVER-, SLIDEAND SEALING PROFILES
These profiles are used for groove

covering or for reception of panel
elements up to 6 mm. Covering
of grooves is necessary if flush
profile surfaces are required or for
the installation of wiring and
piping. With slide profiles simple
and economic linear guides for
drawers, sliding doors, jigs etc.
can be realized.
For sealing of enclosures against
sound, water or dust insert seals
and frame seals are available.
COVER PROFILE
Part. N 22.1070/1
- Hard PVC, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Mounted with groove inwards: for

covering of profile grooves
- Deliverable in lightgrey Part N 22.1070/2

- Deliverable in black Part N 22.1070/0
- Deliverable in orange Part N 22.1071/0
- Mounted with groove outwards:

attachment of panel elements up to 6
mm; thickness compensation for thin
panels with silicon or rubber string
ASSEMBLY
- Snap or slip into profile groove

- Allowance for the panel elements: see
page 156
- Deliverable in blue Part N 22.1072/0

- Deliverable in yellow Part N 22.1074/0
- Weight
0,060 kg/m
- Length
2m
SIGNAL PROFLE
Part. N 22.1097/2
- PVC, yellow-orange
APPLICATIONS
- Marking of safety relevant construction

units such as doors and risk zones
ASSEMBLY
- Clip in profile groove
- Deliverable in red Part N 22.1097/3

- Coloured organization of constructions or
parts
- Deliverable in signal-yellow
Part N 22.1097/4
- Weight
0,090 kg/m
- Length
2m
171
COVER PROFILE K
- ABS, grey
- Weight
- Length
Part. N 22.1020/1
APPLICATIONS
- Flush, dust-proof covering of profile

grooves
0,023 kg/m
2m
- Yellow version, Part N 22.1020/4
- Weight
- Length
- Cut of with pliers
- Information plates
APPLICATIONS
0,030 kg/m
- Also deliverable in aluminium anodized

Part.-N 20.1021/1
Part. N 20.1021/0
- Flush, dust-proof covering of profile

grooves
2m
- Press by hand onto profile groove
- Groove cross-section usable as installation

conduit for wiring or piping
COVER PROFILE L
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Press by hand onto profile groove

- Cut of with pliers
- Groove cross-section usable as installation

conduit for wiring or piping
- Information plates
EDGE PROTECTION 0,5 -1,5
Part. N 22.1029/0
APPLICATIONS
- PVC, black, strengthened with steel sheet
- Edge protection for panel elements
- Weight
- Protection of MiniTec conduit
- Length
0,050 kg/m
100 m

- Weight
- Length
- Slip on edge of the panel element
- Protection of bores and openings
EDGE PROTECTION 1 - 3
ASSEMBLY
Part. N 22.1036/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
0,120 kg/m
100 m
173

- Weight
0,190 kg/m
- Length
100 m
Part. N 22.1037/0
APPLICATIONS
INSERT SEAL 2
- EPDM, black
- Length
Part. N 22.1083/0
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS
- Not suitable for acrylic plastic and

polycarbonate
0,096 kg/m
100 m
- Fastening and sealing of panel elements

up to 2 mm thickness, directly in the
profile groove
ASSEMBLY
- Insert panel into profile groove

- Press insert seal subsequently into free
space between panel element and profile
groove with blunt tool made of wood or
plastic
- Materials 2 mm can be clamped by
using insert seal 6 Part N 22.1086/1 on
both sides
page 156
INSERT SEAL 4
Part. N 22.1081/0
- EPDM-AGV, black
- Weight
- Length
APPLICATIONS

up to 2 - 4 mm in the profile groove
0,070 kg/m
200 m
- Also suitable for acrylic plastic and

polycarbonate
ASSEMBLY
- Insert panel element into profile groove

and press insert seal subsequently into
free space between panel element and
profile groove with blunt tool made of
wood or plastic
page 156
INSERT SEAL 5
Part. N 22.1099/0
- EPDM-AGV, black
- Weight
- Length
0,040 kg/m
200 m
APPLICATIONS

profile groove
ASSEMBLY

page 156

polycarbonate
175
INSERT SEAL 6 (F)
- EPDM-AGV, black
- Weight
0,020 kg/m
- Length
200 m
Part. N 22.1086/1
APPLICATIONS

profile groove
polycarbonate
- Oil-resistant execution, Part. N 22.1086/3
GUIDE PROFILE 2
- Hard, PVC, grey
- Weight
0,270 kg/m
- Length
2m

- Materials 2 mm can be clamped by
using insert seal 6 on both sides
page 156
Part. N 22.1073/1
APPLICATIONS
- 2-fold sliding doors made of panel

elements of max. 6 mm

Part N 22.1073/0
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Snap into profile groove

- Suitable for subsequent mounting
- For subsequent mounting of panel
elements PVC-bars Part N 22.1077/0 are
to be inserted into grooves of the lower
guide profile
- For the panel element allow a min. of 20
mm reduction in y-direction, for direct
fitting without PVC-bars allow a min. of
10 mm reduction in y-direction
GUIDE PROFILE 3
- Hard, PVC, grey
Part. N 22.1075/1
APPLICATIONS
- 3-fold sliding doors, made of panel

elements of max. 6 mm

Part N 22.1075/0
- Weight
0,342 kg/m
- Length
2m
ASSEMBLY
- Snap into profile groove

- Suitable for subsequent mounting
- For subsequent mounting of panel
elements PVC-bars Part N 22.1077/0 are
to be inserted into grooves of the lower
guide profile
- For the panel element allow a min. of 20
mm reduction in y-direction, for direct
fitting without PVC-bars allow a min. of
10 mm reduction in y-direction
PVC-BAR
Part. N 22.1077/0
- PA, natural
APPLICATION
- Guiding of windows or doors in guide

profiles
ASSEMBLY
- Insert in the lower grooves of guide

profiles 2 and 3
- 6 mm
- Weight
0,040 kg/m
- Length
3m
177
U-PROFILE
Part. N 21.1002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Frame for screens of max. 5 mm
- Weight
0,150 kg/m
- Length
6m
SEALING LEDGE
- NBR, black
70
- Weight
0,175 kg/m
- Length
200 m
- Glue on edges of panel elements with

suitable adhesive
Part. N 22.1078/0
- Hardness (Shore A)
ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS
- Sealing of doors, lids and other

constructions against dust, water, noise
etc.
ASSEMBLY
- Press into profile groove

- 1) Sealing of one side:
gap width = 6 - 8 mm
- 2) Sealing of both sides:
gap width = 12 - 16 mm
SEALING PROFILE
- Weight
- Length
0,122 kg/m
100 m
Part. N 22.1011/0
APPLICATIONS

constructions against water, dust and
noise
SEALING LIP PROFILE
- NBR, black
- Hardness (Shore A)
60
- Weight
0,245 kg/m
- Length
75 m
ASSEMBLY
Part. N 22.1038/0
APPLICATIONS

constructions against dust, water, noise,
light etc.
ASSEMBLY
179
COVER PROFILE NBR
Part. N 22.1098/0
- NBR, black
- Weight
0,230 kg/m
- Length
20 m
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Edge Protection
- Buffer strip
- The lower side of the profile has 2 tear-off

notches for adjustment of width to the
aluminium profile
- Ladder rungs
- Buffer for sliding doors
COVER PROFILE EPDM
Part. N 22.1098/1
- EPDM, grey
- Weight
0,230 kg/m
- Length
20 m
APPLICATIONS
- Edge Protection
- Buffer strip
- The lower side of the profile has 2 tear-off

notches for adjustment of width to the
aluminium profile
- Ladder rungs
- Buffer for sliding doors
ASSEMBLY
SLIDE BAR 8N
Part. N 22.1085/0
- Hard plastic, black
APPLICATIONS
- Guiding device for sliding doors and other

sliding elements
ASSEMBLY
- Slide into profile groove
- Highly wear-resistant
- Lateral guide for conveyors
- Weight
0,300 kg/m
- Length
2m
SLIDE BAR 8
Part. N 22.1088/0
APPLICATIONS
- Sliding support
- workpiece slide
- Weight
0,311 kg/m
- Length
2m
ASSEMBLY
- Guide for lifting doors

- Slides
181
SLIDE BAR 23
Part. N 22.1089/0
APPLICATIONS
- Sliding support
- workpiece slide
- Weight
0,673 kg/m
- Length
2m
ASSEMBLY
- Customer processing possible by

additional machining allowance
SLIDE BAR R
Part. N 22.1104/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- PE, white
- Lateral guides
- Slide ways
- Weight
0,115 kg/m
- Length
2m
- Kan-Ban racks
- Protective surface and supporting plates
ANGULAR SLIDE BAR
Part. N 22.1040/0
APPLICATIONS
- Conveying systems
- Belt conveyors
- Weight
0,48 kg/m
- Length
2m
Part. N 22.1087/0
APPLICATIONS
- Simple Workpiece slides
- Guide for drawers
- Weight
0,420 kg/m
- Length
2m
- Lateral guides
DOUBLE SLIDE BAR
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Slide the double slide unit into profile

groove of frame and sliding element
- Secure the sliding element at both ends
with hex socket cap screws M8 x 16
183
PARALLEL SLIDE BAR
Part. N 22.1041/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Parallel guide without difference in height
- Sliding elements that are flush on the

outside
- If necessary, they can be locked on one

side by means of straight pins M6 x 16
- Weight
0,387 kg/m
- Length
2m
PROFILE SYSTEM PRE-ASSEMBLED ELEMENTS FOR LIFTING AND SLIDING DOORS

s r ood gni d i l s dna gni t f i l r o f s t neme l e de l bme s s a - er P
PREASSEMBLED
ELEMENTS FOR LIFTING
AND SLIDING DOORS
185
PREASSEMBLED ELEMENTS FOR LIFTING AND SLIDING DOORS

All elements are preassembled from our standard products ready for use. They are easily fixed to our profiles
by using our fastening elements. Stock of parts is not necessary and planning and assembly time can be
reduced significantly.
Slide-roll element
For one door four elements are necessary:
One each to be fixed at end positions of pillar.
One each to be fixed at door element.
Length of sliding profile:
desired stroke + 180 mm min.
1. Disassemble slide-roll element.
2. Insert T-slot bar into profile groove and fix at desired position.
3. Reassemble the slide-roll element and lock with glue.
Assembly in front of pillars.

Gap= 8 mm
Assembly between pillars.

Gap= 8 mm
Guide for sliding-door
For a simultaneous guidance of two elements in one profile groove.

Subsequent mounting of sliding-doors into existing constructions possible.
For one door element 4 guides are necessary.
Allow for door elements:
Height:
Clearance of the opening minus 11 mm
Width for 2 elements: Clear width of the opening + 55
2
SYNCHRONOUS PULLEY 45
- Housing made of profile 45 x 90

- Chain wheel, steel, preassembled for
installation on broad side of the profile
- Weight
- Load max.
0,343 kg
Part. N 21.1792/0
APPLICATIONS
- Simultaneous opening and closing of two

lifting doors running in the operate
direction; doors are of similar weight
- The chain is guided in the profile groove,
thus no hand-protection is required

- Cable roller preassembled; built-in on
broad side of the profile
- Insert chain Part N 21.1713/0 in pulley;

fasten it with the door chain clamping
device Part N 21.1712/0 on both doors
and insert it in the vertical profiles
Part. N 21.1775/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Cable reverse for counterweights in lifting

doors made of profiles 45 x 90 L or 45 x
90 G
- Attachment on vertcal profile with 2 T-slot

bars 90 Part N 21.1029/0
- For continous operation and heavy loads

use chain pulley 45
- End cap
- Load max.
- Attachment on vertical profile with

2 T-slot bars 90 Part N 21.1029/0
34 kg
CABLE PULLEY 45
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Corresponding cable Part N 21.1777/0

is a wear part and must be regularly
checked and lubricated if required
0,350 kg
12 kg
187
CABLE PULLEY 90
- Housing made of profile 90 x 90 L
Part. N 21.1776/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Cable reverse for counterweights in lifting

doors made of profiles 90 x 90 L
- Attachment on vertcal profile with 4 T-slot

bars 90 Part N 21.1029/0
- For continous operation and heavy loads

use chain pulley 90
- Corresponding cable Part N 21.1777/0

is a wear part and must be regularly
- Built-in cable roller St, zinc plated

- End cap
- Weight
- Load max.
0,680 kg
30 kg
END BLOCK
Part. N 21.1780/0
- Profile 45 x 90
- Safety device for cable pulleys
- End caps 45 x 90, one of them with slot

for cable passage
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Length
APPLICATIONS
0,290 kg
90 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
CHAIN PULLEY 32

- Chain wheel, steel, zinc plated,
preassembled, for small profile side
APPLICATIONS
- Chain reverse for counterweights in lifting

doors; for inner balancing weight in
profiles 45 x 90 F or 45 x 90 G
- The cable is guided in the profile groove,
thus no hand-protection is required
- End cap
- Weight
Part. N 21.1774/0
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment on vertical profiles with 2

slot-bars 90 Part N 21.1029/0
- Application of chain Part N. 21.1713/0
with door chain clamping device
Part N 21.1712/0 and weight chain
clamping device Part N 21.1711/0
0,372 kg
- Load max.
50 kg
CHAIN PULLEY 45 A
Part. N 21.1838/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Housing aluminium GD, powder coated,

grey
- Chain reverse of counterweights for lifting

doors for inner counterweight in profile
45 x 90 L or 45 X 90 G
- Attachment with fastening kit from supply

schedule; thread M8 in vertical profile
required
- Chain runs on the outer profile side and in

the middle of te broad side; if required
covered with hand-protection
Part N 21.1780/0
- Use of chain Part N. 21.1713/0 with

door chain clamping device
- Chain wheel, steel, zinc plated

preassembled
- End cap
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Load max.
0,347 kg
50 kg
189
CHAIN PULLEY 45 I
Part. N 21.1840/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

grey
- Chain reverse of counterweights for lifting

doors for inner counterweight in profile
45 x 90 L or 45 X 90 G
- Attachment with fastening kit from supply

schedule; thread M8 in vertical profile
required
- Chain runs on the broad side of the

profile in the right or left profile groove
(adjustable chain wheel) no
handprotection required


preassembled
- End cap
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,347 kg
- Load max.
50 kg
CHAIN PULLEY 90
Part. N 21.1839/0
APPLICATIONS

grey
- Chain reverse for counterweights for

lifting doors, for inner balancing weight in
profile 90 x 90 L

preassembled
- The chain is guided on the outside and in

the middle of the profile surface; cover
with hand-protection Part N 21.1780/0
- End cap
- Weight
- Load max.
0,681 kg
70 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment on vertical profiles with 4

slot-bars Part N 21.1029/0
COUNTERWEIGHT 45
Part. N 21.1772/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Pb cast, special hard
- Counterweight for large lifting doors
- Insert the counterweight into the profile
- For profiles 45 x 90 L or 45 x 90 G
- For cable and chain
- Fasten the steel cable Part N 21.1777/0

with cable clamping device
Part N 21.1797/0 on the lifting door
- Weight
- Length
10 kg/m
0,330 m
- Fasten chain Part N 21.1713/0 with

weight chain clamping device
Part N. 21.1711/0 and with door chain
clamping device Part N 21.1712/0 on
the door
COUNTERWEIGHT 90
- Pb cast, special hard
- Length
APPLICATIONS
- Counterweight for large lifting doors
- For profiles 90 x 90 L or 90 x 90 G
- Weight
Part. N 21.1778/0
38,5 kg/m
0,260 m
ASSEMBLY
- Insert the counterweight into the profile

- Fasten the steel cable Part N 21.1777/0
with cable clamping device Part N
21.1797/0 on the lifting door
- Fasten chain Part N 21.1713/0 with
weight chain clamping device
Part N. 21.1711/0 and with door chain
clamping device Part N 21.1712/0 on
the door
191
ROPE CLAMP
Part. N 21.1797/0
- Profie 19 x 32
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of counterweight and door

element in lifting doors
- 1 Clamping plate
- 2 hex socket head socket head socket cap
screws M8 x 25 with square nuts M8
- 2 End caps, one with throughbore
- Weight
0,149 kg
CABLE
- Remove lower end cap and unscrew set

screw
- Attach rope clamp with fastening kit at
the top of te door element
- Pull the rope through the bore of the
upper end cap
- Put the counterweight in desired position
(test in upper and lower end position of
the door element)
- Lay rope end in loop around clamping
plate, slide into the slot and fix the two
set screws
- If necessary cut cable end
Fix lower end cap
Part. N 21.1777/0
- Steel cable VA, 2,5 mm
APPLICATIONS
- Use in connection with counterweight 45

or 90 and cable pulleys
- With clamping eye hook on one side,

pressed
- Weight
0,072 kg/m
- Length
2,5 m
- On request also deliverable in other

length
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Lead the cable through the center bore

and into the counterweight
- Fasten the cable with the cable clamping
device Part N 21.1797/0 on the lifting
door
- Cable is a wear part and must be regularly
CHAIN
Part. N 21.1713/0
- Roller chain, steel
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

or 90 and chain pulleys
- Lead the chain through the

counterweight and through the fastening
kit for chain (counterweight side)
Part N 21.1711/0 mount chainlock
- Size 4
- Weight
0,120 kg/m
- Breacking load min.
3000 N
- Please indicate desired length
- Use in connection with door chain

clamping device Part N 21.1712/0 for
fastening the chain on the door
- Use in connection with weight chain
clamping device Part N 21.1711/0 for
fastening the chain on the side of the
counterweight
DOOR CHAIN CLAMPING DEVICE
- Steel zinc plated
0,060 kg
Part. N 21.1712/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

or 90 and pulleys

Part N 21.1711/0 mount chainlock
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- For mounting on door lead chain through

fastening kit for chain (door side)
Part N 21.1712/0
- Use in connection with chain

Part N 21.1713/0 for fastening on door
side

Part N 21.1712/0 and mount bolt with
link for chain
193
FASTENING KIT FOR CHAIN (COUNTERWEIGHT SIDE)
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

or 90 and pulleys

Part N 21.1711/0 mount chain lock
- Rubber-ring
- Use in connection with chain
Part N 21.1713/0 to fasten chain to
counterweight
- Link for chain

- Weight
0,015 kg
SLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT
- Hard plastic black, highly wear resistant
Part. N 21.1711/0

Part N 21.1712/0
Part. N 21.1796/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Guide for lifting doors in the groove of

the vertical profile
- 1: Disassemble the bearings from the

element
- Light linear slides
- 2: Insert t-slot bar into profile groove and

lock at desired position
- 1 T-slot bar, steel, zinc plated

- 2 ball-bearings, premounted
- Workpiece-slides, drawers
- Weight
- Load max.
0,093 kg
200 N
- 3: Reassemble the slide and the bearings

with t-slot bar, secure with suitable glue
GLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT
Part. N 21.1799/0
APPLICATIONS
- Guide for sliding doors, lifting-doors,

workpiece-slides, light linear guides
- 1 clamping screw, steel, zinc plated

- 4 built-in ball-bearings
- Weight
0,060 kg
- F max
300 N
- The element provides 5 mm eccentricity

for the construction of sliding doors with
2 casements or guides with 5 mm ground
clearance
GLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT PARALLEL
APPLICATIONS
- Guide for sliding doors, lifting-doors,

workpiece-slides, light linear guides
- 1 clamping screw, steel, zinc plated

- Both slots are parallel to each other for
construction of flush sliding doors
- 4 built-in ball-bearings
- Weight
0,060 kg
- F max
300 N
ASSEMBLY
- 1: Insert the element with screw side into

profile groove of movable construction
part
- 2: Tighten the screw
- Slide the completely mounted movable
part into the grooves of the guiding
profiles. Secure the movable part against
falling out with screws at both end
Part. N 21.1714/0
ASSEMBLY
- 1: Insert the element with screw side into

profile groove of movable construction
part
- 2: Tighten the screw
- 3: Slide the completely mounted movable
part into the grooves of the guiding
profiles. Secure the movable part against
falling out with screws at both ends
195
SLIDE ELEMENT
Part. N 21.1795/0

- Ready for use wih rope-bore and clamp
APPLICATIONS
- Guide for light lifting doors and in same

function connection of door element and
counterweight
ASSEMBLY
- Connect the cable of the counterweight

with slide element
- Secure cable end with clamp
- Weight
0,029 kg
- Especially suitable for direct attachment

on panel elements without frame
- Screw into the groove of the vertical

profile
- Screw panel element
GUIDE FOR SLIDING DOOR
Part. N 22.1079/0
APPLICATIONS
- Plastic PA 6.6, black
- Sliding doors
- 1 screw
- Sliding elements
- For 1 door element 4 guides are necessary
- Workpiece-slides, drawers
- Weight
- For a simultaneous guidance of 2

elements in 1 profile groove
0,029 kg
- Subsequent mounting of sliding doors

into existing constructions possible
ASSEMBLY
- 1: Fasten the upper guide to the frame of

the door element
- 2: Insert the lower guide into the frame
construction
- 3: Insert the door element
- 4: Slide it into the lower guide and secure
at desired position
- Mount second door element
- Allowance: see page 186
ROLLER ELEMENT
- ABS, grey
Part. N 21.1782/0
APPLICATIONS
- Guide for sliding doors, lifting doors and

drawers
- With 2 ball-bearings 626 ZZ

- Weight
20 kg
ROLLER ELEMENT S
- ABS, grey
Part. N 21.1781/0
APPLICATIONS
- Guide for sliding doors, lifting doors and

drawers
- With 2 ball-bearings 626 ZZ
- Load max. (roller)
- Attachment with hex socket head socket

head socket cap screws M6 x 35 and
square nut M6 on profile grooves or
directly on the panel element
0,033 kg
- Load max.
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment with hex socket head socket

head socket cap screws M6 x 35 and
square nut M6 on profile grooves or
directly on the panel element
0,044 kg
20 kg
197
Part. N 20.1038/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
15,347 cm4
- Two wing sliding doors
- ly =
15,597 cm4
- One wing sliding doors
- wx =
5,912 cm3
- wy =
6,932 cm3
- Weight
1,474 kg/m
- Length
5m
- Packing unit
- B) Drill holes or step holes in the

supporting profile and insert the square
nuts in the sliding profile; the nuts are
secured against torsion
ROLLER ELEMENT FOR SLIDING DOOR
- Plastic roller with ball- bearing
- Load max.
Part. N 21.2000/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten the roller elements on profile

groove; Use fastening kit
- Insert the doors in the sliding rail profile
and gently swing out the doors at their
bottom end
- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Easy-running, multi-wing sliding doors in

guard units, exhibition stands, testing
units, etc.
- Zinc plated steel support
- Drill 8,5 mm holes in centering groove;

bore pitch: 250 - 400 mm depending on
the load
- A) Position M8 F square nuts in the
supporting profile and fasten the sliding
door profile with M8 x 25 head socket
cap screw
40 m
ASSEMBLY
0,080 kg
60 kg
- Secure the sliding door at the bottom

with locking pins, sliding rails 8N
Part N 22.1085/0 or U-Profile
Part N 21.2002/0 against swinging
STOP FOR SLIDING DOOR
- Spring steel wire
Part. N 21.2001/0
APPLICATIONS
- Stop for sliding doors in their end

positions (open / closed)
- Fastening kit
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Mark end position of the wheel

- Bore drill 8,5 m in sliding door profile
0,010 kg
- Use fastening kit
ANTI LIFT FOR SLIDING DOOR
Part. N 21.2003/0
APPLICATIONS
- Securing of sliding doors against lift off
- Fastening kit
- Reduction of pendulum motion
- Weight
0,010 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Slip lift for sliding door in upper profile

groove of the door-element
- Secure the position by mount the
included set screw horizontally in profile
groove underneath antilift
- Fix end cap
199
U-BAR FOR SLIDING DOOR
Part. N 21.2002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Securing of sliding doors against lateral

swinging
- Fastening kit
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Hang up the doors

- Mount U-Bar on profile (-60 mm), slide in
position and fix
0,012 kg
- For smooth movement provide profile
grooves with cover profile
ROLLING DOOR WITH DRIVE
Part. N 29.0402/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium, powder coated, silver
- Cupboard for instruments
- Assemble lateral guides with housing
- 2 lateral guide rails, housing
- Tools boxes
- Fix guides and housing in frame
- Electrical drive 230 V
- Computer racks
- Housing A = 152, H up to 1,70 m,

Part. N 29.0402/0
- Without switch
- Counters
- Max. width
- Cable length
2,70 m
2m
- Machine guards
- Housing A = 167,5, H up to 2,20 m,

Part. N 29.0403/0
- Housing A = 181, H up to 2,70 m,
Part N 29.0404/0
- Please indicate width B and dimension H

- Stroke H1: H-A
PROFILE SYSTEM ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

no i t a l l at sn i l ac i r t c e l E
ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
201
SECURITY SWITCH AZ 16 ZVR K
APPLICATIONS
- Security switch, complete with switching

pad, type B1, standard, IP 67
- Electrical securing of swing doors, sliding

doors, windows
- 1 normally closed, 1 normally open

switch
Part. N 21.1110/0
ASSEMBLY
- With fastening kit from upply schedule

- Easy adjustment in x-, y- and z-axis by
means of long holes in the angle-bracket
- For small radii use actuating bow
B2 Part N 21.1110/2 or
B3 Part N 21.1110/3
- Force to engage 30 N
- Fastening angle, aluminium, natural
anodized
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,343 kg
ANGLE-BRACKET FOR SECURITY SWITCH
APPLICATIONS
- For security switches DIN EN 50041
- Fastening kit
- Fitting to all standard types, facilitated

adjustment of the switch in x-, y- and zaxis
- Weight
0,128 kg
Part. N 21.1359/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with fastening kit on profile groove
ACTUATING BOW FOR SECURITY SWITCH B2
Part. N 21.1110/2
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Actuating bow for small actuating radii in

connection with security switch
Part N 21.1110/0 replaces standard bow
Part. N 21.1110/3
- Switching pad, type b2, for particularly

small actuating radii over the broad side
of the bow
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Directly in panel element with

countersunk screw M5 according to the
material thickness
0,032 kg
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Switching pad, type B3, for particularly

small actuating radii over the small side of
the bow
- Actuating bow for small actuating radii in

connection with security switch
Part N 21.1110/0 replaces standard bow
- Fastening kit
- Weight
- Directly in panel element with

countersunk screw M5 according to the
material thickness
0,032 kg
203
SECURITY SWITCH WITH LOCK
- Switch, type AZM 161SK-12/12RK-024

- Housing thermoplast, black, selfextinguishing
- Protective system IP67, nominal
operating current 10 A (230 V), driving
voltage 24 V AC/DC, power consumption
10 W
- Fastening kit
- Optionally with actuating bow 110 V AC
or 230 V AC
- Weight
0,475 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Protective gears with high requirements

to security
Part. N 21.1766/0
ASSEMBLY
PROXIMITY SWITCH PNP (NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT)
- PNP-normally open contact
APPLICATIONS
- Proximity switch of position or reference

for MiniTec LR-system
- Housing polyamide with GF

- Actuating distance suitable for MiniTec
system
- Protective system IP 67
Part. N 33.0403/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with fastening kit

- Suitable cable Part N 33.0401/0
L= 5m
- Ambient temperature -25 to +75 C

- Nom. Working distance
0 - 4,8 mm
- Nom. Switch distance
6 mm
- Current max.
200 mA
PROXIMITY SWITCH PNP (NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT)
- PNP-normally closed contact
APPLICATIONS
- Proximity switch of position or reference

for MiniTec LR-system
- Housing polyamide with GF

- Actuating distance suitable for MiniTec
system
Part. N 33.0404/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit from upply schedule

- Suitable cable Part N 33.0401/0
L=5m
- Ambient temperature -25 to +75 C

- Nom. Working distance
- Nom. Switch distance
- Current max.
0 - 4,8 mm
6 mm
200 mA
205
CONDUIT AL
Part. N 20.1051/0
APPLICATIONS
- Cover for cables and pneumatic hoses on

all MiniTec aluminium profiles
- Weight
0,280 kg/m
- Length
6m
END CAP CONDUIT AL
- ABS, grey RAL 7012

- Weight
- Clip on cable clips Part N22.1204/0
Part. N 22.1119/1
APPLICATIONS
- End cap for conduit AL

0,004 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Fabrication of external angle with conduit

AL
ASSEMBLY
- Simply push onto the end of the conduit
EDGE PROTECTION FOR CONDUIT AL

- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Edge protection for conduit AL
ASSEMBLY
- Simply push onto the end of the conduit
0,003 kg
INTERNAL ANGLE BRACKET OF CONDUIT AL

- Weight
Part. N 22.1120/1
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of conduit AL to internal

angle bracket
0,01 kg
Part. N 22.1121/1
ASSEMBLY
- 1) Click the first side of the conduit to

collar clamps.
Distance to corner: 39.5 mm
- 2) Insert angle bracket
- 3) Click on the second side of the cable
duct and slide along as far as the stop
207
CONDUIT 45 AL
Part. N 20.1071/0
APPLICATIONS
- Cover for cables and pneumatic hoses
- Weight
0,301 kg/m
- Length
6m
END CAP FOR CONDUIT 45 AL

- Weight
Part. N 22.1116/1
APPLICATIONS
- End cap for conduit 45

0,006 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Construction of corners on outside face
ASSEMBLY
- Clip onto end of conduit 45
EDGE PROTECTION FOR CONDUIT 45 AL

- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Edge protection for conduit 45 AL
ASSEMBLY
- Clip onto end of conduit 45 AL
0,005 kg
INTERNAL ANGLE FOR CONDUIT 45 AL

- Weight
Part. N 22.1117/1
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of conduit 45 AL to internal

angle
Part. N 22.1118/1
ASSEMBLY
- 1) Clip conduit 1 onto cable clips.

Distance for the edge 36 mm
0,010 kg
- 2) Insert the angle
- 3) Clip on conduit 2 and push to tight fit
209
CONDUIT 90 AL
Part. N 20.1056/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Cover for cables and pneumatic hoses
- Weight
0,970 kg/m
- Suitable for MiniTec profiles, grid

dimension: 90
- End caps Part N 22.1045/0
- Length
6m
- Can also be swung open, when used with
hinges
- End ledges with integrated energy supply
END CAP FOR CONDUIT 90 AL

- Weight
Part. N 22.1045/0
APPLICATIONS
- End cap for conduit 90

0,011 kg
- Constructions of corners on outside face
ASSEMBLY
- Clip onto end of conduit 90
CABLE CLIP
Part. N 22.1204/0
- PA 6, grey
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Simple and rational fastening of cables

and pneumatic hoses
- Insert into profile groove and secure it

with a 90 rotation
- Suitable for conduit 45 AL and conduit 90 AL
- Insert cable tie band through the cable

clip and around the cable. Bind together,
cut off any excessive length
0,002 kg
CABLE CLIP 45
- PA 6, grey
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
Part. N 22.1210/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Simple and rational fastening of cables

and pneumatic hoses
- Insert into profile groove and secure it

with a 90 rotation
- Suitable for conduit 45 AL
- Insert cable tie band through the cable

clip and around the cable. Bind together,
cut off any excessive length
0,004 kg
211
ENERGY CHAIN R
- Plastic, black
Part. N 33.0410/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Energy chain to bind cables and hoses on

slides and movable elements
- Fastening of the energy chain by means

of mounting brackets Part N 33.0411/0

- Weight
0,341 kg
MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR ENERGY CHAIN R
- 1 bracket each left or right
- For fastening energy chain R

Part N 33.0410/0on profile
constructions
- Plastic, schwarz
- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,058 kg
Part. N 33.0411/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit from upply schedule

- Use cable tie band to fix cables and hoses
CONDUIT 32
Part. N 22.1082/0
- Hard PVC, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Installation of cables or tubings in all kinds

of constructions
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening with screws M6 x 12 and

rhombus-nut M6
- Snap-cover
- Cross-section: 660 mm2
- Weight
0,323 kg/m
- Length
2m
CONDUIT 45
Part. N 22.1084/0
- Hard PVC, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Installation of cables or tubings in all kinds

of constructions
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening with screws M6 x 12 and

rhombus-nut M6
- Snap-cover
- Cross-section: 1584 mm2
- Weight
0,523 kg/m
- Length
2m
213
PROXIMITY SWITCH HOLDER 12
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening of proximity switches 12 in

profile constructions and linear guides
Part. N 28.0120/0
ASSEMBLY
- On profile groove with fastening kit from

supply schedule
- 12
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,040 kg

- 18
- 20
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,050 kg
Part. N 28.0121/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening of proximity switches 18 and

20 in profile constructions and linear
guides

supply schedule

- 30
Part. N 28.0122/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening of proximity switches 30 and

34 in profile constructions and linear
guides

supply schedule
- 34
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,060 kg
PROXIMITY SWITCH HOLDER AL
- Fastening of limit stops switches for

standard constructions; cuboid form
(40 mm x 26 mm x 12 mm) in profile
constructions and linear guides
- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0117/0
ASSEMBLY

supply schedule
- Adjust exact distance
0,120 kg
215
PROFILE SYSTEM DRIVE UNITS AND CONTROL SYSTEM

met s ys l or t noc dna s t i nu ev i rD
DRIVE UNITS AND

CONTROL SYSTEM
With the MiniTec standard program you can choose between

several drive units. They offer
economic solutions for all applications of normal operation.
It is a pleasure for us to help you
finding out the type of construction that is the most economic
for you. Please indicate the
necessary data, e. g. for travelling
speed, acceleration, positioning
and repeating accuracy, strengths
and moments, conditions of
application and process, etc.

sme t s ys r a eni L s i x a- e l p i t l um r o s i xa- enO
ONE-AXIS OR MULTIPLE-AXIS LINEAR SYSTEMS
4
3
General structure
3
1)
2)
3)
4)
Control box with control system and servo control

Reference switch
Position limit switch
Servo motor with integrated incremental encoder
Multiple-axis systems designed for

carrying out complex tasks like
loading and unloading systems,
palettizers, milling machines, drilling machines, engraving machines, etc.
Can be implemented with the
same driving components as for
single-axis system. Control-unit
only must be adapted to the individual demands of the system.
217
egakc ap e t e l pmoc - s r o t om ov r eS - CA
DRIVE AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
Comprehensive Solutions All in One Place

Comprehensive solutions ranging from problem analysis to implementation are applied effectively and
in a targeted manner by experienced, professional staff and resources. Together with our experienced
team of professionals, we also design and implement individual overall concepts for material flow and
installation engineering featuring tried and tested components for general plant construction and automation technology.
All solutions are based on a flexible, modular, section-based construction system featuring linear execution
and elements ensuring ergonomic workplace design. These are supplemented by pneumatic and control
technology components, as well as conveyors, work piece conveyor systems and drives. Using these components, experienced professionals design modules which are later consolidated into overall automation solutions for unique performance requirements.
Our objective is to find the best solution to every problem. Even during the planning phase, our clients benefit from our extensive experience covering many branches of industry.
Our team provides comprehensive, professional follow-up from initial design to final implementation.
Control technology
All hardware selection is dictated solely by job requirements and costeffectiveness, using only top-quality products from well-known manufacturers with worldwide client service, for example Siemens, Beckhoff
or Berger Lahr.
SPS
The preferred control concept is modular, with decentralized peripherals
and on-the-spot intelligence. Either ProfiNet Profibus CAN-Bus or Asi-Bus
may be used, at the election of the client and based on job requirements
and/or client specifications.
ProfiNet and Profibus DP and ECOFAST (Energy and Communication
Field Installation System) have proven themselves cost-effective solutions; ECOFAST offers numerous advantages in planning and assembly, as
well as during operation, not to mention considerable cost savings
potential. The use of plug-in technology and standardized plug-in
connections ensures error-free wiring for both data and energy transmission. And the pre-finished conduits considerably accelerate installation.
Reliability is further enhanced by extensive trouble-shooting possibilities
and facility of parts replacement during maintenance or repair, eliminating the need for most additional precautions.

me t s y s l o r t noc dna gn i noi t i s op e l pi t l um dna el gn i S
DRIVE AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
PC-based control
PC-based control is available for a comprehensive solution coupled
with a data bank or data transmission, for example a superimposed
ERP system with distance maintenance.
The PC-controls are programmed using ordinary vendor-independent CoDe-Sys interfaces according to IEC standards.
The PC-controls are constructed based on the same decentralized
principle as SPS control, with the same options as the desired BusSystem.
Drive technology
Our specialists take over the interpretation of the drives with full consideration of cost-effectiveness and mechanics. For demanding positioning or automation tasks, we use the latest drive technology, with digital axial control and AC servotechnology.
For especially cost optimized or simpler solutions, multiphase motors
can also be used.
Your partner for perfect design:
Advice
Planning
Mechanical planning
Drive
Programming and control
Activation
Execution and documentation in compliance
with all EU standards
219
SPURE WHEEL BACK-GEARED MOTOR

Type CB, B3
Technical data
Type
Part N
Foot design without flange

Nominal voltage 230 / 400 V
50 Hz
Protective system IP 44
Weight 11 - 15 kg
Data given refer to the individual

speeds; different levels for one
type possible; data sheets upon
request.
Can also be supplied with brake,
heat detector or separate fan as
an option; other equipment upon
request.
Power W
Min. output speed
(for output
462 1/min
41 1/min
466 1/min
64.4 1/min
476 1/min
88.6 1/min
torque)
(2.5 Nm)
(27 Nm)
(3.6 Nm)
(26 Nm)
(5 Nm)
(28 Nm)
476
177
618
618
482
616
(7.5
(20
(8.5
(8.5
(11
(8.5
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
120-00
120-0
180-00
180-0
250-00
250-0
33.0050/0
33.0060/0
33.0051/0
33.0061/0
33.0052/0
33.0062/0
120
120
180
180
250
250
(for output torque)

20 1/min
(59 Nm)
17.4 1/min
(69 Nm)
26.6 1/min
(63 Nm)
26.5 1/min
(63 Nm)
39.4 1/min
(57 Nm)
20.2 1/min (111 Nm)
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
370-00
370-0
550-00
550-0
750-00
750-0
33.0053/0
33.0063/0
33.0054/0
33.0064/0
33.0055/0
33.0065/0
370
370
550
550
750
750
73.6
27
108
42.7
201
95
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
(48
(120
(50
(128
(26
(60
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Max. output speed
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)

Type CB, B5
Technical data
Flange design without recess
installation on the motor kit 16
(Typ-00F) or 20 (Typ-0F)
- Nominal voltage 230 / 400 V
- 50 Hz
- Weight 11 - 15 kg
Type
Part N
DGM 120-00F
DGM 120-0F
33.0050/1
33.0060/1
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
DGM
33.0051/1
33.0061/1
33.0052/1
33.0062/1
33.0053/1
33.0063/1
180-00F
180-0F
250-00F
250-0F
370-00F
370-0F
Power W
Data given refer to the individual

speeds; different levels for one
type possible; data sheets upon
request.
Can also be supplied with brake,
heat detector or separate fan as
an option; other equipment upon
request.
120
120
Min. output speed

(for output torque)
20 1/min
(59 Nm)
17.4 1/min
(69 Nm)
Max. output speed

(for output torque)
462 1/min
(2.5 Nm)
41 1/min
(27 Nm)
180
180
250
250
370
370
26.6
26.5
39.4
20.2
73.6
27
466
64.4
476
88.6
476
177
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
(63
(63
(57
(111
(48
(120
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
(3.6
(26
(5
(28
(7.5
(20
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
Nm)
PLUG-ON MOTOR FOR CONVEYOR BELT SERIES 45

Type
Part N
Power W
Gear reduction ratio
DSGM 120-60
DSGM 120-40
DSGM 120-30
33.0070/0
33.0071/0
33.0072/0
120
120
120
60
40
30
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
33.0073/0
33.0074/0
33.0075/0
33.0076/0
180
180
180
180
20
15
10
7
180-20
180-15
180-10
180-7
Rpm
Drive torgue
23 1/min
35 1/min
47 1/min
19 Nm
19 Nm
15 Nm
70
93
140
200
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
18
14
10
7
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
PLUG-ON MOTOR FOR CONVEYOR BELT SERIES 90*

Type
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
DSGM
Part N
180-60
250-48
370-39
370-27
370-19
558-24
33.0080/0
33.0081/0
33.0082/0
33.0083/0
33.0084/0
33.0085/0
Power W
180
250
370
370
370
550
60
48
39
27
19
24
Rpm
15
27
35
50
71
110
Drive torgue
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
49
45
63
49
39
36
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
* other performances and conversions on request
FREQUENCY TRANSFORMER FU 370 PP
Part N 33.0126/0
Built in On/Off key

1Q mode of operation
Mains overvoltage/ undervoltage monitoring device
Motor load monitoring
Short circuit monitoring phase/ phase, phase/ground
Adjustable acceleration and deceleration ramp
Adjustable voltage increase for low initial frequency
2 m mains cable with shock-proof plug
Main power connection line with ground protected 230V plug and
lflex motor line 110 square metres, 2m length
- EMC filter class B
- IP 55/ Nema- 12 housing
- Standard equipped with an operating device that enables operation
and drive setup without additional devices.
Output motor
Input mains
General Data
Max. motor output
0,37 kW
Nominal output current
2,1 A
Output voltage
3 x 0...230 V
Overload
150%/1min
Nominal voltage
230 V
Input current
6,7 A
Mains frequency
50 - 60 Hz
Ambient temperature
0 - 40C
Heat loss is a nominal rating
11 W
Dimensions H/ B/ T
200 x 140 x 165 mm
221
MAGNETIC MEASURING SYSTEMS ML

Length and stroke measurement is a standard task in machine and plant construction. A modern and economical solution is the ML magnetic length measurement system with magnetic tape, magnetic sensor, measurement display, or evaluation electronics. The advantages of this system are primarily the direct measurement
procedure, being wear-resistant, the simple and economical installation, and the high precision that is possible. The core of this measurement system is the magnetic tape: a flexible, plastic band filled with magnetic
particles. Using this tape, a magnetic sensor is moved along and the magnetic fields is probed at regular
intervals without making contact. The direction of motion and increments are derived from these scanning
signals and processed further in a control system or displayed via the measurement display.
Measuring display
Types deliverable:
- Mains voltage 24 V DC
33.0029/0
- Battery operation (4 mignon cells) 33.0029/1
- 230 V AC
33.0029/2
- Measuring LED display, 6 places, with integrated evalution
system, keys for reference, zero and reset
- Housing, protecting system IP 40 ( built-in IP 60)
- Operating temperature -5 up to +45 C
- Travelling speed max. 5m/sec.
- Measuring tolerance 0.1 mm/m
Magnetic sensor
33.0030/0
- Measuring of magnetic signals

- in connection with the above imaged measuring display
- Magnetic sensor fitting for all MiniTec profiles,
integrated cable (4 m) and D-sub plug
(other cable length upon request max. 20 m)
Magnetic tape
33.0028/0
Techn. data / length

- Magnetic tape for installation on MiniTec profile surface,
length max. 80 m, width 10 mm
(optional: 5 mm tape width for sticking into the profile groove)
Application
- For all MiniTec linear guides with rails made from profiles
- Length measuring devices
- Material feeding
Assembly
- Stick magnetic tape on profile surface
- Attach sensor on slide
- Distance to the magnetic tape: 1.1 0.9 mm
Please indicate desired measuring length

(round up to full meters).
PROFILE SYSTEM PNEUMATIC

c i t amuenP
PNEUMATIC
CONNECTIONS
MiniTec profiles are designed for

integrated air-piping. The use of
the profile grooves reduces the
risk of pipe leaks significantly.
Standard connectors g 1/4 and
g 1/8 can be used.
223
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
All standard pneumatic elements with

thread G 1/8 und G 1/4 can be used
with all standard MiniTec profiles.
Fixing is possible at any desired point.
The standard profile 45 x 45 provides 4 pipes; in the larger profiles 4
pipes and 1 air chamber are included. Parts are required for faceconnection .
The 11.7 mm bore in the standard profiles can be rebored to G 1/4
for fastening standard screw connecitons.
Max. pressure: for round chambers 20 bar; for others: 8 bar.
Use able air pipings
A=
804.2 mm2
A=
107.5 mm2
A=
1052.1 mm2
A=
804.2 mm2
A=
661.4 mm2
A=
661.4 mm2
A=
804.2 mm2
20.1009/0
A=
3414,7 mm2
20.1019/0
A=
A=
1001,3 mm2
4047.05 mm2
2
=
A mm
6
1,
57
57
A
1,
=
6
m
m2
710,5 mm2
A=
A=
1001,3 mm2
20.1017/0
2
=
A mm
6
A=
1,
57
710,5 mm2
57
A
1,
=
6
m
m2
20.1006/0
20.1010/0
20.1013/0
A=
1057,0 mm2
20.1079/0
A=
1203,9 mm2
A=
1057,0 mm2
A=
A=
1057,0 mm2
1057,0 mm2
20.1078/0
PNEUMATIC CONNECTION PLATE 45

Technical data/ items supplied
- Aluminium pressure die casting, powder-coated, grey
- One O-ring
- Fastening kit
Applications
- Lateral connection of pneumatic connections at profiles 45 x 90
and 90 x 90
Assembly
- Fasten on to profile grooves with fastening kit
- Drill 12 mm hole in the profile center.
Thread
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
Weight
0.170
0.168
0.165
Part no.
24.1107/0
24.1107/2
24.1107/3
PNEUMATIC CONNECTION PLATE 45 X 90

- Sealing plate
- Fastening kit
Applications
- Closing of chambers of profiles 45 x 90 for connection of pneumatic
couplings
Assembly
- Insert sealing plate
- Fasten on to 2 central bores 7.5 mm with fastening kit
Thread
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
Weight
0.181
0.178
0.174
Part no.
24.1105/0
24.1105/2
24.1105/3

- Sealing plate
- Fastening kit
Applications
- Closing of chambers of profiles 90 x 90 for connection of pneumatic
couplings
Assembly
- Attache on 4 central bores 7.5 mm with fixing kit
Thread
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 3/8
Weight
0.434
0.429
0.421
Part no.
24.1106/0
24.1106/2
24.1106/3
225
PLUG
Part. N 24.1104/0
- Brass
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Closure for profile chambers 11,7 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Thread the round profile chambers

11,7 mm to G 1/4 "
0,006 kg
- Screw-in the plug by using sealing tape
QUICK COUPLING 1/8
- Brass, nickel plated, NW 7
APPLICATION
- Pressed air connection at any desired point

on profile surface or faces, 11,7 mm
- Connection G 1/8", SW 22
- Weight
Part. N 24.1109/0
0,064 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Bore thread G 1/8" in profile surface;

distance from center of profile groove:
14,5 mm
QUICK COUPLING 1/4
- Brass, nickel plated, NW 7
Part. N 24.1110/0
APPLICATIONS
- Pressed air connection at any desired point

on profile surface or faces, 11,7 mm
- Connection G 1/4", SW 22
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Bore thread G 1/4" in profile surface;

distance from center of profile groove:
14,5 mm
0,065 kg
PNEUMATIC END PLATE 45 X 90

- Sealing plate
APPLICATION
- Closing of chamber ends of profiles

45 x 90
Part. N 24.1105/7
ASSEMBLY

- Attachment on 2 central bores 7,5 with
fastening kit
- Ffastening kitastening kit

- Weight
0,181 kg
227
APPLICATIONS
- Closing of chambers of profiles 90 x 90

for connection of pneumatic couplings
- Sealing plate
Part. N 24.1106/7
ASSEMBLY

- Attachment on 4 central bores 7,5 with
fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,434 kg
PNEUMATIC LIFTING UNIT 15
Part. N 24.1201/0
APPLICATIONS
- Incorporated into profile 45 x 180
- Lifting and lowering of loads
- Overall cylinder size 25 mm
- Attachment for gripper loc. Cit.
- Guide shafts 20 mm
- Positioning of parts
ASSEMBLY
- With mounting angle on profile

construction
- Other stroke lengths on request
- F+ with 6 bar =
- F- with 6 bar =
- Stroke =
256 N
220 N
15 mm
- Completely assembled with dual acting

cylinder
- Weight
3,405 kg
Part. N 24.1205/0
APPLICATIONS
- Cylinder 25 mm
ASSEMBLY

construction
- F+ with 6 bar =
- F- with 6 bar =
- Stroke =
265 N
220 N
50 mm

cylinder
- Weight
3,45 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Cylinder 25 mm
Part. N 24.1210/0
ASSEMBLY

construction
- F+ with 6 bar =
- F- with 6 bar =
265 N
220 N
- Stroke =
100 mm

cylinder
- Weight
3,52 kg
229
PROFILE SYSTEM HYDRAULIC VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT

t nemt s u j da l ac i t r ev c i l uar dyH
HYDRAULIC
VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT
HYDRAULIC VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT
Items supplied
- Hydraulic hand pump for 1 to 6 cylinders
- Cylinders with 150 - 500 mm stroke
- Hydraulic tubes PA 4 mm
- Single-acting cylinders
- Minimum load for return ~ 5 kg
- Temperature from -20C to + 45C
Applications
- Lifting and lowering of tables, work benches, terminals etc.
Assembly
- Screw pump at desired positon onto the profile groove with screws M6
- Fasten cylinder into aluminium profile S with adaptor rings
- Attach cylinder onto profile groove with adaptor plate
Available special models and accessories

- Angle connector Part Nr. 27.0002/0 Angle 90, for pump and cylinders
- Attachment parts for pumps and add-on cylinders according to customer request
- Attachment set 45 for add-in cylinder Part Nr. 27.0005/0 for all profiles with bore 32 except
for profile 90 x 90 S and 90 x 180 S. For these, please use attachment set 90, Part Nr. 27.0006/0
- Service kit with oil, screw connections, special spanner, hose cutter, and filling injector
Use great caution when working on the hydraulics. To avoid penetration of air into the hydraulic system, we
recommend having this work performed by us.
231
COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH ADD-ON CYLINDER AZ
Items supplied
- Pump with folding crank
- Cylinder with 2.5 m hydraulic
tube
- Completely assembled and
inspected system
See the following pages for
dimensions and data.
TB
Pump
system load
No. of
cylin
Type ders
(stroke)
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
150
200
300
400
500
150 kg
PB
350 kg
300 kg
27.0050/1
27.0051/1
27.0052/1
27.0053/1
27.0054/1
27.0050/2
27.0051/2
27.0052/2
27.0053/2
27.0054/2
27.0050/3
27.0051/3
27.0052/3
27.0053/3
27.0054/3
27.0050/4
27.0051/4
27.0052/4
27.0053/4
27.0054/4
27.0050/5
27.0051/5
27.0052/5
27.0053/5
27.0054/5
27.0050/6
27.0051/6
27.0052/6
27.0053/6
27.0054/6
COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH ADD-IN CYLINDER EZ
Items supplied
- Pump with folding crank
- Cylinder with 2.5 m hydraulic
tube
- Completely assembled and
inspected system
See the following pages for
dimensions and data.
TB
Pump
system load
No. of
cylin
Type ders
(stroke)
EZ
EZ
EZ
EZ
EZ
150
200
300
400
500
150 kg
PB
350 kg
300 kg
27.0060/1
27.0061/1
27.0062/1
27.0063/1
27.0064/1
27.0060/2
27.0061/2
27.0062/2
27.0063/2
27.0064/2
27.0060/3
27.0061/3
27.0062/3
27.0063/3
27.0064/3
27.0060/4
27.0061/4
27.0062/4
27.0063/4
27.0064/4
27.0060/5
27.0061/5
27.0062/5
27.0063/5
27.0064/5
27.0060/6
27.0061/6
27.0062/6
27.0063/6
27.0064/6

s pmup c i l uar d yH
HYDRAULIC PUMP TB FOR 1-2 CYLINDERS
Type
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
pump
pump
pump
pump
pump
TB 150
TB 200
TB 300
TB 400
TB 500
Stroke H
mm
150
200
300
400
500
Dimension A
mm
283,5
343,5
465,5
585,5
707,5
Dimension B
mm
298,5
358,5
480,5
600,5
722,5
Stroke H
mm
150
200
300
400
500
Dimension A
mm
283,5
343,5
465,5
585,5
707,5
Dimension B
mm
298,5
358,5
480,5
600,5
722,5
HYDRAULIC PUMP PB FOR 3-6 CYLINDERS
Type
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
pump
pump
pump
pump
pump
PB 150
PB 200
PB 300
PB 400
PB 500
ADD-ON CYLINDER AZ
For attachment with adaptor plate.
Type
AZ 150
AZ 200
AZ 300
AZ 400
AZ 500
Stroke H
mm
150
200
300
400
500
Length A
mm
252
317
442
542
667
Length B
mm
165
240
340
340
450
lateral load
kg max.
130
97
65
48
29
233
ADD-IN CYLINDER EZ
For installation in MiniTec profiles 45 x 90 S / 45 x 135 / 45 x 180 /
90 x 90 S / 90 x 180.
To install the cylinder, use attachment set add-in cylinder
Part N 27.0005/0 or Part N 27.0006/0.
Type
Stroke H
mm
150
200
300
400
500
EZ 150
EZ 200
EZ 300
EZ 400
EZ 500
Length A
mm
235
300
425
525
650
ATTACHMENT SET 45 FOR ADD-IN CYLINDER
lateral load
kg max.
130
97
65
48
29
Part N 27.0005/0
3
Applications
- Suitable for all stroke lengths
- For profile 45 x 90 S, 45 x 135 G and 45 x 180 G
Installation
1) Bore 8,5 mm in distance X from profile end
2) Place two holder pieces on cylinder and insert into the profile bore
32 mm
3) Position holder pieces according to dimension table (below) and drill,
fix with set screw
4) Screw guide pipe into connection plate, insert into profile and tighten
Table of Dimensions for Attachment Set 45 and 90

Cylinder
EZ 150
Distance X 224 mm
EZ 200
EZ 300
EZ 400
EZ 500
289 mm
414 mm
514 mm
639 mm
Part N 27.0006/0
3
Applications
- Suitable for all stroke lengths
- For profile 90 x 90 S, 90 x 180
Installation
1) Bore 8,5 mm in distance X from profile end
2) Place two holder pieces on cylinder and insert into the profile bore
32 mm
3) Position holder pieces according to dimension table (below) and drill,
fix with set screw
4) Screw guide pipe into connection plate, insert into profile and tighten
PROFILE SYSTEM SPECIAL EXTRUSIONS

s no i s u r t xe l a i c epS
SPECIAL EXTRUSIONS
AND ACCESSORIES
235
PROFILE 30 X 30
Part. N 20.1068/0
- lx =
2,133 cm4
- ly =
2,133 cm4
- wx =
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Light structures, holders, protective

devices
- MiniTec Power-lock Fastener 30,

Part. N 21.0014/0
- Suitable end-cap: Part. N 22.1035/1

1,422 cm3
- Screw connection 30 N
Part. N 21.1385/0
- wy =
1,422 cm3
- Angle 30 GD Part. N 21.1347/0
- Weight
0,641 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Attached parts can be fastened using

MiniTec square nuts 30 or rhombus nuts F
M6, Part. N 21.1354/0
MINITEC POWER-LOCK FASTENER 30
- 1 connecting element, zinc plated
APPLICATIONS
- Power-lock connection for profiles

series 30
- 1 fillister head screw M8 x 25, galvanized
Part. N 21.0014/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount fastener onto profileface

- Tighten set screw M8 with key SW 4
- Also suitable for cross joints

- Weight
0,029 kg
SCREW-CONNECTION 30 N
- Screw M8 x 25, zinc plated
Part. N 21.1385/0
APPLICATIONS
- Connection of profiles 30 x 30
ASSEMBLY
- Form thread M8 x 25 into the profile to

be fixed
- Locking device steel, zinc plated

- Bore through hole 7 into second profile
- Weight
0,170 kg
- Preassemble screw and locking device,
slide down profile 1 and position behind
bore
- Tighten the screw
- Recommended locking torque: 20 Nm
END CAPS 30 X 30
- ABS, grey, non aging, oil-resitant

- Thickness
Part. N 22.1035/1
APPLICATIONS
- Cut off face covering of profiles
ASSEMBLY
- Press on cut-off face
3 mm
237
ANGLE 30 GD
Part. N 21.1347/0

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,065 kg
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Constructions made from profile 30 x 30,

subsequent insertion of profiles or
components into existing constructions
- Use fastening kit
- Fixing of panels, table-tops
- Siutable end cap: Part. N 22.1026/1
- Recommended locking torque: 8 Nm
- Reinforcement of constructions made

from profile 30 x 30
SQUARE-NUT 30
Part. N
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening of accessories and system

components onto profiles 30x30
ASSEMBLY
- Weight M4
0,0042 kg
- Variants:
- Weight M5
0,0038 kg
- M4 Part. N 21.1567/0
- Weight M6
0,0032 kg
- M5 Part. N 21.1568/0
- Weight M8
0,0026 kg
- M6 Part. N 21.1569/0
- M8 Part. N 21.1570/0
HINGE L 19/30
Part. N 21.1374/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized, steel

cylinder-bolt
- Doors, lids, movable attached

constructions
- Fastening kit
- According to arrangement lift removable

or non-lift-removable
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- For production of hinges in various length
or bore distances or piano-hinges
extrusion Part. N 20.1076/0 is available
- End caps
- Weight
0,089 kg
- Load max.
- Connection of profiles 19 and 30 at

various angles
400 N
HINGE L 30/30
Part. N 21.1376/0
APPLICATIONS

cylinder-bolt

constructions
- Fastening kit

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- End caps
- Weight
- Load max.
0,089 kg

angles
400 N
239
HINGE L 30/45
Part. N 21.1377/0
APPLICATIONS

cylinder-bolt

constructions
- Fastening kit

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- End caps
- Weight
- Load max.
0,089 kg
- Connection of profiles 30 and 45 at

various angles
400 N
INSERT SEAL 4-30
- EPDM-AGV, black
- Weight
Part. N 22.1105/0
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment and sealing of panel elements

up to 4 - 5 mm in the profile groove
0,041 kg/m
- For profile 30 x 30
- Length max.
200 m
ASSEMBLY
- Insert panel element into profile groove

and press insert seal subsequently into
free space between panel element and
profile groove with blunt tool made of
wood or plastic
- For panels < 2 mm mount additional
insert seal
- Allow an enlargement of panel elements
in x and y direction of: +18 mm
PROFILE 19 X 11
Part. N 20.1074/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
0,327 cm4
- Small guards and constructions
- ly =
0,166 cm4
- Suitable end cap: Part. N 22.1030/1
- wx =
0,287 cm3
- wy =
0,302 cm3
- Weight
0,326 kg/m
- Length
6m
PROFILE 19 X 19
ASSEMBLY
- Screw connection 11, Part. N 21.1574/1
Part. N 20.1075/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
0,570 cm4
- Small guards and constructions
- ly =
0,570 cm4
- Suitable end cap: Part. N 22.1031/1
- wx =
0,543 cm3
- wy =
0,543 cm3
- Weight
0,460 kg/m
- Length
6m
ASSEMBLY
- Screw connection 11, Part. N 21.1574/1
241
SQUARE-NUT M05 X 8

- Weight
0,001 kg
Part. N 21.1382/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening of accessories and system

components onto profiles 19x11 and
19x19
ASSEMBLY
- Enter square nut from profile end
END CAPS
- ABS, grey, non-aging, oil-resitant

- Thickness
for profile 19 x 11 and 19 x 19 2 mm
Part. N
APPLICATIONS
- Cut-off face covering of profiles
ASSEMBLY
- Press on cut-off face

- For profile 19 x 11 Part. N 22.1030/1
- For profile 19 x 19 Part. N 22.1031/1
PROFILE SYSTEM PROFILE VA

AV el i f or P
PROFILE SYSTEM VA
243
PROFILE SYSTEM VA
The new profile-generation

Many new applications are possible with the new stainless steel SUS304 45 x 45 VA profile.
This profile was designed for applications where aluminium profile is not suitable such as acidic,
chemical or exposure to high temperatures.
All the advantages of our approved profilsystem also apply for the stainless profiles:
-
Strict modular design

T-slots are designed for standard screws and nuts
Compatible to all components of our standard system
ESD-conducting
Assembly with patented power-lock fastener made from stainless-steel:

-
Minimal processing: 1 thread M8 in central bore

No special tools required
Subsequently adjustable
Power-locked in correct position
Easy construction of cross-joints
Grooves remain free for panel elements etc.
Connection is invisible from the outside
Profile 45 x 45 VA
Usable screws and nuts
PROFILE SYSTEM VA - TECHNICAL DATA
Material
Surface
X5 Cr Ni 18-10
stainless steel
DIN EN 10 088
Specific weight:
7,9 g / cm3
Material No.:
1.4301
cold rolled
tensile strength
(in pressing direction)
min. Rm = 540 N / mm2
0,2 % elastic limit:
min. Rp0,2 = 230 N / mm2
fracture strain:
> 35%
Module of elasticity:
E: 200 000 N / mm2

G: 80 000 N / mm2
Brinell hardness:
220-260 HV
Thermal extension:
11,5 10-6 mm/K
bare
Tolerances
Core drilling
DIN ISO 2768 - c

Outer dimensions:
0,3 mm
Straightness deviation:
0,001 x L
uniform 7.5 - 0.6 mm
Thread former M8 has to be used!
Grid Dimension
basic grid 45 mm
Because of identical t-slots, the profile 45 x 45 VA is absolutely compatible with our aluminium profile-system
245
T-SLOT SYSTEM
T-slots
Width: 8,6 - 0,4 mm.

The t-slots are designed for standard M8 screws (head 13 mm) and
standard nuts with an outer dimension of 13 mm. Square and hexagonal nuts and screws are locked in position in the t-slot.
Basic dimensions
Load capacity
shifting resistance
1000 N
torsion resistance
30 Nm
bending load
Power-lock fastener
136 Nm
DEFLECTION OF MINITEC STAINLESS-STEEL PROFILES
The following formulas and calculation examples apply to static and punctual load. Calculated on the basis
of extreme values. Please use the relevant literature to determine further loads. At dynamic load, reduced
values should be used. Please also consider the relevant security values for mechanical engineering.
Calculation of deflection of MiniTec stainless-steel profiles
Example
f = Deflection
F = Load
L = Free length
l = Geom. moment of inertia
E = Modulus of elasticity
x mm
1 000 N
900 mm
6.6 cm4
200 000 N / mm
Case1
f=
F x L3
E x I x 3 x 104
= 18,58 mm
Case 2
f
f=
F x L3
E x I x 48 x 104
= 1,17 mm
Case 3
f=
F x L3
= 0,29 mm
E x I x 192 x 104
247
ASSEMBLY TIPS
Connection with power-lock fastener:

Assemble loaded profiles full-length.
Support butt-joints.
For heavier constructions:

Connection with strengthening-sheets and for angles.
Use power-lock fasteners if tractive forces appear.
SPECIALITIES
Welding of special solutions

Another important advantage of the new profile generation VA is the possibility of welding. You can
connect the profiles or you can weld on other parts made from stainless steel. Welding increases the
load capacity for stainless steel frames. The MiniTec continuous T-slot system also means that frames
can be extended at anytime.
249
PROFILE SYSTEM COMPONENTS VA

AV s t nenopmoC
PROFILE SYSTEM VA
COMPONENTS
PROFILE 45 X 45 VA
- Material: WN DIN 1.4301

(X5 CrNi 18-10, SUS 304)
- Modulus of elasticity:
Part. N 20.2000/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Food and beverage industry
- Power-lock fastener H
- Outdoor constructions
- Angles
- Chemical industry
- Screws M8, stainless
200000 N/mm2
- Length:
6m
- Weight:
2,759 kg/m
- Pharmaceutical industry
- High temperatures
- Ix / Iy
6,47 cm4
- Wx / Wy
2,88 cm3
MINITEC POWER-LOCK FASTENER STAINLESS
- 1 connecting element, stainless-steel

- 1 hex socket head socket head socket cap
screw M8x25, stainless steel
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1018/1
ASSEMBLY
- Power-lock connection of profiles, also

suitable for crossjoints
- 1) Cut thread M8 into central bore of

profile end
- Accurate location of the profiles,

integrated mounting- aid, movable, lowcost due to minimal procession
- 2) Mount fastener by hand onto profile

face
- 3) Tighten set screw M8 with key 4 A/F
- 4) Recommended locking torque:12Nm
251
END CAP 45X45 VA
Part. N 22.1067/5
APPLICATIONS
- End cap stainless steel
ASSEMBLY
- Screw on end cap with screw VA M 8x16

A2, stainless steel Part-No. 21.1513/1
- Thickness 5 mm
- Without countersunk screw VA M 8x16
ANGLE 45 VA
Part. N 21.0007/0
- Material: WN DIN 1.4301 X5 CR NI 18 10, SUS 304, stainless steel
APPLICATIONS
- General constructions, particularly

suitable for subsequent insertion of
profiles into existing constructions
- Fastening kit
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

profiles use square nut M8 with position
fixing Part N 21.1351/4
0,253 kg

can be used
T-SHEET VA
Part. N 21.0019/0
- Sheet stainless steel
APPLICATIONS
- Strenthening of profile constructions
- Fastening kit
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Use power-lock fasteners if tractive forces
appear
0,259 kg
ANGLE-SHEET VA
Part. N 21.0018/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Sheet stainless steel
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Also suitable for cross joints

(double application)
- Use power-lock fasteners if tractive forces

appear
- Weight
0,163 kg
253
FOOT VA
Part. N 21.1865/0
- Plate: stainless steel
APPLICATIONS
- Levelling of machine bases or

constructions
ASSEMBLY
- Directly on core boring of profiles, cut

thread M8 into central bore of profile end
- Threaded bolt: stainless steel

- Guards, tables, show cases
- Locknut: stainless steel
- Conveying systems, workstations
- Anti-skid insert: hard rubber
T-SLOT BAR 90
Part. N 21.0992/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Material: WN Din 1.4305, stainless steel
- Profile extension
- Fastening of bearings for linear guides
- Clamp with set screw
- Weight
0,060 kg
T-SLOT BAR 180
Part. N 21.0986/0
APPLICATIONS
- Face fastening of profiles or ready-for-use

elements
ASSEMBLY

- Profile extension
- Weight
0,120 kg
- Fastening of bearings for linear guides
T-SLOT BAR PROFILE

- Weight
0,680 kg/m
- Length
3m

Part. N 21.1030/1
APPLICATIONS
- Production of clamping ledges,

connecting elements for special lengths
ASSEMBLY
- Production of reinforcing elements

- Ledges with special perforation
255
LINEAR SYSTEMS
s me t s y S r a e n i L
LINEAR SYSTEMS
LINEAR SYSTEMS
257
LINEAR SYSTEMS LINEAR SYSTEM LR

RL me t s y s r aen i L
LINEAR SYSTEM LR
LINEAR SYSTEM LR
The linear system LR is based on

double-row angular contact bearings made of bearing steel and
hardened and ground precision
shafts 12 mm / Cf 53. Any required
stroke length can be implemented.
The slides are equipped with double-row roller bearings
with gothic arch outer grooves. For very high loads multiple
bearings are attached with steel-T-Slot bars directly to the slideplate giving the construction great rigidity. No special bearing profiles
are required for the assembly. The clearance between bearings and shafts
can be adjusted by eccentric bushings.
The slides are completely covered, lubrication felts are fitted in

the endcaps which clean and grease the shafts. For maintenance purposes the felts can be exchanged quickly and easily
without tools. This advantage is important for applications in
rough working conditions
Both closed and open-frame slides with any

desired length or width can be fabricated.
Linear modul LR 6
X/Y-tables are easily constructed by the attachment of

4 bearings on to the top of the slide. The guide rails
for this configuration are made from profile
45 x 32. End caps LR and cover profile AL also fit the yaxis.
259
LINEAR SYSTEM LR
Load capacity
Calculation of max. moment loads as
function of the slide length:
My
My max. = 0,89 (L-45) Nm

Mz max. = 1,50 (L-45) Nm
Fy
L = length of slide
Mx
Fz
Mz
Linear system
Slides
LR6
Slide LR 6
4 bearings
L = 90 mm
LR 12
Slide 45
4 bearings
L = 180 mm
Slide 90
4 bearings
L = 180 mm
Slide 135
4 bearings
L = 180 mm
Slide 180
4 bearings
L = 180 mm
Slide 180
8 bearings
L = 360 mm
Mx max.
My max.
Mz max.
30 Nm
75 Nm
40 Nm
79 Nm
120 Nm
202 Nm
107 Nm
120 Nm
202 Nm
130 Nm
120 Nm
202 Nm
165 Nm
120 Nm
202 Nm
240 Nm
275 Nm
470 Nm
Fy max.
Fz max.
800 N
640 N
3500 N
1500 N
3500 N
1500 N
3500 N
1500 N
3500 N
1500 N
7000 N
3000 N
Linear system
Slides
LR 16
Slides LR 16-45
Slides LR 16-90
Mx max.
My max.
Mz max.
158 Nm
288 Nm
323 Nm
214 Nm
288 Nm
323 Nm
Fy max.
Fz max.
7000 N
3000 N
7000 N
3000 N
Maximal speed slide 45 - 180:

Maximal speed slide LR 6:
10 m/sec.
5 m/sec.
EXAMPLES OF SLIDES
LR 6
LR 6 Z with cover
LR 6 Z
LW 32
LW 32 E
LW 45
LW 90
LW 135
LW 180
Open
Open
LW LR 16-45
LW LR 16-90
261
POSSIBLE DESIGNS OF RAILS

Calculation of rail length LR 12 + LR 16
(not for LR6)
Travel
+ Slide length
+ 2 x Belt tensioner
+ 40 mm Security distance
= Travel
+ Slide length
+ 180 mm
POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS OF RAILS AND SLIDES
Slidetype
A
B
C
D
LR 6 LW 45 LW 90 LW 135 LW 180 LR 16-45 LR 16-90

90
32
60
150,5
60,5
62
105,5
195,5
105,5
107
150,5
240,5
150,5
152
195,5
285,5
195,5
197
240,5
210
85
149,5
255
130
194,5
LR 12 + LR 16
LR 6
Calculation of total length L:

Travel H
+ Slide length
+ 2 x Reverse unit
+ 40 mm Security distance SH
Calculation of total length L:

Travel H
+ Slide length (102)
+ 40 mm Security distance SH
= Travel + 314 mm*
= Travel + slide length + 410 mm

*Please note: This is just a reference value, as the belt tension is brought up
by the timing belt pulley.
263
LINEAR SYSTEMS COMPONENTS LR

RL s t nenopmoC
COMPONENTS
LR
SHAFT 12
Part. N 17.1741/0
- Cf 53, hardened 60 + 5 HRC, precision

ground h6
- Weight
- max. Length
APPLICATIONS
- All MiniTec linear guides LR
0,888 kg/m
ASSEMBLY
- Press shaft into supporting profile with

appropriate tool (plastic mallet)
- For rails L > 6000 mm assemble profile,
shaft supporting profile and shaft with
offset joints
6m
BALL BEARING LR 12
- Double-rowangular contact bearing
Part. N 28.0001/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- With fixing kit LRK Part N 28.0021/0 or

LRE Part N 28.0022/0
- For shaft 12
- Load capacity:
- dyn. C =
10.50 kN
- stat. Co =
6.00 kN
- Weight
0,068 kg
265
BALL BEARING LR 12 L
Part. N 28.0005/0
- Double-rowangular contact bearing
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec linear guides with movable and

fixed bearing side
ASSEMBLY
- With fixing kit LRK Part N 28.0021/0 or

LRE Part N 28.0022/0
- Load capacity:
- dyn. C =
8.60 kN
- stat. Co =
5.10 kN
- Weight
0,06 kg
- Balancing deviations in distance in parallel

linear systems
SHAFT SUPPORTING PROFILE
Part. N 28.0002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized E6/EV1
- MiniTec linear guides LR/LG
- Weight
0,365 kg/m
- Length
6m
ASSEMBLY
- Press into the groove of rail profile

- If necessary clamp with set screw M5 x 10
in position
- Press shaft into supporting profile with
appropriate tool (plastic mallet)
SHAFT RETENTION DEVICE
- Aluminium , powder coated, grey
Part. N 28.0052/0
APPLICATIONS
- Axial retention of shafts in dynamically

stressed linear guides
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten the retention device at both shaft

ends with fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,03 kg
FIXING KIT LRK
Part. N 28.0021/0
- 1 T-slot bar, steel, zinc plated with set

screw
- 1 Bolt M8 concentric, steel, black-finished
- 1 Washer 3,5 mm, steel, precision
ground, back finished
- Weight
0,1 kg
APPLICATIONS

- Concentric attachment of ball bearings
LR 12
ASSEMBLY
- Fix T-slot bar in groove of lower slide side

with the set screws at inner position
- Threads M8 without set screws are used
for the fixing bolts
- Insert bolt in the bearing and washer
bore, Tighten firmly on T-slot bar with
spanner 19 A/F
- Recommed locking torque: 25 Nm
267
FIXING KIT LRE
Part. N 28.0022/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- T-slot bar, steel, zinc plated with set screw
- Mounting of T-slot bar: see fixing kit LRK
- Eccentric bush, steel black-finished
- Eccentric attachment of ball bearings LR 12
- Insert eccentric bush in the bearing and

washer bore, retighten T-slot bar with key
4 A/F
- Bolt M8, steel, black-finished

- Washer 3,5 mm, steel, precision ground,
black finished
- Weight
- Adjust bush with ring spanner width 19

mm (turn for freedom from clearance
with 0,9 - 1 Nm) and fix bolt
0,1 kg
- Recommed locking torque: 25 Nm
END CAP LR (RIGHT)
- ABS with integrated, spring-mounted

stripping and greasing felt
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Insert cover profile between the end caps

- Insert the lubricated felts and press
fastening peg in profile 45 x 45 of the
slide plate
- Fastening kit
- Weight
Part. N 28.0004/1
0,03 kg
- Use fastening kit
- Also deliverable in black,

Part. N 28.0004/0
- Clean and relubricate the felt or replace it

when neccesary Part N 28.0004/8
END CAP LR (LEFT)

Part. N 28.0004/3
APPLICATIONS
- Insert cover profile between the end caps

- Insert the lubricated felts and press
fastening peg in profile 45 x 45 of the
slide plate
- Fastening kit
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
0,03 kg
- Use fastening kit
- Also deliverable in black,

Part. N 28.0004/2
- Clean and relubricate the felt or replace it

Part N 28.0004/8 when neccesary
COVER PROFILE LR
Part. N 28.0049/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized E6/EV1
- Weight
0,362 kg/m
- Length
6,000 m
ASSEMBLY
- Cut profile according to the length of the

slide
- Insert the cover profile between the end
caps; insert the felts; fasten the end caps
LR on the slide by means of the supplied
screws
269
SHAFT 16
Part. N 17.1743/0
- Cf 53, hardened 60 5 HRC, precision

ground h6
- Weight
- max. Length
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec linear guide LR 16
1,578 kg/m
SHAFT SUPPORTING PROFILE LR 16
- Aluminium natur, eloxiert E6 / EV1

- Weight
0,845 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Carefully hammer into the shaft carrier

profile with a plastic-tipped hammer
- On guides with L > 6000 mm assemble
profile, shaft support and shaft with offset
joints
6m
ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec linear guide LR16
Part. N 28.0019/0
ASSEMBLY
- Bore 8.5 in the shaft supporting profile

- Recommended distance: 50 mm from the
edge, then approximately every
200 - 300 mm
- Fasten to the carrier profile using M8 x 30
hex socket head screw and M8 square nut
- Hammer the shaft into the shaft
supporting profile with a plastic-tipped
hammer
SHAFT FASTENER LEFT LR 16
Part. N 28.0809/0
APPLICATIONS
- Axial fastening of shafts in linear guides

subject to heavy dynamic stress

- Weight
0,04 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Shaft carrier profile and shafts must be

15 mm shorter on each side than the
supporting profile
- Attach the shaft fastening at both ends of
the shaft with supplied fastening kit
- No processing is necessary
SHAFT RETENTION DEVICE RIGHT LR 16

- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,04 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Axial fastening of shafts in linear guides

subject to heavy dynamic stress
Part. N 28.0808/0
ASSEMBLY
- Shaft carrier profile and shafts must be

15 mm shorter on each side than the
supporting profile
- Attach the shaft fastening at both ends of
the shaft with supplied fastening kit
- No processing is necessary
271
BALL BEARING LR 16
Part. N 50.1726/0
APPLICATIONS
- Double-row angular contact bearing
- MiniTec linear guides LR 16
- For shaft 16
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening with central bush

Part. N 28.0814/0 or adjustable with
eccentric bush Part. N 28.0813/0 and
M 12 x 40 bolt Part. N 21.1257/0
- Load capacity
- dyn. C =
19.90 kN
- stat. Co =
12.60 kN
- Weight
0,2 kg
END CAP LR 16

APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

- Depending on the conditions, clean and
relubricate the felt or insert a replacement
felt Part. N 28.0816/0
- Fastening kit
- Weight
Part. N 28.0815/0
0,055 kg
BOLT CONCENTRIC LR 16
Part. N 28.0814/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Bolt M12 concentric, steel, black-finished
- Weight
- Concentric fastening of ball bearings LR 16
- Recommended tightening torque:50Nm
0,12 kg
ECCENTRIC BUSH
Part. N 28.0813/0
APPLICATIONS
- Eccentric bush, steel, black-finished
- Weight
- Eccentric fastening of ball bearings LR 16
0,059 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Insert screw M12 x 40 Part. N 21.1257/0

into eccentric bush and assemble loosely
with bearing
- Adjust the bearing by turning the
eccentric bush with the spanner (wrench
size 27) for zero play (with 0.9 - 1 Nm
torque resistance) and hold the eccentric
bush in this position. Tighten the bolt.
- Recommended tightening torque:50Nm
273
TOOTHED RACK 8
Part. N 28.0051/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Steel
- Linear guides with extremely long strokes
- Push toothed rack into profile groove
- Modul 1
- Linear guides with compact dimension

overall
- Secure with set screw M4
- 1 set screw in 200 mm grid

- Weight
0,785 kg/m
- Length
2m
- Recurring height sectioning and

longitudinal sectioning in 3,14 mm grid
(e.g. sorting frame)
TIMING BELT 16 AT 5
- PUR white, steel-wire reinforced

- Type 16 AT 5
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for all MiniTec linear guides LR 6 Z
ASSEMBLY
- Fix both sides in slide LR 6 Z

- Calculate belt length:
2 x rail length + 260 mm
- Weight
0,052 kg/m
- Load max.
1260 N
Part. N 28.0502/0
TIMING BELT 32 AT 10
Part. N 28.0093/0
- PUR white, reinforced with integrated

wires
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For MiniTec linear guides LR 12 and LR 16
- Fix timing belt optiming belt tensioner
- For belt drives
- Calculate belt length: see page 285
- Type 32 AT 10
- Weight
0,19 kg/m
- Load max.
4750 N
TIMING BELT TENSIONER
- Housing, aluminium, natural anodized
Part. N 28.0090/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For each end of the timing belt a timing

belt tensioner is required
- Subsequent fastening on the face of the

slide with fastening kit
- Tensioning plug, steel, zinc plated with

mateling with 3 teeth
- For MiniTec linear guides LR 12 and LR 16
- After fixing on slide face, tension the belt

central tensioning screw M8, 5 A/F
- Fitting for tming belt AT 10
- For MiniTec belt drive

- Recommed stretching after assembly
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,236 kg
275
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONNING DEVICE 45
APPLICATIONS
- Plate aluminium, natural anodized
- In connection with belt drive
- Fastening kit
- For each timing belt tensioner one

fastening kit is neccesary
- Weight
Part. N 28.0054/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with fastening kit on rail end;

thread M8 required
- Mount timing belt tensioner
0,089 kg
- Attachment of timing belt tensioner on
rail 45
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONNING DEVICE 45 X 90 F
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0055/0
ASSEMBLY


thread M8 required

rail 45 x 90 F in connection with belt drive
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,089 kg
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONING DEVICE 45X90H
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0056/0
ASSEMBLY


thread M8 required

rail 45 x 90 H in connection with belt
drive
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,089 kg
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONING DEVICE 90
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0057/0
ASSEMBLY


thread M8 required

rail 90 in connection with belt drive
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,089 kg
277
PROTECTIVE BELLOW LR 45
Part. N 33.3007/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Plastic, black with plastic frame
- Cover of MiniTec linear guides LR 45
- Push bellow onto rail
- Rough working conditions, dust, chips
- Fix ends with fastening kit for protective

bellow Part N 33.3010/0
- Length when pushed together for 1 m

stroke: - 130 mm
- Weight
- max. Length
- The stroke length is reduced by approx.

22% when bellow is used
0,65 kg/m
- Caution: Consider higher friction moment
when dimensioning drive unit!
6m
FASTENING KIT FOR PROTECTIVE BELLOW LR 45
- 1 End frame slide
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening of protective bellow LR 45 on

slide LW 45
- 1 End frame pulley

- Fastening kit for frame and bellow
Part. N 33.3010/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten end frame on slide

- Push protective bellow on rail

timing belt pulley T 45
- Loosen power-lock fastener on the pulley

side and insert end frame pulley between
rail and timing belt pulley; tighten powerlock fastener
- Fasten protective bellow by means of the
supplied screws on the end frame
Part. N 33.3008/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

bellow a Part N 33.3011/0 at slide or
reverse unit

stroke: - 130 mm
- Weight
- max. Length

0,75 kg/m
6m

APPLICATIONS
Part. N 33.3011/0
ASSEMBLY
- 1 End frame slide

279
Part. N 33.3009/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

bellow a Part N 33.3012/0 at slide or
reverse unit

stroke: - 110 mm
- Weight
- max. Length

0,95 kg/m
6m

- 1 End frame slide
APPLICATIONS

slide LW 180
Part. N 33.3012/0
ASSEMBLY

ADAPTOR PLATE
Part. N 28.0112/0
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of motors, timing belt pulley

and counter
ASSEMBLY
- Mount on timing belt pulley
- Dimension according to customers

specification
CONNECTING SHAFT 45
- Steel, 20 mm
- Length and processing of ends according
to customer specification
Part. N 17.1706/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Simultaneous transmission of 2 parallel

linear guides
- Fasten shafts with spring in timing belt

pulley
- Install support bearing for longer shafts
- Connect both shaft pieces with clutch

Part N 28.0180/0
- 2 pieces, clutch not included

- Fastening kit
- Weight
2,47 kg/m
- + Spring
281
CONNECTING SHAFT 90
- Steel, 20 mm
- Length and processing of ends according
to customer specification
Part. N 17.1706/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Simultaneous transmission of 2 parallel

linear guides
- Fasten shaft with spring in timing belt

pulley
- For longer shafts use additional support

bearing
- Connect both shaft pieces with clutch

Part N 28.0180/0
- 2 pieces, clutch not included

- Fastening kit
- Weight
2,47 kg/m
- + Spring
CLUTCH 20
Part. N 28.0180/0
APPLICATIONS
- Clutch, steel with plastic inlay
- Correction of motors to reverse unit
- 2 tensioning sets, steel
- Correction of misalignment for

simultaneous transmission of 2 parallel
linear guides with connecting shaft 45 a
Part N 17.1706/0 or connecting shaft
90 Part N 17.1706/1
- Weight
0,5 kg
- Locking torque max.
30 Nm
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment with integrated tensioning

device
- Position of both reverse units
continuously adjustable
SLIDE CLAMPING UNIT (TOP) LWG / LWN / LW
- Housing, aluminium, anodized E2/E6/EV1
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0270/0
ASSEMBLY
- Clamping of MiniTec slide LW and slides

LWN / LWG on rail surface
- Preadjust clamping shaft and lead it in

profile groove
- Clamping of MiniTec adjusting units
- Insert plastic element
- Clamp
- Fastening kit
- Mount housing block
- Weight
0,225 kg
- Secure clamping lever with mounting
adhesive on clamping shaft
283
LINEAR SYSTEMS READY FOR USE MODULS LR

RL s l udom es u r of ydaeR
SYSTEM LR READY FOR USE

MODULES LR
CONNECTION OF MOTORS
Timing belt pulley T 45

Rotary-current-, step or servo-motors with max. shaft diameter of 16
mm are suitable. Assemble directly on the timing belt pulley.
The pulley bore with fitting key groove and the connection side of the
reverse unit will be designed according to customer specification.
Timing belt pulley T 90

Rotary-current-, step or servo-motors with max. shaft diameter of 24
mm are suitable. Assemble directly on the timing belt pulley.
The pulley bore with fitting key groove and the connection side of the
reverse unit will be designed according to customer specification.
Belt drive 45 und 90

Motors with hollow shafts can be attached directly on the slide-plate.
Step and servo motors are connected via a coupling on the drive of the
belt drive, diameter 17.
Shaft, slide-plate or adapter plate are also available according to customer specification.
Technical Data
Timing belt pulley:
Pulley
Effective diameter
Width belt drive
Teeth
Bore
Reborable to max.
Travel (1 revolution)
Timing belt
Belt length in the reverse unit
Friction moment at 1/1000
Belt tensioning
Maximal Load
LR6
T 45
T 90
Belt drive
57,3 mm
16 mm
36
10 mm
14 mm
180 mm
16AT5
160 mm
60,48 mm
32 mm
19
8 mm
16 mm
190 mm
32AT10
210 mm
60,48 mm
32 mm
19
8 mm
30 mm
190 mm
32AT10
210 mm
60,48 mm
32 mm
19
8 mm
drive shaft d 17
190 mm
32AT10
420 mm
0.30 Nm
30 Nm
0.35 Nm
70 Nm
0.35 Nm
130 Nm
0.35 Nm
30 Nm
Calculation of the timing belt

When using T 45 and T 90
When using belt drive

Rail length + 212 mm
2 x rail length
+2 x 210 mm belt length in
reverse
- slide length
- 2 x 20 mm in belt tensioner
= 2 x rail length - slide lenght
+ 380 mm
When using LR6

2 x Rail length + 260 mm
285
TIMING BELT PULLEY T 45 (LR 12 + LR 16)

Techn. data/items supplied
- Completely assembled with pulley
- 2 ball bearings
Applications
- For MiniTec linear guides LR
Assembly
- Form threads M8 in both rail ends and mount power-lock fastener
Part N 21.1018/0
- Pass belt through the rail and through pulley unit
- Insert pulley unit from top
- Tighten set screw
Bore
without
11 mm
12 mm
14 mm
15 mm
16 mm
Weight
1,170 kg
1,168 kg
1,168 kg
1,167 kg
1,165 kg
1,165 kg
Part N
28.0083/0
28.0083/2
28.0083/6
28.0083/3
28.0083/5
28.0083/4
Part N stainless steel

28.0046/0
28.0046/2
28.0046/6
28.0046/3
28.0046/5
28.0046/4
TIMING BELT PULLEY T 90 (LR 12 + LR 16)

- Completely assembled with pulley
- 2 ball bearings
Applications
- For MiniTec linear guides LR
Assembly
- Form threads M8 in both ends of rail and mount power-lock fastener
Part N 21.1018/0
- Pass belt through the rail and through pulley unit
- Tighten set screw
Bore
without
11 mm
14 mm
16 mm
19 mm
20 mm
24 mm
Weight
2,800 kg
2,798 kg
2,795 kg
2,789 kg
2,775 kg
2,773 kg
2,164 kg
Part N
28.0082/0
28.0082/2
28.0082/3
28.0082/4
28.0082/5
28.0082/7
28.0082/6

28.0045/0
28.0045/2
28.0045/3
28.0045/4
28.0045/5
28.0045/7
28.0045/6
TIMING BELT PULLEY LR 6

- Aluminium GD, power coated, grey
- Assembled ready for use
- with fixing kit
Applications
- For MiniTec linear guides LR 6 Z
Assembly
- Insert square-nuts M8 in rail
- Lead timing belt through reverse unit
- Slip reverse unit on rail and prefix screws
- Fix timing belt on slide
- Tigthen timing belt at reverse unit with key 3 A/F - if necessary from
both sides
- Tigthen fixing screws
Bore
ohne
10 mm
11 mm
14 mm
Weight
0,96 kg
0,96 kg
0,96 kg
0,96 kg
Part N
28.0510/0
28.0510/1
28.0510/2
28.0510/3

28.0509/0
28.0509/1
28.0509/2
28.0509/3
287
TIMING BELT PULLEY T 45 Z
- Anodized E6 / EV1
Part. N 28.0083/1
APPLICATIONS
- All MiniTec linear guides
- Completely assembled with pulley and

shaft end
ASSEMBLY
- Form thread M8 and mout MiniTec

power-lock fastener Part N 21.1018/0
- Pass belt through the rail and through
pulley unit
- 2 ball-bearings
- Top cover mounted
- Weight
1,200 kg
- Tighten the timing belt
- Aluminium, anodized E6 / EV1

- Main casting completely assembled with
pulley and shaft end
Part. N 28.0082/1
APPLICATIONS
- All MiniTec linear guides
ASSEMBLY
- Form thread M8 and mount MiniTec

power-lock fastener Part N 21.1018/0
- Pass belt through the rail and through
pulley unit
- 2 ball-bearings
- Top cover mounted
- Weight
2,850 kg
BELT DRIVE 45
- Aluminium
Part. N 28.0248/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec linear guides LR with extemely

long strokes, z-axis
- Push the timing belt through the drive,

slide drive on the rail and adjust clearance
- Use with rail 45, 45 x 90 H, 45 x 135 H

and 45 x 180 H
- Fasten timing belt ends with timing belt

tensioner Part N 28.0090/0 and
fastening plate for rail 45
Part N 28.0054/0 or for rail 45 x 90 H
Part N 28.0056/0 o the rail ends
- Shaft end 17 for motor connection

- 2 idler pulleys aluminium, integrated in
linear slide LW 45
- Weight
6,320 kg

- Calculation of the timing belt:
rail length + 212 mm
BELT DRIVE 90
- Aluminium
Part. N 28.0249/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec linear guides with extremely long

strokes, z-axis
- Push the timing belt through the drive,

slide drive on the rail and adjust clearance
- Use with rail 45 x 90 F, rail 90 or 90 x 180 H
- Fasten timing belt ends with timing belt

tensioner Part N 28.0090/0 and
fastening plate for rail 45
Part N 28.0057/0 or for rail 45 x 90 F
Part N 28.0055/0 on the rail ends
- Shaft end 17 for motor connection

- 2 idler pulleys aluminium, integrated in
linear slide LW 90
- Weight
6,790 kg

- Calculation of the timing belt:
rail length + 212 mm
289
SLIDE LR 6
Part. N 28.0138/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium, all faces processed
- MiniTec linear guide systems LR 6
- Slip slide onto rail
- Double row, angular-contact bearings
- Material-handling
- Adjust clearance with key 2,5 A/F
- Measuring devices
- Tighten fixing screw with a torque of

20 Nm
- Load capacity: see page 260
- Doors
- Weight
- When used in extreme environment, use

slide LR6 with cover, Part N 28.0138/1
0,396 kg
SLIDE LR 6 WITH COVER
Part. N 28.0138/1
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Double row, angular-contact bearings LR6
- Jigs
- 4 concentric fixing bush
- Sliding doors
- Recommended torque: 20 Nm
- 4 covers, plastic grey, with spring loaded

greasing-felts
- Large drawers
- Saturate greasing felts with appropriate

oil

- Weight
0,458 kg
SLIDE LR 6 Z
Part. N 28.0138/2

- Double row, angular-contact bearings LR6
- 4 concentric fixing bush
- 4 covers, plastic grey, with spring loaded
greasing-felts
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Material-handling devices

- Recommended torque: 20 Nm
- Belt fixing device integrated into slideplate
- Saturate greasing felts with appropriate

oil
- Screw end caps clamping lower covers
- Weight
0,502 kg
RAIL LR 6
Part. N 28.0016/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized E6/EV 1
- 2 Shafts Cf 53 h6, 603 HRC
- Material-handling
- With fixing bores 8,5 mm,

grid: 150 mm
- Measuring devices
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten rail with hex socket cap screws

M8 x 20 and square nut M8 on MiniTec
profile
- Doors
- Weight
0,958 kg/m
- Length
4m
291
SLIDE LR6 COMPACT
Part. N 28.0140/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium, all faces machined
- 3 Double row, angular-contact bearings
- Material-handling
- Measuring devices
- Tighten fixing screw with a torque of

20 Nm
- Weight
0,194 kg
- Doors
SLIDE LR6 COMPACT
Part. N 28.0127/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Slide PEUHMW, black
- Material-handling
- With square nut M8, steel zinc plated
- Measuring devices
- Adjust slide clearance with hexagon key
- Weight
- Doors
0,068 kg
RAIL LR 6 COMPACT
Part. N 28.0119/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, natural anodized E6/EV 1
- Material-handling
- 2 Shafts Cf 53 h6, steel, 6 mm
- Measuring devices
- With fixing bores 8,5 mm,

grid: 150 mm
- Doors
- Weight
1,779 kg/m
- Length
4m
MODULE LR 6 Z 45
- Fasten rail with countersunk screws

M8 x 20 and square nut M8 on MiniTec
profile
Part. N 28.0500/0
- Linear-guide, ready for use assembled

from:
ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Timing-belt tensioners integrated in

reverse-units
- Material-handling
- 1 Rail LR 6 with precision-steel-shafts ,
6mm, h6, with profile 45 x 45 R, 1 Slide
LW 6 Z with timing belt fastener,
2 timing- belt reverse units, 1 timing belt
16 AT 5, steel-reinforced
- Weight (without profile)
- Weight/100 mm stroke
- Measuring devices
- Doors
2,250 kg
0,322 kg
- Please specify stroke "X" and bore of

timing belt reverse unit
( 11 mm/ 14 mm/None)
293
MODULE LR 6 Z 90
Part. N 28.0501/0
- Linear-guide, ready for use assembled

from:
- 1 Rail LR 6 with precision-steel-shafts
6mm, h6, with profile 45 x 45 R
- 1 Slide LW 6 Z with timing belt fastener,
- 2 timing- belt reverse units 1 timing belt
16 AT 5, steel-reinforced
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Timing-belt tensioners integrated in

reverse-units
- Material-handling
- Measuring devices
- Doors
- Basis weight (without profile)2,250kg

0,453 kg
- Please specify stroke "X" and bore of

timing belt reverse unit
( 11 mm/ 14 mm/None)
SLIDE LW 32
Part. N 28.0088/0
APPLICATIONS
- Slide completely assembed
- Handling systems
- 2 concentric and 2 eccentric bearing units
- Measuring devices
- End caps
- Automatic advance units
- For rails 19 and 32
- Weight
1,060 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Slip slide on rail 19 or 32; adjust clearance

with eccentric bush
SLIDE LW 32 E
Part. N 28.0089/0
APPLICATIONS
- Slide completely assembled
- 1- or multi-axis guides
- Handling systems
- End caps
- Measuring devices
- For rails 19 and 32
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Slip slide on rail 19 or 32; adjust clearance

with eccentric bush
1,920 kg
SLIDE LW 45
Part. N 28.0091/0
APPLICATIONS
- Linear robots
- End caps LR and 2 cover profiles LR
- Handling systems
- Measuring devices
- Weight
- For rails 45, 45 x 90 H, 45 x 135 H and

180 H
ASSEMBLY
- Assemble slide on rail 45 or 45 x 90 H,

adjust clearance with eccentric bush
- Assemble cover and greasing system
2,260 kg
- OPTIONS:
- Slide clamping unit Part N 28.0270/0
295
SLIDE LW 90
Part. N 28.0092/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Linear robots
- Assemble slide on rail 45 x 90 F, rail 90 or

rail 90 x 180 H; adjust clearance with
eccentric bush
- End caps LR and Cover profiles LR
- Handling systems
- Measuring devices
- OPTIONS:
- Slide clamping Part N 28.0270/0
- Weight
- For rails 45 x 90 F, 90 x 90, 90 x 180 H
2,700 kg
SLIDE LW 135
Part. N 28.0084/0
APPLICATIONS
- Linear robots
- Handling systems
- Measuring devices
- Weight
- For rails 135 F
ASSEMBLY
- Assemble slide on rail 45 x 135; adjust

clearance with eccentric bush
3,150 kg
- OPTIONS:
SLIDE LW 180
Part. N 28.0087/0
APPLICATIONS
- Linear robots
- Handling systems
- Measuring devices
- Weight
- For rails 45 x 180 F and 90 x 180 F
ASSEMBLY
- Assemble slide on rail 90 x 180; adjust

clearance with eccentric bush
3,590 kg
- OPTIONS:
RAIL 19
Part. N 28.0009/0
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 19 x 45
- Linear guides
- Both sides with shaft supporting profile

and shafts 12 h6, ready for use
- Longer rails with composite shafts

possible
ASSEMBLY
- For vertical use or for high speed

applications, we recommend the use of
shaft retention devices Part N 28.0052/0
- Without end caps

- Weight
3,666 kg/m
- Length
6m
297
RAIL 32
Part. N 28.0010/0
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 45 x 32 F
- Linear guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
4,161 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 45
Part. N 28.0006/0
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 45 x 45
- Linear guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
4,720 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 45 X 90 F
Part. N 28.0007/1
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 45 x 90
- Linear guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
6,190 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 45 X 90 H
Part. N 28.0007/2
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Profile 45 x 90
- Linear guides

- Belt return in profile

- Longer rails with shafts put together
- Without end caps

- Weight
6,190 kg/m
- Length
6m
299
RAIL 135 F
Part. N 28.0012/1
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 45 x 135 G
- Linear guides

- Longer rails with shafts put together
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
8,09 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 135 H
Part. N 28.0012/2
APPLICATIONS
- Linear-guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

Applications, we recommend the use of
- Without end caps

- Weight
8,090 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 45 X 180 F
Part. N 28.0013/1
APPLICATIONS
- Linear guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
10,020 kg/m
- Length
6m
RAIL 45 X 180 H
Part. N 28.0013/2
APPLICATIONS
- Linear guides


possible
ASSEMBLY

- Without end caps

- Weight
- Length
10,020 kg/m
6m
301
RAIL 90
Part. N 28.0008/0
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 90 x 90 L
- Linear guides

- Timing belt return inside the profile

possible
- Without end caps

- Weight
7,88 kg/m
- Length
6m
ASSEMBLY

RAIL 180 F
Part. N 28.0011/1
APPLICATIONS
- Profile 90 x 180 S
- Linear-guides


possible
- Without end caps

- Weight
- Length
14,220 kg/m
6m
ASSEMBLY

RAIL 180 H
Part. N 28.0011/2
APPLICATIONS
- Linear guides


possible
- Without end caps

- Weight
ASSEMBLY

14,220 kg/m
- Length
6m
SLIDE LR16 - 45
Part. N 28.0810/0
- With 2 concentric and 2 eccentric bearing

units
APPLICATIONS
- Single and multi-axis guides
ASSEMBLY
- Push the trolley onto the rails, adjust for

zero play with eccentric fastening set
- Linear robot
- Load / Bearing:
- Handling equipment
- dyn. C =
19.90 N
- stat. Co =
12.60 N
- Weight
3,640 kg
- Mount the covering and lubrication

system
- Measuring equipment
- For rail LR16 45x90 H
303
SLIDE LR 16 - 90
Part. N 28.0811/0
APPLICATIONS
- Fully assembled trolley
- Single and multi-axis guides
- With 2 concentric and 2 eccentric bearing

units
- Linear robot
- Handling equipment
ASSEMBLY
- Push the trolley onto the rails, adjust for

zero play with eccentric fastening set
- Mount the covering and lubrication
system
- Load / Bearing:
- Measuring equipment
- dyn. C =
19.90 N
- stat. Co =
12.60 N
- Weight
4,078 kg
- For rail LR16 90 and LR16 90x180 H
RAIL LR 16 45X90 H
- Profile 45 x 90
APPLICATIONS
- Linear and lifting guides for high loading

capacity
- With shaft supporting profile LR 16 and

shaft with diameter 16 h6 on both sides,
assembled ready to fit

possible
- Without end caps

- Weight
7,979 kg/m
- Length
6m
Part. N 28.0820/0
ASSEMBLY

shaft retention devices LR 16
Part. N 28.0808/0 and 28.0809/0
RAIL LR 16 90X180 H
APPLICATIONS

capacity
- With shaft supporting profile and shaft

with diameter 16 h6 on both sides,
6m
RAIL LR 16 90
Part. N 28.0821/0
- Profile 90 x 90
APPLICATIONS

capacity
- With shaft supporting profile LR 16 and

shaft with diameter 16 h6 on both sides,
ASSEMBLY

Part. N 28.0808/0 and 28.0809/0

possible
- Without end caps
- Length

Part. N 28.0808/0 and 28.0809/0
16,278 kg/m
- Length
- Weight
ASSEMBLY

possible
- Without end caps

- Weight
Part. N 28.0822/0
10,067 kg/m
6m
305
LINEAR SYSTEMS LINEAR SYSTEM LB

BL me t s y s r aen i L
LINEAR SYSTEM LB
LINEAR SYSTEMS LINEAR SYSTEM LB
LINEAR SYSTEM LB
The LB design is based on LME 20 linear ball bearings that

are built into our construction profile in the specially provided bore holes. Precision shafts D 20 mm grant the high
load capacity of this guide. The LB design offers substantial
advantages for short travelling distances and high stroke frequencies. Especially compact and economical guide elements
based on our solid precision ball bushings from the LME series with
integrated sealing rings, which provide high reliability under rough conditions.
Possible applications
Calculation of life:
L=
C
F
105
L = Life
C = Basic dynamic load rating (N)
F = Resultant load (N)
MiniTec LB series linear guides are particularly suitable for short strokes of up to 1 meter. The
modular system provides absolute flexibility in the design of the guide. The ball bushings with
solid outer ring made from hardened and ground bearing steel are mounted directly into the
profile 32 bores of the extra strong profile 45 x 135, 45 x 180, 90 x 180, 90 x 45 S and
90 x 90 S.
The axial posititon of the bushes is secured with

one-component glue. The ball-bushing combines
low friction, limited clearance, low noise and long
life.
When designing a linear system LB, shaft deflection under load of max. 0.5 must be considered.
For further technical details see MiniTec catalogue Linear bearings.

Linear guides LB are available completely assembled with ball-screw on request.
All components are also available in stainless version.
307
LINEAR SYSTEMS COMPONENTS LB

BL s t nenopmoC
COMPONENTS
LB
PROFILE 45 X 90 S
- lx =
113,487 cm4
- ly =
30,719 cm4
Part. N 20.1017/0
APPLICATIONS

constructions
ASSEMBLY

- Linear guides LB as slide

- wx =
25,219 cm3
- Angle 45 / 90
- Linear guides
- wy =
13,653 cm3
- Screw connection
- 5 charities for pressed air piping
- Weight
3,860 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
24 m

PROFILE 45 X 135 1G
Part. N 20.1078/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
359,242 cm4
- ly =
47,064 cm4
- wx =
20,618 cm3

standards are set
- wy =
53,221 cm3
- Weight
5,570 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY


12 m
309
PROFILE 45 X 180 1G
Part. N 20.1079/0
APPLICATIONS
- lx =
810,885 cm4
- ly =
61,015 cm4
- wx =
90,097 cm3

standards are set
- wy =
26,704 cm3
- Weight
6,954 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
ASSEMBLY


12 m
PROFILE 90 X 90 S
- lx =
223,949 cm4
- ly =
208,888 cm4
Part. N 20.1019/0
APPLICATIONS

constructions
ASSEMBLY

- Angle 45 or 90

- wx =
- wy =
49,766 cm3
46,419 cm3
- Weight
7,514 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
12 m
- Screw connection
PROFILE 90 X 180 S
Part. N 20.1013/0
- lx =
1421,865 cm4
- ly =
376,784 cm4
APPLICATIONS

constructions
ASSEMBLY

- Angle 45 or 90

- wx =
157,983 cm3
- wy =
83,729 cm3
- Weight
11,482 kg/m
- Length
6m
- Packing unit
6m
- Screw connection
BALL BUSHING LME 20 UU
Part. N 10.1745/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Housing 100 Cr6
- Precision linear guides
- Push in bore 32 of the profile
- 2 integrated sealing rings, heat resistant

up to 110C, for higher temperatures up
to 180C use ball bushing with steel cage
- Linear guide LB
- Axial securing with housing adhesive
- Load:
- Quattro-units
- dyn. C =
- Lifting-tables
880 N
- stat. Co =
1.400 N
- Weight
0,090 kg
311
CENTERING BUSH
- Weight
0,067 kg
Part. N 28.0146/0
APPLICATIONS
- Centrical clamping of shafts for all shaft

supporting blocks of the MiniTec-linear
system LB
ASSEMBLY
- Insert centering bush in bore 32 mm

- Insert shaft
- Attachment with set screw M8 x 35
SHAFT 20
Part. N 17.1744/0
- Cf53, inductive hardened 60 +5 HRC

ground h6
- Weight
2,466 kg/m
- Length
6m
APPLICATIONS
- Linear guide system LB
ASSEMBLY
- With centering bush in shaft support

block
SHAFT 20 FOR LB-SYSTEM
- Steel Cf53, inductive hardened 60 +5

HRC grinded
Part. N 28.0154/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec linear guides LB
- Insert in shaft support
- In each direction usable
- Clamp with set screw M8 x 35
- Tolerance h6
- Processed for shaft support block WB
- Weight
0,067 kg/m
- Please indicate measure L
END CAP LB 45
Part. N 28.0094/1
APPLICATIONS
- ABS, non-aging and oil resistant, grey
- Face covering of linear slides LB 45
- Face covering of shaft support block

WB 45 (shaft side)
ASSEMBLY
- Press into profile bores
- 1 centric bore 22 mm
- Weight
0,095 kg/m
313
END CAP LB 45 X 135
Part. N 28.0101/1
APPLICATIONS
- Face covering of linear slides LB 45 x 135
- Face covering of shaft support blocks

WB 45 x 135
ASSEMBLY
- 2 bores 22 mm
- Weight
0,017 kg
END CAP LB 45 X 180
Part. N 28.0102/1
APPLICATIONS
- Face covering of linear slides LB 45 x 180

WB 45 x 180
- 2 bores 22 mm
- Weight
0,020 kg
ASSEMBLY
END CAP LB 90
Part. N 28.0095/1
APPLICATIONS
- On request also available in black,

Part N 28.0095/0

WB 90
ASSEMBLY
- 2 bores 22 mm
- Weight
0,0165 kg
END CAP LB 180
Part. N 28.0103/1
APPLICATIONS
- On request also available in black,

Part N 28.0103/0

WB 180
ASSEMBLY
- 2 bores 22 mm
- Weight
0,037 kg
315
LINEAR SYSTEMS READY FOR USE MODULS LB

BL s l udom es u r of ydaeR
SYSTEM LB READY FOR USE

MODULES LB
SLIDE LB 45
Part. N 28.0150/0
- Profile 45 x 90 S
APPLICATIONS
- All MiniTec linear systems LB
ASSEMBLY
- Lead shaft through slide
- Completely assembled with 2 ball

bushings LME 20 UU
- Profile face covered with end caps
LB 45, grey
- Weight
0,550 kg
- Other length on request
SLIDE LB 45 X 135
- Profile 45 x 135
Part. N 28.0155/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

bushings LME 20 UU
LB 45 x 135, grey
- Weight
0,865 kg
317
SLIDE LB 45 X 180
- Profile 45 x 180
Part. N 28.0156/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

bushings LME 20 UU
LB 45 x 180, grey
- Weight
1,007 kg
SLIDE LB 90
Part. N 28.0152/0
- Profile 90 x 90 S

bushings LME 20 UU
- Profile face covered with end caps LB 90,
grey
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
1,070 kg
ASSEMBLY
SLIDE LB 180
Part. N 28.0143/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

bushings LME 20 UU
LB 180, grey
- Weight
1,500 kg
SHAFT SUPPORT BLOCK WB 45
- Profile 45 x 90 S
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening shafts 20 in MiniTec linear

systems LB 45
- Completely assembled with centering

bush
Part. N 28.0151/0
ASSEMBLY
- Insert shaft
- Tighten with set screw M8 x 35
- Shaft side with end cap LB 45, grey

- Outer side with end cap 45 x 90, grey
- Weight
0,526 kg
319
SHAFT SUPPORT BLOCK WB 45 X 135
- Profile 45 x 135
Part. N 28.0157/0
APPLICATIONS

systems LB 45

bush
ASSEMBLY
- Insert shaft
- Shaft side with end cap LB 45 x 135, grey

- Weight
0,530 kg
- Profile 45 x 180
- Shaft side with end cap LB 45 x 180, grey

- Weight
APPLICATIONS

systems LB 45

bush
0,770 kg
Part. N 28.0159/0
ASSEMBLY
- Insert shaft
- Profile 90 x 90 S
Part. N 28.0153/0
APPLICATIONS

systems LB 90
- Completely assembled with 2 centering

bush
ASSEMBLY
- Insert shaft

- Weight
0,410 kg
APPLICATIONS

systems LB 180
- Completely assembled with 2 centering

bush
Part. N 28.0144/0
ASSEMBLY
- Insert shaft

- Outer side with 2 end cap 90 x 90, grey
- Weight
0,650 kg
321
LINEAR MODULE LB 90
Part. N 28.0178/0
- Linear module made of profile 90 x 90;

ready for use
- Drive unit with rolled circulating ball
spindle RNCT 1003 10 mm, incline 3
- Incline fault / 300: 12 m (class C3)
APPLICATIONS
- Shaft end processed at fixed bearing side

according to customer specification for
motor and crank connection
- Handling systems
- Shafts and spindles covered with

protective bellows
- Multiple axis systems
- Z-axis in portals
- Grabbing units
- Positioning accuracy: 0,1 mm
- Slide guidance on 4 linear ball bearings

with hardened ground precision shafts
20 mm, total length max. 760 mm
LINEAR MODULE LB 180
MULTIPLE AXIS SYSTEMS
- Linear module made of profile 90 x 180;

ready for use
Part. N 28.0179/0
APPLICATIONS
- Shaft end processed at fixed bearing side

according to customer specification for
motor and crank connection
- Handling systems
- Drive unit with rolled circulated ball

spindle RNCT 1404-3,4 14 mm,
incline 4
- Shafts and spindles covered with

protective bellows
- Multiple axis systems
- Incline fault / 300: 12 m (class C3)
- Positioning accuracy: 0,1 mm
- Slide guidance on 4 linear ball bearings

with hardened ground precision shafts
20 mm, total length max. 950 mm
- Z-axis in portals
- Grabbing units
LINEAR SYSTEMS LINEAR SYSTEM LG/LN

NL/GL me t s y s r aen i L
LINEAR SYSTEM LN/LG
323
LINEAR SYSTEMS LINEAR SYSTEM LG/LN
SLIDEWAYS
The LN/LG slideways were built for applications where demands for
guidance accuracy are not high but where extreme usage conditions
are present.
These guides are especially suitable for wet operation, high dust concentrations, and insufficient lubrication.
The slides series LN/LG are constructed according to the same modular
principle as series LR.
Series LN:
Guidance in profile groove and on profile surface. This series requires
little space.
Series LG:
Guidance on ground and hardened shafts h6 made from material Cf53.
For operation in humid environment we recommend the use of our
stainless shafts.
Accuracy: series LG: 0.15 mm, series LN: 0.20 mm.

The lateral guide rails can be used to adjust clearance.
Max. load:
Slide friction coefficient:
50 N/cm supporting slide rail (= slide length)

0.05 on steel shaft (Series LG), 0.1 on anodized profile surface (Series LN)
This bearing requires no lubrification. Please consider higher slip-stick effect.

Travel:
Average temperature:
Peak load:
1 m/sec (max.)
50C (max.)
70C (max.)
The slide rails are resistant to organic acids, alkalis, hydrous solutions, inorganic salt, organic acids and alcohol. They are not fully resistant to hydrocarbon and halogenated hydrocarbons.
LINEAR SYSTEMS COMPONENTS LG

GL s t nenopmoC
COMPONENTS
LG/LN
325
SLIDE RAIL LG
Part. N 22.1094/0
- Hard plastic PE-UHMW, black
APPLICATIONS
- Slide guides LG
- 2 set screws
ASSEMBLY
- Insert into groove of lateral guide profile

- Secure with set screw
- Max. surface pressure: 10 N/mm

- Weight
0,032 kg
SLIDE RAIL LN
Part. N 22.1095/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Slide guides LN
- Connect with slide plate
- Fastening kit
- Adjusting units
- Insert into grooves of the guide profile
- Heavy sliding doors
- Adjust without clearance, use fastening kit
- Weight
- Drawers
0,03 kg
SLIDE RAIL LN-S
Part. N 22.1096/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Slide guides LN-S
- Insert into profile groove
- 2 set screws M5 x 10
- Adjusting units
- Adjust without clearance
- Connect with slide plate
- Weight
- Workpiece support
0,03 kg
327
LINEAR SYSTEMS READY FOR USE MODULS LG

GL s l udom es u r of ydaeR
SYSTEM LN/LG READY FOR USE

MODULES LN/LG
SLIDE LWG 32 X 45 - 45
Part. N 28.0132/0
APPLICATIONS
- Simple linear guides
- 2 slide rails LG
- End caps
- Adjusting units
- Clearance adjusted
- For rail 45 with shafts 12 mm
- Load max.
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- With slide clamping unit (Top)

Part N 28.0132/1
- With slide clamping unit (Lateral)
Part N 28.0132/2
- Slide plate made of aluminium profile
32 x 180
450 N
- Different slide lengths
- Weight
0,726 kg
Part. N 28.0133/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 slide rails LG
- End caps
- Adjusting units
- Load max.
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Part N 28.0133/1
Part N 28.0133/2
32 x 180
450 N
- Weight
0,810 kg
329
SLIDE LWG 45/45 - 45
Part. N 28.0136/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 slide rails LG
- End caps
- Load max.
- Weight
0,759 kg
Part. N 28.0137/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 slide rails LG
- End caps

32 x 180
450 N
- Weight

Part N 28.0136/1
- Load max.
SPECIAL DESIGNS
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Part N 28.0137/1
32 x 180
450 N
0,849 kg
SLIDE LWN 32 X 45 - 45
Part. N 28.0192/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 slide rails LN

Part N 28.0192/1
Part N 28.0192/2
- End caps
- Load max.
SPECIAL DESIGNS

32 x 180
450 N
- Weight
0,678 kg
Part. N 28.0193/0
APPLICATIONS
- 2 slide rails LN-S

Part N 28.0193/1
Part N 28.0193/2
- End caps
- Load max.
SPECIAL DESIGNS

32 x 180
450 N
- Weight
0,762 kg
331
SLIDE LWN 45/45 - 45
Part. N 28.0196/0
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Part N 28.0196/1
- End caps

32 x 180
- Load max.
- Weight
450 N
0,699 kg
Part. N 28.0197/0
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Part N 28.0197/1
- End caps

32 x 180
- Load max.
- Weight
450 N
0,782 kg
SLIDE LWN-S
Part. N 28.0170/0
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGNS

Part N 28.0170/1
- End caps

32 x 180
- Load max.
- Weight
450 N
0,261 kg
333
LINEAR MODULE LMZ 90

WITH TIMING BELT
Part N 28.0400/0
- Compact carrier profile with standard t-slots.

Compatible to MiniTec construction profiles,
anodized E6/EV1.
- Integrated rail 1605-804-31
- With two slides, covered by timing belt.
- Permanent lubrication. Lubrication system for a
service performance up to 10000 km
- Aluminium slide (processed on all sides) with
integrated timing belt tensioner and 6 connection
threads M8.
- 2 deflection units with presicion ball bearings,
mounted on carrier profile by using MiniTec
power-lock fastener, prepared for built-on motors
with connection shaft ( 8-24 mm, with feather
key deliverable). The adapter plate can be
processed according to desired motor
specifications.
- Infeed: 200 mm/revolution
- Max. allowable belt tractive force: 3.500 N
- Timing belt 25 AT 10, strengthened with steel
wire. Mounted with preload.
- Max. stroke X = 3.800 mm
- Assembly of switches lateral on t-slots with
standard components of the MiniTec ProfileSystem.
Speed: max. 3m/s

Basic weight: 5.200 g
Weight / 100mm stroke: 800g
load rating
N
Cdyn
Cstat
18800 24400
allowable static torque

Nm
Mx
My
Mz
128
240
240
Deliverable versions:
- Module completely assembled with drive connection, but without drive
- Customized module completely assembled with gear and engine
- Customized module completely assembled with gear, engine and control system
Application examples:
-
Pick-and-Place
Robotic palletizer
Measuring systems
Feedings
Handling systems
Operating conditions:
Please consider the the max. allowable deflection of 3,5 mm / 4000 mm for cantilever
assemblies. To guarantee high stability, we recommend to suppot the module every 300 to
600mm (particularly for modules with a high dynamic load).
335
MINI-ADJUSTMENT UNITS
Overall length = stroke + 90 =
stroke =
Profile length = stroke + 95 =
MiniTec mini-adjustment units are ready-to-install devices that are also mounted strictly in accordance
with the modular construction principle of standard elements of our profile system. They are used in
machine construction, packaging equipment, filling systems and testing equipment.
Versions
Spindles:
Stroke:
Load max:
VA metric thread M8 x 1,25, slides made of brass

895 mm (max.)
1000 gr
MINI ADJUSTING UNIT FITTING KIT
- Without carrier profile, handwheel and

bearing block for mounting into existing
equipment
APPLICATIONS
- For adjustment of the lateral guides on

conveying equipment
- VA screw M8 x 1.25
- For adjusting sensor holders or light

barriers
- Brass slide
- For simple equipment
Part. N 28.0350/0
ASSEMBLY
- With MiniTec power-lock fastener

- Push into the profile groove and fasten
the end block
- Max. loading 1 - 2 kg
- Please quote stroke length
MINI ADJUSTING UNIT WITH PROFILE 45 X 45
- With carrier profile 45 x 45 F
APPLICATIONS

conveying equipment
- Brass slide

barriers
Part. N 28.0354/0
ASSEMBLY

- Can also be fastened with a mounting
bracket
- Also available without carrier profile,
Part N 28.0354/1
337
- With carrier profile 19 x 45
APPLICATIONS

conveying equipment
- Brass slide

barriers
Part. N 28.0352/0
ASSEMBLY

bracket
Part N 28.0352/1
- With carrier profile 19 x 32
APPLICATIONS

conveying equipment
- Brass slide

barriers
Part. N 28.0351/0
ASSEMBLY

bracket
Part N 28.0351/1
MINI ADJUSTING UNIT WITH HANDLE PROFILE 32
- With carrier profile handle profile 32
APPLICATIONS

conveying equipment
barriers
- Brass slide
Part. N 28.0353/0
ASSEMBLY

bracket
- Fasten with strap handle profile 32,
Part N 22.1022/0
Part N 28.0353/1
BRACKET CONSOLE FOR MINIATURE ADJUSTMENT UNIT
- Console aluminium, natural anodized

- Weight
0,044 kg
APPLICATIONS
- For connection of two adjustment units

Part N 28.0351/0, 28.0352/0 and
28.0353/0
- For connecting small loads, such as light
barriers, sensors etc.
Part. N 28.0371/0
ASSEMBLY
- Each with two M6 threads, 10 mm deep,

grid 25 mm placed into slides
- Connect adjustment units with cylinder
head screws M6x15
339
SLIDE G 32
Part. N 28.0355/0
- Slide aluminium anodized
APPLICATIONS
- slide bearing plastic
- Insert the slides of the mini adjustment

unit into the sliding guides and turn the
spindle
- Without adjusting units
- Adjust clearance by M6 tensioning screw
- Weight
- to adjust light barriers, reflectors, lateral

guides etc.
ASSEMBLY
0,314 kg
- Fasten the spindle bearing to the handle

profile 32
ADJUSTING UNITS
The modular construction of our adjustment units allows various layout variants with different cross-sections.
Optionally also with carriage clamps, slot covers, angled drives or counters. To simplify your selection and
prevent misunderstandings, we have provided a selection program on our website. The selection program
shows you the selected variants in a preview with a brief description. On your order, please state the abbreviated designation with the desire stroke length.
The selection menue is found at www.mintec.de in the online product catalogue under linear systems LG.
In addition, special designs according to your specification are available.
Possible combinations:
Double adjustment unit with

angular drive
Adjustment unit with slot cover,

angular drive and counter
341
ADJUSTING UNITS
Possible combinations:
MiniTec adjusting units are ready-for-use modules that are strictly assembled according to the modular
system of our standard profile elements. They are used in mechanical engineering, in the packing industry,
for filling installations and testing. The adjusting units are equipped with slide elements made from plastics
PE-UHMW. This material is resistant against most acids and lyes. The friction value for ground steel shafts in
0.05 and 0.1 for andodized aluminium surfaces.
Designs
Series VEW
Slide guidance on ground, hardend precision shafts 12 mm,
h6, material stainless steel Cf 53,
mat. no. 1.1213
Screw:
Incline fault:
Positioning accuracy:
Travel:
Max. load:
Series VEN
Slide guidance in profile grooves
ACME-Screw 16 x 4, St, with nut RG 7

0.1/300 mm (max.)
0.1/300 mm
1000 mm (max.)
50 N/cm slide rail (slide length)
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 H
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0185/0
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- Slide plate made of profile 19 x 90
- Adjustment of conveyor systems
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Adjustment of feeders
- Basic length 120 mm (0 mm stroke)
- Adjustable devices
- Digital display
- Basic weight
1,97 kg
- Angular drive
0,49 kg
- OPTIONS:
With slide clamping unit (Top)
Part N 28.0185/1
With slide clamping unit (Lateral)
Part N 28.0185/2
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 F
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0188/0
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- Slide plate of profile 19 x 90
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Digital display
- Basic weight
2,05 kg
0,5 kg
- Angular drive
- OPTIONS:
Part N 28.0188/1
Part N 28.0188/2
343
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 90
Part. N 28.0186/0
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Digital display
- Basic weight
2,75 kg
- Angular drive
0,87 kg
- OPTIONS:
Part N 28.0186/1
Part N 28.0186/2
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 S
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0187/0
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Digital display
- Basic weight
2,280 kg
0,5 kg
- Angular drive
- OPTIONS:
Part N 28.0187/1
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 45 X 90 H
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0182/0
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Digital display
- Basic weight
2,109 kg
- Angular drive
0,74 kg
- Shafts stainless
- OPTIONS:
Part N 28.0182/1
Part N 28.0182/2
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 45 X 90 F
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 28.0181/0
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Digital display
- Basic weight
2,31 kg
- Angular drive
0,75 kg
- Shafts stainless
- OPTIONS:
Part N 28.0181/1
345
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 90
Part. N 28.0183/0
APPLICATIONS
SPECIAL DESIGNS
- ACME screw 16 x 4
- Different length of stroke
- Digital display
- Basic weight
3,03 kg
- Angular drive
1,12 kg
- Shafts stainless
- Options:
Part N 28.0183/1
Part N 28.0183/2
NOTES...
347
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS

s me t s y s e c a l p k r o w l a u n a M
WORKPLACE
SYSTEMS
349
WORKPLACE SYSTEMS
For many years now, MiniTec profile system and MiniTec CADmenue have been setting the standard to
process flow, workplaces, factory automation and machine protection.
Tailor-made workplaces avoid detrimental compromises. The modular MiniTec system with its associated
software is basis for realizing optimal problem solution both economically and quickly.
All system components are compatible and can be combined to form production systems.
Flexibility and profitability must not necessarily be competing targets. Manual workplaces allow highly flexible response to changed requirements or recommend themselves for individual production. Complex production systems, too, can be arranged economically in connection with the multiple combination possibilities that the MiniTec program offers.
Both manual components - such as roller conveyors, ball transfer systems
for KanBan solutions or material trolleys are available for linking workstations. Automatic linking is established using linear axles, belt conveyors or flexible transfer system TSG.
Our design software MiniTec CADmenu is at your free disposal for designing
your workplaces. The software helps you in designing workstations of
various versions within a short period of time. In addition, the system automatically creats the parts list and an installation plan to option. Automatic
design modules for linear technology, protective gear and conveyors are
also available.
In our electronic catalog, furthermore, all components of the MiniTec
system are contained along with interfaces to all CAD systems on the
market.
WORKPLACE DESIGN
Workplace design by ergonomics is described under DIN 334000 ff and harmonized European Standard,
e.g. DIN ENV 26 385. Objective of ergonomic design is, among others, adaptation
of workplace, working space, environment and lighting to human properties and skills. The modular system for designing individual workplaces enables optimal adaptation to task and individual employee concerned.
Correct workplace design has, to a high degree, positive effects on employees'
health, performance, endurance and concentration.
Standards for space requirement
Range
Grab space
351
WORKTABLE
ASSEMBLY
FOR SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLY
STATION FOR BRAKE TUBES
ASSEMBLY
WORKSTATION
WITH INCLINED WORKING PLANE
TABLE WITH PROVISION OF TOOLS
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS BASIC TABLE RACKS

s kc aR e l baT c i s aB
BASIC TABLE RACKS
353
BASE FRAMES
The work table is the core piece of the workplace. Through its flexible, ergonomic and goal-oriented
design, it is the base for extremely economically flexible workplace systems.
The following pages show examples of the different work tables.
CONTAINER TABLE
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0110/0
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- Basic frame, profile mat. 45 x 45 F,

anodized E6/EV1
- Max. dimensions:
B=2500 mm, T=1500 mm
- OPTION: Protection panels,

chipboard 8 mm, light grey
- Foot GD, height-adjustable for floor level

compensation
- Seated work position (without tabletop):

H= 678 mm
- Please specify desired dimensions B, T

and H
- Mounted electrically conductive with

MiniTec power-lock fasteners
- Standing work position

(without tabletop): H= 878 mm
- Without tabletop
- Preferred size: B= 1500 mm, T= 800 mm
- Tabletops: See page
- Max. load: 2000 N at even load

distribution
DESK TABLE
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0120/0
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- Basic frame, profile mat. 45 x 45 F,

anodized E6/EV1
- Max. dimensions:
B=2500 mm, T=1500 mm
- OPTION: Protection panels, chipboard

8 mm, light grey

compensation
- Seated work position (without tabletop):

H= 678 mm
- Please specify desired dimensions B, T,

H and F

- Standing work position

(without tabletop): H= 878 mm
- Without tabletop
- Preferred size: B=1500 mm, T= 800 mm
- Tabletops: See page 364
- Max. load: 2000 N at even load

distribution
355
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLES

s e l bat e l ba t s u j da- t hg i eH
HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE
TABLES
Elbow-room is an important prerequisite for non-tiring, concentrated work. The height-adjustable tables
allow fast and simple adaptation to the individual height of the employee concerned. Beyond that, the operating position between standing and seating may be varied during the course of the workday. Permanent
postural deformities are thus prevented.
357
HYDRAULICALLY HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLE
TECHN. DATA
- Basic frame, profil 45 x 45 F, anodized E6/

EV1
compensation
- Table with several supports on request
TECHN. DATA
- Height adjustment: Hand pump with

retractable crank handle, mounted
underneath tabletop, synchronous table
adjustment with 2 simplex-acting
hydraulic cylinders in column sleeves or
profile 45x90 S
- Without tabletop, tabletops: See page
H and F
- ESD on request
- Basic frame, profile 45 x 45 F, anodized

E6/EV1
- Foo GD, height-adjustable for floor level
compensation
TECHN. DATA
- Adjustment range upper tabletop edge:

H= 685 - 985 mm or 785 - 1085 mm
- Max. dimensions:
B=2500 mm
T=1500 mm
- Standard height (without tabletop):

H = 685 mm or 785 mm
- Preferred size: B = 1500 mm , T= 800 mm
- Max. load: 2000 N, higher load capacity
on request
ELECTRICALLY HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLE
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0080/0
TECHN. DATA
- Height adjustment: With electric

servomotor, "Up / Down" switch
mounted concealed underneath tabletop,
standard connection 240 VAC,
synchronous table adjustment with
threaded spindles mounted in column
sleeves of profile 45x90 S
Part. N 32.0070/0
TECHN. DATA
- Adjustment range upper tabletop edge:

H: 695 - 975 mm or 795 - 1075 mm
- Max. dimensions:
B=2500 mm
T=1500 mm
- Standard height (without tabletop):

H = 685 mm or 795 mm
- Without tabletop, tabletops: See page

- ESD on request
- Preferred size: B = 1500 mm , T= 800 mm

H and F
- Max. load: 3000 N

- Higher load capacity on request
TELESCOPIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Height adjustment with electric motor

and spindle
- For raising and lowering the work tables

and other equipment
- Overall dimension
610 mm
- Further constructions on request
- Stroke
400 mm
Part. N 32.0030/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED
- 2 x Lifting column
- 1 x Synchronic control 220V
- 2 x Connecting cable
- Lifting force
- 1 x Manual control switch with position

indicator and memory function
2000 N
- Torque max.
- Speed
800 Nm
12 mm/s
- Short-time operation ED 10%

- Weight
23 kg
TELESCOPIC GUIDE 545 - STROKE 300
TECHN. DATA
- Overall dimension
- Stroke
- Lifting force
APPLICATIONS
545 mm
300 mm
1000 N
- Speed 3 mm / crank rotation

- Up to 6 columns per drive expandable

and other equipment
Part. N 32.0310/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED
- 1x lifting column, fully assembled and

adjusted
- Preassembled hydraulic cylinder, tube
length 2,5m, filled and pressed
- Without pump and fastening kit
- Max load with hand drive 2000 N

- Max load with electric drive 6000 N
- Because of higher friction at excentric
load the max. load is reduced
- Weight
6,713 kg
359
TECHN. DATA
- Fitting dimension
- Stroke
- Lifting force
Part. N 32.0320/0
APPLICATIONS
645 mm
300 mm
1000 N

and other equipment
ITEMS SUPPLIED
- 1x lifting column, fully assembled and

adjusted
- Preassembled hydraulic cylinder, tube
length 2,5m, filled and pressed
- Stroke speed 3 mm / crank rotation

- Up to 6 columns per drive expandable
- Max system load with hand drive 2000 N
- Max load system with electric drive 6000 N
- Without pump or fastening materials
- Because of higher friction at excentric

load the load capacity is reduced
- Weight
7,775 kg
TELESCOPIC GUIDE 545 - STROKE 300, MANUAL
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Overall dimension
545 mm
- Stroke
300 mm

and other equipment
Part. N 32.0330/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED
- 2x lift columns, fully assembled

- 2x integrated hydraulic cylinders
- Multi-column version on request

- Lifting force
1000 N
- Stroke speed 3 mm / crank rotation

- Weight
16,006 kg
- 1x hydraulic pump with hand-crank

- The system must not be subjected to
tensile stress
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Overall dimension
645 mm
- Stroke
300 mm

and other equipment
Part. N 32.0332/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED


- Lifting force
1000 N
- 1x hydraulic pump with hand-crank
- Speed 3 mm / crank rotation

- Weight

tensile stress
18,13 kg
TELESCOPIC GUIDE 545 - STROKE 280, ELECTRICAL
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Overall dimension
545 mm
- Stroke
280 mm

and other equipment
Part. N 32.0331/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED


- Lifting force
1500 N
- 1x electrical hydraulic pump with

operating unit
- Speed 9 mm / second
- Max. load with several supports 6000 N

tensile stress
- Minimum load 200 N
- Weight
22,555 kg
361
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Overall dimension
645 mm
- Stroke
280 mm

and other equipment
Part. N 32.0333/0
ITEMS SUPPLIED


- Lifting force
1500 N
- 1x electrical hydraulic pump with

operating unit
- Speed 9 mm / second
- Max. load with several supports 6000 N

tensile stress
- Minimum load 200 N
- Weight
24,679 kg
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS TABLETOPS

s pot e l baT
TABLETOPS
363
TABLETOPS
We offer various tabletops for coping with different

assembly tasks. Max. panel size is
3000 x 1200 mm. We can realize any special sizes
within these dimensions.
In practice, however, the dimensions stated in the
tables have established themselves as standard.
These standard panels are immediately available ex
stock.
The tabletops are attached to the base frame by
mounting angle 19 and the chipboard bolts.
Light reflection
ESD, antistatic
Chemicals
Oil
Heat
Impact
Abrasion
Scratches
Properties Tabletops
Melamine
Plastic
Linoleum
Perfectly suitable
Multiplex
conditionally suitable
Rubber conducting
Melamine conducting
rather not suitable

unsuitable
Tabletop plastic, light grey, 22

- PVC, white grey, 22 mm
- PVC coating on E1 3 on both sides - laminated chipboard
- Impact-resistant plastic edge band
- Weight
17,300 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0421/0
32.0422/0
32.0423/0
Other dimensions
32.0420/0
Tabletop Multiplex, Beech, natural, 22

-
Multiplex, natural, 22 mm
Robust beech multi-ply panel
High-pressure waterproof, crosswise glued
Polished, natural
Clear varnish or oiled on request
Weight
16,500 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0441/0
32.0442/0
32.0443/0
Other dimensions
32.0440/0
Tabletop Linoleum, light grey, 22

-
Linoleum, light grey, 22 mm

Wear-resistant, rugged
Permanently antistatic
E1 3 - Laminated chipboard, impact-resistant plastic
edge band
- Weight
17,720 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0431/0
32.0432/0
32.0433/0
Other dimensions
32.0430/0
Tabletop Melamine, light grey, 22

-
Melamine, light grey

Thickness: 22 mm
E1 3 - Laminated chipboard, on both sides
Fine structure, impact-resistant plastic edge band
Weight
16,850 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0411/0
32.0412/0
32.0413/0
Other dimensions
32.0410/0
365
Tabletop plastic, 40
- PVC, light-grey, 40 mm
- PVC coating on E1 3 on both sides - laminated chipboard
- impact-resistant plastic edge band
- Weight
28,500 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0471/0
32.0472/0
32.0473/0
Other dimensions
32.0470/0
Tabletop Multiplex, 40
-
Multiplex, natural, 40 mm
Robust beech multi-ply panel
High-pressure waterproof, crosswise glued
Polished, natural
Clear varnish or oiled upon inquiry
Weight
30,000 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0491/0
32.0492/0
32.0493/0
Other dimensions
32.0490/0
Tabletop Linoleum, 40
-
Linoleum, light grey, 40 mm

Wear-resistant, rugged
Permanently antistatic
E1 3 - Laminated chipboard, impact-resistant plastic
edge band
- Weight
28,500 kg/m2
Width
Depth
Part N.
1000
1500
2000
800
800
800
32.0481/0
32.0482/0
32.0483/0
Other dimensions
Fastening angle for tabletop
32.0480/0
Part N 32.0401/0
Tech. data:
- Angle 25, chipboard screw with washer, hex socket cap screw with
square nut
- For tabletops from 22mm thickness
- For ESD use Part N 32.0401/6
- Weight
0,058 kg
Application:
- Fastening of tabletops from 22mm thickness on profile frame
Assembly:
- Fastening on t-slot with attached fastening kit
- For subsequent assembly on vertical t-slots, we recommend square
nut M8 with position fixing (Part N 21.1351/2)
- Screw chipboard screw with washer into tabletop; prebore if necessary
ESD Tabletop rubber, conductive, 22

- Rubber conductive, platinum grey, 22 mm
- Homogeneous, el. cond. ESD coating on E1 3 laminated chipboard - press-glued with countermove,
impact-resistant plastic edge band
- Bleeder RA DIN 51953 105 - 107 Ohm
- Weight
Width
1000
1500
2000
20,140 kg/m2
Dept
800
800
800
Part. N.
32.0451/0
32.0452/0
32.0453/0
Other dimensions
32.0450/0
ESD Tabletop Melamine, conductive, light grey, 25

- Melamine, conductive, light grey, 25 mm
- Electrically conductive ESD Melamine coating on E1 3
laminated chipboard, scratch resistant and abrasionproof acc EN 438-1, impact-resistant plastic edge band
- Bleeder RA DIN 51953 105 - 107 Ohm
- Weight
Width
1000
1500
2000
ALU / PVC / Stainless Steel / Other materials
20,140 kg/m2
Dept
800
800
800
Part. N.
32.0461/0
32.0462/0
32.0463/0
Other dimensions
32.0460/0
Part N 32.0401/0
- Aluminum, PVC, Stainless Steel or panels of other

materials available on request
367
PROFILE 270 X 19
Part. N 20.1077/0
- lx =
10,348 cm4
- ly =
1352,197 cm4
- wx =
10,167 cm3
- wy =
100,162 cm3
- Weight
5,612 kg/m
- Length
6m
APPLICATIONS
- Table tops
- Workstations
- Screw connection
- Didactie installations i.e. pneumatic,

electronics, automatic-control with
Universal clamping socket
Part N P20.060/0
- Bolt-fastener 15
- Demonstration units
- Packing unit
18 m
ASSEMBLY
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS COUNTER CABINETS

s t en i baC r et nuoC
COUNTER CABINETS
369
UNDER COUNTER CABINETS WITH DRAWERS
Under counter cabinets with drawers take care of perfect order at work. There are suitable heights, compartments or inserts for any requirement. All under counter cabinets are available for left or right installation
at choice. All housings are massive sheet steel construction.
Housing:
Max. load: up to 200 kg
Standard with center locking, individual
drawer locking and cylinder lock with 2
keys
Varnish: Light grey RAL 7035
Easy to mount
Drawers:
Max load of individual drawers is up to
35 kg, can be pulled out up to 80%, perforated bottom
Standard with large labeled handle bar
Standard varnish:
Corpus: light grey RAL 7035
Drawer: brilliant blue RAL 5007
Varnishing on request:
(no extra charge applicable)
grey-green mignonette
HF 0001
RAL 6011
water blue
RAL 5021
anthrazit
RAL 7016
light grey
RAL 7035
red-orange
RAL 2001
light blue
RAL 5012
ruby
RAL 3003
aluminium-silver
RAL 9006
FASTENING KIT COUNTER CABINET
- 2 aluminum profiles 45x45 UL, anodized

E6/EV1
Part. N 32.0802/0
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Mount onto baseframe at distance "a"
- With fastening kit to strut profiles
- Remove drawers from counter cabinet

- 4 mounting angles 45 with mounting
material
- Preassemble hammer head screws to

counter cabinet
- 4 hammer head screws with nuts M8

- Please state length of profiles ,,Ls"
- Fasten counter cabinet with hammer

head screws into profile groove and
tighten nuts
- ESD on request
- Weight
3,309 kg
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS, DRAWER 150/150
TECHN. DATA
ASSEMBLY
- 2 drawers , H = 150 mm
- Drawer B= 425 mm T= 550 mm inside
- With perforated bottom, front: blue
- Max. load per drawer:
- Large handle bar with label adapter
- Housing steel, light grey
- Can be pulled out up to 80 %
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 360 mm
- Individual drawer locking
- Max. load per cabinet:
- ESD on request
- Cylinder lock with 2 keys, center locking

for all drawers
- Weight
Part. N 32.0810/0
- Onto baseframe with fastening kit see p.

371
35 kg
200 kg
22,57 kg
371
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0811/0
ASSEMBLY
- 1 drawer H= 100 mm, 1 drawer H= 200 mm
35 kg
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 360 mm

for all drawers

371
200 kg
- ESD on request
- Weight
22,57 kg
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS, DRAWER 50/100/150
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- 1 drawer H= 50 mm, 1 drawer H= 100 mm,

1 drawer H= 150 mm
ASSEMBLY
35 kg

- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 360 mm
200 kg

for all drawers

- ESD on request
- Weight
33,00 kg
Part. N 32.0812/0

371
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0813/0
ASSEMBLY
- 3 drawers H= 100 mm
35 kg
- Housing steel, light grey lacquered
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 360 mm

for all drawers

371
200 kg
- ESD on request
- Weight
28,43 kg
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS, SHELF 50/100/150/200 Part. N 32.0814/0
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
ASSEMBLY
- 1 drawer H= 50 mm, 1 drawer H= 100 mm,

1 drawer H= 150 mm, 1 drawer
H= 200 mm
35 kg

lacquered
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 560 mm

for all drawers

371
200 kg

- ESD on request
- Weight
16,55 kg
373
DRAWER CONTAINER SET 1
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0807/0
TECHN. DATA
- B x T 425 x 550 mm
- For the transparent arrangement of small

parts
ASSEMBLY
- Easy to remove and reinstall
- For panel height 100-300 mm

- 10 x case 54 x 54 x 45 mm
- 20 x case 54 x 108 x 45 mm
- 14 x case 54 x 75 x 45 mm
- 4 x case 75 x 81 x 45 mm
- Other arrangements on request
- Impact polystyrene
- Weight
1,06 kg
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- B x T 425 x 550 mm
- For panel height 100-300 mm

- 5 x case 108 x 108 x 45 mm
- 5 x case 108 x 162 x 45 mm
- 2 x case 54 x 75 x 45 mm
- 12 x case 75 x 81 x 45 mm
- Other arrangements on request
- Impact polystyrene
- Weight
Part. N 32.0808/0
0,965 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Easy to remove and reinstall
UTENSILS CABINET, LEFT
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- Steel, light grey RAL 7035

- Weight
Part. N 29.4712/1
- Safety cylinder lock

7,85 kg
ASSEMBLY
- With mounting set to strut profiles see p.

371
- Only for horizontal use
- W x D x H = 320 x 600 x 343 mm

- Safety cylinder lock
UNDER COUNTER CABINETS WITH DRAWERS FOR HANGING FILES
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- B x T x H= 570 x 400 x 400 mm
- Large handle with lable holder
- Panel
- Especially suited for testing stations
Part. N 32.0817/0
ASSEMBLY
- Use side threads or custom bores
35 kg

- Weight
17,67 kg
375
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS 200
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- B x T x H= 570 x 400 x 190 mm
- Large handle with lable holder
- Panel
Part. N 32.0809/0
ASSEMBLY
35 kg

- Weight
10,41 kg
FLOOR CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOORS
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- B x T x H= 570 x 400 x 400 mm
- Suitable for DIN A4 notebooks
- For 5 wide or 8 narrow DIN A4 notebooks
35 kg
- Door, blue

- Cylinder lock with 2 keys,
- Weight
10,00 kg
Part. N 32.0818/0
ASSEMBLY
TELESCOPIC GUIDE FULLY EXTENDABLE 400
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Extension of drawer using ball guide
- with self-closing
- Extension of workpiece carriers
Part. N 32.0801/0
- Attach on the side of drawers and frame
35 kg
- Installation length 400 mm, extended

length 406 mm
- Stainless steel on request
- Items supplied: 2 pieces
- Weight
1,225 kg
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DOORS, SMALL, LEFT
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
ASSEMBLY
- Door: steel, blue
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 360 mm
- ESD on request
- Cylinder lock with 2 keys, 1 shelf for

cabinet
- Weight
Part. N 32.0815/0
200 kg
- With fastening set, Part N 32.0802/0,

see page 371
34,00 kg
- Version right, Part N 32.0815/1
377
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DOORS, LARGE, LEFT
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
ASSEMBLY
- Door: steel, blue
- W x D x H= 500 x 580 x 560 mm
- ESD on request
- Cylinder lock with 2 keys, 1 shelf for

cabinet
- Weight
200 kg
43,50 kg
- Under counter right, Part N 32.0816/1
Part. N 32.0816/0
- With mounting set to strut profiles see p.

371
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS FOOT RESTS

s t s e r t ooF
FOOT RESTS
379
FOOT RESTS
Foot rests help especially small persons find an ergonomic seating position on not adjustable in height
tables.
In any case they must meet certain requirements, such as the size of the footprint.
Height adjustable work tables are better.
Some experts don't approve of foot rests, while others say they have advantages. Attention must be paid
to their proper adjustment.
Foot rests are a temporary solution:

Recently even experts have argued on the advantages and disadvantages of foot rests. Some even aduise
against them. They criticize that the necessary elbow-room and therefore dynamic seating is restricted,
because they prescribe a certain leg and foot position. This can lead to tiredness, affect blood circulation and
cause circulation problems. Rather, they advocate height adjustable work tables, which make extra equipment for the feet unnecessary.
Foot rests have advantages:

On the other hand, experts mention the special advantages of straight foot rests. Since the feet are in a slightly inclined position on the floor, the legs are relaxed and prevent circulation problems, etc.
Generally, companies are recommended to invest intoan ergonomic fundus, which also includes footrests,
so that the employees can try out individually what they prefer.
FOOT REST ECO
Part. N 32.0155/0
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- Rugged tubular steel frame made from

30 mm rectangular tube with abrasionproof floor gliders
- Height-adjustable and inclinable
- Completely assembled
- Free-standing
APPLICATIONS
- Facilitates correct seating on table
- Inclination adjustable by foot
- Foot rest: Grooved anti skid rubber

- W x D x H= 400 x 330 x 410 mm
- ESD on request
- Weight
5,70 kg
FOOT REST STANDARD
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0160/0
TECHN. DATA
- Base construction profile 45x45 under

tables, workstations
- ESD on request
- Height and inclination manually

adjustable
- Foot rest: Chipboard, coated, oil-resistant
- Free-standing
APPLICATIONS
- Conductive upon inquiry

- Weight
4,7 kg
381
FOOT REST COMFORT
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0165/0
TECHN. DATA
- Base construction profile 45x45 under

tables, workstations
- Spring-tensioned height adjustment,

height adjustable from seating position
- Free-standing
- Foot rest: Chipboard, coated, oil-resistant

- ESD on request
- Weight
10,20 kg
APPLICATIONS
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS BASIC PORTAL CONSTRUCTION

no i t c ur t s no c l a t r op c i s aB
BASIC PORTAL
CONSTRUCTION
383
BASIC PORTAL CONSTRUCTION WITH EXTENSION ARM
Low-stress work demands an optimal design of grab space at the workplace under ergonomic conditions.
This means that devices, parts and tools are arranged in suitable work zones and at the correct height.
Order at the workplace is the basis for quality. Energy supply or data lines are integrated into the portal
structure, ensuring energy availability close to the working area without a tangle of cables. Compressed air is
lead through the profile. In addition, the structure is used for ergonomic attachment of grab trays, swivel
arms, lighting and informative material.
Stable frame made of profile 45x45, anodised E6/EV1, integrated compressed-air ducting
Air supply through quick-couplings possible at any location on the vertical braces.
Frame assembled ready-for-use and electrically conductive
For supsequent installation on worktables
EXTENSION ARM, DESK TABLE AND BOX-TYPE TABLE
TECHN. DATA
- 2 vertical struts, profile 45x45

- 5 cross struts, profile 45x45 F, anodized
E6, EV1
- 2 assembly blocks 45 GD, grey, powdercoated
- Put on portal and tighten cross bolt
- ESD on request
OPTIONS:
Part. N 32.0205/0
ASSEMBLY
- Additional cross struts made of profile

45x45 F, specify number
- Screw one half each to rear struts of base

frame
- Compressed-air supply in vertical struts:

1 rapid action coupling 1/4 mounted at
upper end
- 2nd half to be attached to lower part of

portal struts
- Borings on lower end of strut closed with

blanking plug
- One or more lateral ports with rapid
action coupling 1/8 or 1/4
- Please specify dimensions B, H2 and T1
and position of compressed-air tapping
EXTENSION ARMS FOR HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLES
TECHN. DATA
- 2 vertical struts, profile 45x45

- 5 cross struts, profile 45x45 F, anodized
E6, EV1
- 4 angle brackets 45x90
- Portal will move together with tabletop
- Spacing of grab trays vs working level will
not change during motion
OPTIONS:
- Additional cross struts made of profile

45x45 F, specify number
Part. N 32.0210/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount portal to frame and lifting column

using mounting angles
- Compressed-air supply in vertical struts:

1 rapid action coupling 1/4 mounted on
upper end
- Borings on lower end of strut closed with
blanking plug
- One or more lateral ports with rapid
action coupling 1/8 or 1/4
- ESD on request
- Please specify dimensions B, H2 and T1
and position of compressed-air tapping
385
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS LIGHTING

gn i t hg i L
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
Selection of correct lighting is of paramount importance for optimal workplace design. Lighting has influence
on performance and tiredness as well as quality and safety at work.
Illuminance:
Illuminance on useful plane for demanding assembly and test work should be about 1100 lx. A rated illuminance of 1500 lx is recommended for very high requirements on eye sight such as optical work, assembly of
electronic components, color control, etc.
Luminance distribution:
In the field of view, reflecting or self-luminous areas may cause great differences in
luminous density (contrasts). Eye sensitivity correspondingly adapts itself according to
luminous density within radius of action. Frequent change between very light and very dark
areas will stress the eye by continuous change of sensitivity. Therefore, luminous density difference at work should not be more than 3:1.
Glare:
Glare sensation depends on luminous density, size of lighting surfaces and incident angle of
light. Dazzling can be limited using reflectors, spill shields or built-in components. At
the same time, sufficient shadow effect should be given for discriminating
bodies and surfaces safely. All efforts should aim at shadows with soft edges and
the light should be obliquely incident from above as natural light does.
Illuminant color:
Illuminant color has great influence on psychic sensation. Normally neutral-white
light (4000 k) is appreciated as relaxing and agreeable. Daylight-white lighting
should only be provided for color test or quality control at high rated Illuminance.
Illuminance depending on level h of luminaire against working surface

Side luminaire 36
2 x Side luminaire 36
E/max
E/medium
E/max
[m]
[lx]
[lx]
[]
0,75
1,00
1260
638
670
497
1,25
1,50
402
276
329
232
Center luminaire 78
E/medium
E/max
[lx]
[lx]
20
1043
15
15
704
510
Luminaire 78, 2 x luminaire 36
E/medium
[lx]
[lx]
[m]
894
2045
1237
1564
1003
626
457
808
567
672
497
E/max
[]
0,25 20
0,50 20
0,25 15
h = 1000 mm
h = 1000 mm
E/medium
[lx]
[lx]
[lx]
[lx]
2698
3849
1736
2354
3099
1568
3315
2471
2258
1684
1789
1402
Working surface 1000 x 600
h = 750 mm
Center luminaire 116
E/medium E/max
2000 x 800
h = 1250 mm
h = 1250 mm
387
SIDE LUMINAIRE 36
TECHN. DATA
- Length
- Rating
- Component parts 1x TC-L
Part. N 33.0600/0
TECHN. DATA
463 mm
36 W
36 W
- Mean illuminance on useful plane at 1 m

distance 533 lx
ASSEMBLY
- Fix into the profile groove with enclosed

fastening kit
- Current consumption: 0.16 A

- Electronic series reactor
- Operating frequency: > 40 kHz
- Cpl. with power cord L = 3 m and
connector
- Switch in lamp housing
- Housing: aluminum, lacquered light grey
- Mounting set
- Weight
- Nominal voltage: 250 V - 50 Hz

- Lamp burning life: 12000 h
- Color of light 840 coolwhite
2,1 kg
ANGLEPOISE LAMP
Part. N 33.0615/0
TECHN. DATA
TECHN. DATA
- Illumination intensity up to 2750 lx at

36 W or over 4000 lx at 55 W and at the
same time lower thermal loading
- Universal adjustability via the 3-D joint on

the shade
- combined with a sleek friction-arm
equipped with integral springs
- High lustre mirror reflector of pure
anodised aluminium
- Aluminium profile with laser cut end caps
- Long service life
- Standard light colour, cool white 4000 K,
if required with daylight lamp 5400 K for
the best colour reproduction
- With electronic ballast (high frequency),

resulting in completely flicker-free light
- Flicker-free instant start
- Completely glare-free due to reflective
parabolic honeycomb grid
- Optimum glare restriction for VDUs and
other light sensitive areas
ASSEMBLY
- Assembly with included mounting set
CENTER LUMINAIRE 78
Part. N 33.0605/0
TECHN. DATA
- Length
- Rating
- Component parts 2x TS
TECHN. DATA
895 mm
78 W
39 W
- Medium illuminance on useful plane at 1

m distance 1056 lx
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten into the profile groove with

enclosed fixing kit

- Cpl. with power cord L = 3 m and
connector
- Switch in lamp housing

- Housing: aluminum, light grey
- Mounting set
- Weight

4,2 kg
- Lamps with shatter protection on request
CENTER LUMINAIRE 116
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 33.0610/0
TECHN. DATA
- Length
1550 mm
- Rating
116 W
- Medium illuminance on useful plane at

1.5 m distance 1402 lx
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten into the profile groove with

enclosed fixing kit

- Component parts 2x T26
58 W

- Housing: Steel, industrial white
- Without power cord and connector,
connection by skilled person
- Weight
7,6 kg
389
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS POWER SUPPLY

y l ppus r ewoP
POWER SUPPLY
ENERGY SUPPLY
The MiniTec energy supply ducting system for electrics and compressed air in a three-chamber system for
individually built-in energy supply components arrangement:
Cable channels equipped and completely wired exactly as you desired simplify installation of your workplace
considerably. Our experienced experts will gladly take on component insertion for you. The cable channel is
equipped with 4 m supply line with safety plug or CEE connector for immediate connection. This will save
installation carried out by your approved in-house electricians.
You will receive a meaningful test certificate along with the cable channel equipped and installed by us. Both
cable channel and cover are made of aluminum, naturally anodized. Only branded high-quality products are
employed as built-in components.
Following table is to simplify definition of component insertion requested by you. Subsequent installation of
further components by approved electrician is possible at any time.
CONDUIT 130 AL
COVER
FOR CONDUIT 130
END PANEL
FOR CONDUIT 130
Part N 32.0710/0
Part N 32.0711/0
Part N 32.0712/0
- Accommodation of sockets,
switches, telecommunication
terminals, safety switches, etc.
- Press cover onto profile
- molded plastic article

- lacquered in aluminum color
391
ENERGY SUPPLY DUCTING SYSTEM COMPONENT INSERTION
KEY-OPERATED SWITCH
Part N 32.0720/0
TWO-WAY SWITCH
Part N 32.0725/0
- Two-way switch 16 A, two-pole
- Two-way switch 16 A, single-pole
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
DATA CONNECTION BOX CAT6 Part N 32.0722/0
Part N 32.0721/0
- Urated = 230V AC
- RJ 45, 2-fold Link E, up to 250 MHz

- cpl. with faceplate horizontal
CHANNEL SOCKET
Part N 32.0723/0
- with protective contact according to DIN
FLUSH-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD
SOCKET CEE 16 A
Part N 32.0724/0
- for plugs DIN, five-pole
Part N 32.0730/0
- three-phase
- Cpl. with built-in faceplate, lock
- Can be equipped with automatic circuit breaker B10, automatic circuit breaker B16, fault-current
circuit breaker single-pole 16 A/30 mA.
EXAMPLE
rtion
mponent inse
co
m
e
st
sy
g
in
duct
Energy supply
mm
cting system
ergy supply du
mm
Total length en
ponents: 100
o built-in com
tw
n
ee
tw
be
arance
from left
Minimum cle
mm
r cord
Length powe
Position
(Pos x)
Part
A-G
from right
Edge
Position from
in mm
ounting
parts flush-m
Component
)
(G
board
distribution
r B 10
circuit breake
automatic
Company
Contact
Phone
r B 16
circuit breake
automatic
r single-pole
circuit breake
fault-current
16A/30mA
Fax
E-Mail
Our fax inquiry form is found on the following page, simply fill in and fax.
393
Total length energy supply ducting system
mm
Minimum clearance between two built-in components: 100 mm

Length power cord
mm
Position
(Pos x)
Part
A-G
from left
from right
Position from Edge

in mm
Component parts flush-mounting

distribution board (G)
Company
automatic circuit breaker B 10
Contact
automatic circuit breaker B 16
Phone
Fax
fault-current circuit breaker single-
E-Mail
pole 16A/30mA
Please call me back

Please send quotation in writing
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS KANBAN SYSTEMS

sme t s y s nabnaK
00.0
064/
0
00.0
065/
0
KANBAN SYSTEMS
395
KANBAN
00.0 SYSTEMS
064/
0
Low inventory and loss prevention are continual challenges of series production. These goals can be reached
by simple means using consumption-controlled material handling methods according to the Kanban principle. In this, the parts required in production by the consumptive positions in the production cycle are requested by a simple Kanban card from the upstream step. Normally the card is located at the material and triggers a production order when reaching the minimum inventory. To ensure the consumption-controlled production and therefore the minimisation of inventory, no order can be started without this Kanban card.
Provision of the products is done directly at the point of consumption in so-called Kanban shelves. These shelves are equipped with inclined small roller conveyors, which transport the containers or products to the receiving station by gravity. Shelf stocking is done from the rear.
The size of the shelves is depending on the supply at the workplace determined according to Kanban rules.
So that the containers can be transported securely and protected into the shelving, the incline of the roller
conveyor can be simply adjusted. Brake blades are available to prevent impact damage and are easy to install.
The use of these brake blades is especially necessary for heavy weights..
We supply all required components for the construction of custom-built Kanban shelves.
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R

- Weight
0,02 kg
- Length
120 mm
Part. N 21.1700/0
APPLICATION
- Assembly of small roller conveyors in

connection with profile 45 x 45 R
Part N 20.1046/0
- POM, grey RAL 7012

- Weight
- Length
0,024 kg
120 mm
- Press onto profile

- Clip pulleys into pulley carrier
- Secure pulley carrier with end cap 45x45
AL Part. N 22.1067/2 and countersunk
screw M8 x 16, Part. N 21.1513/0 on
the end of profile
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R BASEMENT
ASSEMBLY
APPLICATIONS

Part N 20.1046/0 and cover 22.1127/0
or 22.1128/0
Part. N 22.1126/0
ASSEMBLY
- Stick pulley carrier together

- Press onto profile
- Clip cover Part N 22.1027/0 or
Part N 22.1028/0
397
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R COVER

- Weight
0,021 kg
- Length
120 m
APPLICATIONS

Part N 20.1046/0

- Weight
0,027 kg
- Length
120 m
ASSEMBLY
- Clip onto pulley carrier
- Suitable Pulley carrier 45x45 R basement

Part N 22.1126/0
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R COVER SF
Part. N 22.1127/0
APPLICATIONS

Part N 20.1046/0
- Suitable Pulley carrier 45x45 R basement
Part N 22.1126/0
Part. N 22.1128/0
ASSEMBLY
- Clip onto pulley carrier
PULLEY D 25
Part. N 21.1701/0
- ABS, blue

Part N 20.1046/0
- Axe 5, stainless steel

- Weight
APPLICATION
ASSEMBLY
0,01 kg
- Load max/roller
20 N
- For higher loads use Pulley D 25 compact

Part N 21.1703/0
ROLLER STRIP WITH CYLINDRICAL ROLLERS
- Length according to costumers

specification
- Max. length
- Division
APPLICATIONS
- The rollers can be used over a

temperature range from -30C up to
+100C
Part. N 32.0550/0
ASSEMBLY
- With hook and handle profile

- Directly on carrier profile
6000 mm
50 mm
- Part. N 32.0555/0 highly conductive

roller to avoid electrostatic charge. Roller
colour: black
- Supporting profile: Steel, zinc plated

- Roller colour: yellow
- Weight
0,595 kg/m
399
ROLLER STRIP WITH FLANGED ROLLERS
- Length to customer specification

- Max. length
- Division
6000 mm
50 mm
- Supporting profile: Steel, zinc plated
APPLICATIONS
- The rollers can be used over a

temperature range from -30C up to
+100C
Part. N 32.0560/0
ASSEMBLY
- With hook and handle profile

- Directly on carrier profile
- Part. N 32.0565/0 highly conductive

roller to avoid electrostatic charge. Roller
colour: black
- Roller colour: yellow

- Weight
0,615 kg/m
ROLLER STRIP FASTENING
- Fixing plate steel VA

- Thickness
APPLICATIONS
- for fastening roller strip without

processing
3 mm
- With the fastening material and spring

clamps for roller strip
- Weight
Part. N 32.0574/0
0,078 kg/m
ASSEMBLY
- For inclining roller tracks, handle profile

Part. N 20.1088/0 connected to a flange
bearing 32 Part. N 22.1016/0 or use a
collar 32 Part. N 22.1022/0
ROLLER STRIP END STOP
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0569/0
APPLICATIONS
- Stainless steel end stop

- Thickness
3 mm
- Use as end stop for roller strip
- Use fastening kit
- Install without drilling
- For inclining roller tracks, handle profile

Part. N 20.1088/0 connected to a flange
bearing 32 Part. N 22.1016/0 or use a
collar 32 Part. N 22.1022/0
- with the fastening material and spring

clamps for roller strip
- Weight
0,166 kg/m
FLANGE BEARING 32
- Flange bearing ABS, grey
Part. N 22.1016/0
APPLICATIONS
- For angle adjustable installation of handle

profile 32 for roller strip

- Weight
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit to fasten to base frame

- Push in handle profile 32 and clamp using
screws
0,104 kg/m
- Assembly without drilling
401
STRAP HANDLE PROFILE 32
Part. N 22.1022/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Material: ABS, grey RAL 7012
- For handle profile 32
- Swivel in slide nuts
- Fastening kit
- Handle with adjustable angle
- Insert handle profile into the 2 half-shells
- Simple equipment and frames
- Fasten with bolts
- Weight
0,02 kg
EDGE PROTECTION
- Plastic, black
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Protection against injury

0,004 kg
- ESD compatibile
- Weight
Part. N 32.0572/0
0,004 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Slip on roller strip
BRAKE PLATE
Part. N 32.0571/0
- Brake plate on spring steel for 50 mm

division
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- The brake plate can be fastened at any

desired location
ASSEMBLY
- Push onto the roller strip
0,017 kg
- ESD capable combined with conductive

rollers
BALL CASTER
Part. N 35.0041/0
APPLICATIONS
- Slide units made of steel sheet,

galvanized, steel balls
- Ball casters for conveyors and automation

systems
- DW
22,2 mm
- Enable a simultaneous longitudinal and

transverse movement
- Basic load rating C:
1200 N
- Weight
0,13 kg
- Installation into work tables or roller

conveyors
ASSEMBLY
- Insert into prepared bore hole

- Or mount with tolerance ring
Part. N 35.0001/0
- Caution: for installation using tolerance
ring of other hole diameter
(37.7 + 0.2 mm)
- Ball casters also as running gear for crates,

equipment, furniture and machines
403
INQUIRY KANBAN-SYSTEMS
00.0
065/
0
Standard dimension
Length L
mm
Width B
mm
Height H
mm
Incline W
standard 4
Number of levels
piece
Number of tracks
piece
Level
Level height
optional
Track width
1
C
D
E
F
G
Roller
cylindric rollers
ESD capable
yes
no
yes
no
flanged rollers
ESD capable
Goods to be conveyed
Length L
mm
Width B
mm
Height H
mm
Weight max. of one case
kg
For different transport goods, stages and tracks, we would be pleased to give you a quote for a
Kanban system designed for your individual requirements.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Please send me an offer
Phone no.
Fax no.
e-mail
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

s ei r os s ec cA
ACCESSORIES
405
ACCESSORIES
It is just small things that often count: handy accessories is necessary addition to perfect design of an optimal workplace. Everything must be on its proper place and instructions or information should be attached
properly and clearly visible.
Auxiliary equipment which helps to avoid loads and to keep the workplace clear, noticeably support efficiency at reduced employees' stress.
Components workplace system
Portal construction
Luminaire
Semi open
front containers
Balancer
Screen
Compressed air
Energy
supply
Swivel arm
Tableto
p
Under counter
cabinet
Drawers
Foot re
st
Base
Screen
DOCUMENT SUPPORT
- Steel, powder coated, light grey
Part. N 32.0605/0
APPLICATIONS
- Provision of job instructions, maintenance

notes
- 10 DIN A4 boards, transparent
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening with 2 hex socket cap screws

M 06 x 16, 2 square nut M6 into profile
groove
- Control boards, general information

- Border, 5 each in blue, red
- Screw tight onto portal construction
- 5 Slip-on tabs
- ESD on request
- Weight
1,24 kg
DOCUMENT BAR
- Aluminum, anodized
Part. N 32.0610/0
APPLICATIONS
- Safe attachment of large drawings,

instructions, plans
ASSEMBLY
- Use the screwsof fastening kit or fasten

with adhesive tape on the back
- With special glass clamping balls

- Simply slip-in papers from below
- Length
505 mm
- Other dimensions on request

- Weight
0,30 kg
407
BALANCER
Part. N 29.0111/0
- For tool weights 2-3 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Tool suspensions
ASSEMBLY
- With tool hanger Part. N 21.1769/0
- Higher weights on request

- Weight
0,75 kg
TOOL HANGER
Part. N 21.1769/0
- ABS, grey
- Tool suspensions
- Fits all profiles (except C-section rail)

- Weight
- Load max
0,045 kg
10 kg
- Grab-supportive tool suspensions
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Push into profile groove, secure ends
C-SECTION RAIL 30
Part. N 32.0220/0
APPLICATIONS
- Reception and guide of cable trolleys
- Length
6000 mm
- lx =
2,42 cm4
- wx =
1,45 cm3
- Weight
1,56 kg/m
ASSEMBLY
- Attach to portal structure with rail holder

Part. N 32.0222/0
- Reception and guide of tool trolleys to

provide heavy tools
- ESD on request
RAIL HOLDER
Part. N 32.0222/0

- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening the C-section rail on the portal

structure
0,25 kg
- ESD on request, conductive with 1 slide

nut
ASSEMBLY

using mounting material from scope of
supplies
- Mounting for C-section rail 30

Part. N 32.0220/0
409
CAP FOR C-PROFILE RAIL
- Plastic, black
- Weight
Part. N 32.0223/0
APPLICATIONS
- Closing of both rail ends
Part. N 32.0224/0
- Sheet steel
- ESD on request
APPLICATIONS
- Suspension of tools in the workroom
- 4 rollers, zinc plated, ball bearings sealed

on both sides
- Load max
- Press onto C-profile rail
0,006 kg
TOOL TROLLEY
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
0,21 kg
20 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Push into C-section rail, secure ends with

limit stop
CABLE TROLLEYS FOR CIRCULAR LINES
APPLICATIONS
- Supporting body: plastic, yellow
- Smooth running guidance of lines
- 4 plastic rollers
- Suspension of hoses and lines
- Ultimate load
- Weight
Part. N 32.0225/0
ASSEMBLY
- Push into C-section rail, secure ends with

limit stop
10 kg
0,127 kg
LIMIT STOP FOR CABLE TROLLEY
APPLICATIONS
- Securing cable trolleys and tool trolleys at

end of rail
Part. N 32.0226/0
ASSEMBLY
- Screw into end of C-section rail
- Mounting material
- Weight
0,2 kg
- ESD on request
411
HINGED CANTILEVER
Part. N 32.0230/0
APPLICATIONS
- For compressed air and power tools
ASSEMBLY
- Slight backward inclination fo unused

tools to slide from back automatically
- 180 swiveling
- Screw tight to portal construction using
mounting material from scope of supplies
- Mounting material
- Length
- Load max
- Weight
692 mm
20 kg
2,31 kg
- ESD on request
HINGED EXTENSION ARM ECO
- 200 swiveling
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Fastened onto portal with bracket

using mounting material supplied
- Plain bearings
- Load max
APPLICATIONS
- For compressed air and power tools
- Mounting material
- Length
Part. N 32.0201/0
600 mm
10 kg
1,10 kg
HOLDER, SEMI OPEN FRONT CONTAINER
- Steel, lacquered, light grey
APPLICATIONS
- As storage area for semi open front

containers and semi open front container
racks
- Mounting material
Part. N 32.0516/0
ASSEMBLY
- Installation on vertical strut of portal

construction
- Front handle bar

- With double-hinged arm 700 mm long
- Load max
15 kg
- ESD on request
- Weight
4,30 kg
SEMI OPEN FRONT CONTAINER RACK
- Steel, powder coated grey
APPLICATIONS
- For semi open front containers and small

hardware
- 3 levels
- Weight
3,8 kg
- For max. 12 semi open front containers,

L= 165 mm, W= 105 mm, H= 75 mm
Part. N 32.0514/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten onto portal structure

- Free-standing or in connection with
holder Part. N 32.0516/0
- ESD on request
413
TOOL HOLDER PLATE
Part. N 32.0520/0
OTHER VERSIONS
- Steel, light grey, 1.5 mm thick
- Width B 1000 mm, Part. N 32.0520/0
- Square hole perforation 10 x 10 mm at

38 mm grid pattern
- Width B 1500 mm, Part. N 32.0522/0
ASSEMBLY
- Width B 2000 mm, Part. N 32.0524/0

- Effective height 300 mm
- ESD on request
- Weight
3,65 kg
415
TOOL SUPPORT
Part. N 32.0510/0
APPLICATIONS
- Steel, light grey, 1.5 mm thick
- For tool holders in gripping reach
- Square hole perforation 10 x 10 mm at

38 mm grid pattern
- Provision of tools
ASSEMBLY
- Mounting material
- Load max
15 kg
- ESD on request
- Weight
4,10 kg
TOOL HOLDER SET
Part. N 32.0530/0
- Consisting of (total: 28 pieces)
- 1 wrench holder
- 12 mandrel holders, simplex
- 1 screwdriver holder
- 8 mandrel holders, duplex
- 2 universal holders, 4-fold
- 2 tongs holders
- 1 drill/hexagon socket holder
- 1 machine holder
- Without holder plate
- Other holders on request

- ESD on request
- Weight
2,00 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Hook onto mounting plate and secure

with included screws
T-SLOT MAGNET
- 1 magnet zinc plated

263 kJ/m3

Part. N 21.0023/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Below conveyors as guide, for magnetic

transported material or higher conveyor
speeds
- For fastening: (highly recommended) Use

end cap Al, set screw with square nut or
t-slot bar
955 kA/m

- Weight
0,13 kg

TOOL HOLDER WITH SLANTED HOOK ENDS
- Lacquered in aluminum colour
APPLICATIONS
- Provision of tools at workplace
Part. N 32.0527/0
ASSEMBLY

- Impact and scratch resistant plastic

coating
- Individually packaged incl. clamp screw
- Weight
0,033 kg
417
TOOL HOLDER WITH VERTICAL HOOK ENDS
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 32.0508/0
ASSEMBLY


coating
- Weight
0,080 kg
SINGLE TOOL CLAMP, SMALL BASE PLATE

coating
- Individually packaged incl. screws
- Weight
0,023 kg
APPLICATIONS
- For tools and cylindrical parts of approx.

10 mm
Part. N 32.0529/0
ASSEMBLY

SINGLE TOOL CLAMP, LARGE BASE PLATE
APPLICATIONS

25 mm
Part. N 32.0528/0
ASSEMBLY


coating
- Weight
0,063 kg
DOUBLE TOOL CLAMP
Part. N 32.0506/0
APPLICATIONS

10 mm
ASSEMBLY


coating
- Weight
0,060 kg
419
PLIERS HOLDER
Part. N 32.0531/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,07 kg
MAGNETIC HOLDER

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,157 kg
Part. N 32.0515/0
APPLICATIONS
- For provision of steel tools
ASSEMBLY

VERTICAL SPANNER HOLDER
- Lacquered in aluminum color
Part. N 32.0521/0
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for open-ended or ring spanners
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,725 kg
SOCKET HOLDER
- Lacquered in aluminum color
Part. N 32.0519/0
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for sockets for socket wrench,

9x d=25, 1x d=27, 1x d=32, 1x d=35
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,736 kg
421
DRILL AND ALLEN KEY HOLDER
APPLICATIONS
- Drill holder for 14 parts
Part. N 32.0504/0
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,34 kg
BIT HOLDER
Part. N 32.0503/0

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,14 kg
APPLICATIONS
- Bit holder for 7 bits
ASSEMBLY

SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINER HOLDER, SINGLE
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for open front containers
Part. N 32.0509/0
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,103 kg
SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINER HOLDER, MULTIPLE
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for open front containers Size 8
Part. N 32.0532/0
ASSEMBLY

- Plastic coated
- Weight
0,568 kg
423
SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINERS
Techn. data:
- Optimum overview and easy access to the contents
- Large handles on the front and rear for practical handling
- Very dimensionally stable
- Resistant to most acids and oils
- Temperature resistance (20 to +80C)
Applications:
- Provision of small parts, screws, bolts, nuts, etc. on assembly workplaces
- Ergonomic workplace systems
Assembly:
- Attach semi-open front containers with holder, single, Part No 32.0509/0 or with holder,
multiple Part No 32.0532/0 to the tool holder plate or carrier
Part.N
32.0540/0
32.0540/5
A
360
360
Dimensions
B
210
210
32.0541/0
32.0541/5
235
235
147
147
125
125
blue
black ESD
32.0542/0
32.0542/5
168
168
103
103
75
75
blue
black ESD
32.0543/0
32.0543/5
85
85
100
100
50
50
blue
black ESD
C
145
145
Colour
blue
black ESD
MOUNTING BLOCK
- PE-UHMW conductive
Part. N 32.0539/0
APPLICATIONS
- For custom drilling of individual holes for

provision of tools
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with fastening kit
- Color: black
- Weight
0,078 kg
- ESD capable
ATTACHMENT CLIP 8
- Stainless steel 1.4319
Part. N 32.0537/0
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for miscellaneous tools with

8 - 12 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Swivel into profile groove and tighten the

fastening screw using fastening kit
- Attachment clip with fastening kit

- Square nut Z, ESD capable
- Weight
0,017 kg
425
ATTACHMENT CLIP 16
Part. N 32.0538/0
- Stainless steel 1.4319
APPLICATIONS
- Holder for miscellaneous tools with

16 - 25 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Swivel into profile groove and tighten the

fastening screw using fastening kit
- Attachment clip with fastening kit

- Weight
0,028 kg
ROUND TOOL HOLDER 38-70
- Material V2A, polished
Part. N 32.0535/0
APPLICATIONS
- Tool holder for storage of tools (files,

marking tools, sharpening stones, etc.)

- Adjustable angle
- Weight
0,263 kg
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with the profile by using fastening

kit
Part. N 32.0536/0
APPLICATIONS
- Material V2A, polished
- Tool holder for storage of tools, pins, etc.
- Adjustable bracket
ASSEMBLY
- Connect with the profile by using

fastening kit

- Weight
0,402 kg
DEPOSITING BOARD/MONITOR SUPPORT ROTATABLE
- Steel, powder-coated, light grey

- Single-hinged version, length 430 mm
APPLICATIONS
- Provision of IT data, Internet connection
Part. N 32.0512/0
ASSEMBLY
- Screw tight to portal construction

- Monitor support with keyboard panel:
485 x 190 mm Part. N 32.0513/0
- Monitor and keyboard panel rotatable

- Monitor panel: 370 x 370 mm
- Load-carrying capacity
max. 15 kg
- ESD on request
- Weight
4,20 kg
427
DEPOSITING CONSOLE
Part. N 32.0501/0
APPLICATIONS
- Stable frame made of aluminum profiles,

anodized E6/EV1
- Continuously inclinable from -30 to +30
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment to portal construction with

2 swivel panels
- Rack is adjustable
- Shelf for cabinet, hardboard, light grey
- Front edge 25 mm, set on edge
- Load max
40 kg
- ESD on request
- Please state table width B2 and depth T3
MONITOR CARRIER WITH KEYBOARD STORAGE TFT
- Steel light grey, powder coated

- Monitor and keyboard carrier with mouse
rack
- With double-joint swivelling arm
- Load capacity
APPLICATIONS
- The mouse rack is shiftable and therefore

suitable for right and left-handers
Part. N 32.0517/0
OTHER VERSIONS
- Monitor Carrier with keyboard storage

TFT, VESA connection adapter 75 mm,
Part. N 32.0517/0
- Monitor Carrier with keyboard storage
Part. N 32.0517/1
max. 15 kg
- Monitor Carrier without keyboard storage
Part. N 32.0525/0
- Delivered ready to assemble

- ESD on request
- Weight
7,40 kg
- Monitor Carrier without keyboard storage

Part. N 32.0526/0
KEYBOARD STORAGE
- Stainless steel 2mm, grounded
Part. N 32.0518/0
APPLICATIONS
- For setting the keyboard on the

workplace
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Rustproof
- Load max
15 kg
- For standard keyboards

- Fastening kit
- ESD-capable
- Weight
2,477 kg
STEEL BRACKET 250
- Anthracite coloured, powder-coated steel

bracket
Part. N 32.0533/0
APPLICATIONS
- As separating web for cartons
ASSEMBLY
- Pull apart gently, stick on at the correct

position and secure with suitable screw
- Magazine for flat parts

- With welded-on clamps for setting on a
19 mm chipboard, for example
- Clamped using pretensioning and can be
secured additionally with wood screws
- Weight
0,214 kg
429
STEEL BRACKET 400
Part. N 32.0534/0
APPLICATIONS
- Light-grey, powder-coated steel
- As separating web for cartons
- With welded-on clamps for setting on a

19 mm chipboard, for example
- Magazine for flat parts
ASSEMBLY
- Pull apart gently, stick on at the correct

position and secure with suitable screw
- Clamped using pretensioning and can be

secured additionally with wood screws
- Weight
0,278 kg
DRAWING HOLDER

- With double-joint swivelling arm
- For DIN A4 format
- Load capacity
max. 15 kg
- Delivered ready to assemble

- ESD on request
- Weight
4,00 kg
Part. N 32.0608/0
APPLICATIONS
- For documents, control charts and

drawings
ASSEMBLY
DOCUMENT CLIP
TECHN. DATA
Part. N 32.0609/0
APPLICATIONS
- To clamp documents
ASSEMBLY
- Insert square nut in to profile groove and

fasten with the screw
- With fastening bore 6

- Width x height 94 x 52 mm
- Weight
0,048 kg
QUICK LABEL 27X75
Part. N 32.0601/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Front, transparent
- Storage compartment identification
- Attach with self-adhesive back
- Back, self-adhesive
- Error-free barcode scanning
- Push in carton insert
- Open at the sides and on top
- For profile width 32
- Carton insert not included, please order

a sheet with 20 pieces separately
Part. N 32.0601/1
- Weight
0,003 kg
431
QUICK LABEL 38X100
Part. N 32.0602/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Front, transparent
- Storage compartment identification
- Attach with self-adhesive back
- Back, self-adhesive
- Error-free barcode scanning
- Push in carton insert
- Open at the sides and on top
- For profile width 45
- Carton insert not included, please order a

sheet with 14 pieces separately
Part. N 32.0602/1
- Weight
0,007 kg
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT BASE ELEMENT
TECHN. DATA
APPLICATIONS
- For size DIN A4 documents
Part. N 32.0615/0
ASSEMBLY
- With fastening bores 9,

spacing 160 mm
- Expandable at any time with

Part. N 32.0616/0
- Optical edge 45 mm for optimum

overview
- To expand, remove front plate and add

the last expansion element
- Filling capacity =15 mm, sufficient for

approx. 120 sheets of paper
- With grey closing plate
- Weight
0,634 kg
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT EXPANSION ELEMENT
APPLICATIONS
- For DIN A4 portrait format
Part. N 32.0616/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount on semi-open compartment base

element Part. N 32.0615/0
- Filling capacity = 15 mm
- Weight
0,392 kg
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT, SINGLE
APPLICATIONS
- For DIN A4 portrait format
Part. N 32.0617/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten on portal structure or use as

expansion element for the base element
- With fastening holes 4 mm,

spacing approx. 16 mm
- With grey closing plate
- Weight
0,50 kg
433
ADDITIONAL ANGLE FOR SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT
APPLICATIONS
- For additional stabilisation on the bottom

edge of the semi-open compartments
Part. N 32.0618/0
ASSEMBLY
- With magnet strips

- Weight
0,123 kg
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE OUTLET
- Schuko outlet 10/16 A 250 V
APPLICATIONS
- For power supply at the workplace
Part. N 32.0774/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fix adapter plate to the profile
- IP 44 shatter-proof
- Fasten double outlet to the adapter plate
- Housing 75 x 151 x 58 mm
- Electrical connections for clamping
- Fastening kit
- With adapter plates and screws
- Weight
0,389 kg
VERTICAL DOUBLE OUTLET
- Schuko outlet 10/16 A 205V
Part. N 32.0773/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten adapter plate onto profile

- Fasten double outlet on the adapter plate
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,389 kg
TWO-WAY SWITCH
- ON/OFF/two-way switch
Part. N 32.0770/0
APPLICATIONS
- To switch-on and switch-off lamps
- 10A x 250V
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten the adapter plate onto profile

- Fasten the two-way switch on the adapter
plate
- Fastening kit
- With adapter plates
- Weight
0,211 kg
435
TWO-WAY SWITCH/OUTLET
- ON/OFF/two-way switch, 10A x 250V
Part. N 32.0772/0
APPLICATIONS
- To switch-on and switch-off lamps
- Schuko 10/16 A 250 V
ASSEMBLY

- Fasten the two-way switch on the adapter
plate
- Fastening kit
- With adapter plates
- Weight
0,389 kg
OUTLET
Part. N 32.0771/0
- Schuko 10/16 A 250 V
ASSEMBLY

- Fasten double outlet to the adapter plate
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,211 kg
PROFESSIONAL MULTIPLE-SOCKET OUTLET, 6-FOLD
- Central rocket switch for On/Off
APPLICATIONS
- Oblique socket arrangement
- Rocker switch, illuminated
Part. N 32.0701/0
ASSEMBLY
- Hex socket cap screw M5 x 16

- Square nut M5 x 13 with spring plate
- Cable length 3 m
- Max. 3500W / 16A / 230V
- Weight
0,8 kg

- Grommet 5
- 2 pieces of equipment each can be

switched on and off, two-pole
APPLICATIONS
- Oblique socket arrangement
Part. N 32.0702/0
ASSEMBLY

- Rocker switch, illuminated

- Grommet 5
- Cable length 3 m
- Max. 3500W / 16A / 230V
- Weight
0,89 kg
437
CUP HOLDER
Part. N 32.0544/0
- Cup holder aluminium anodized
APPLICATIONS
- Cup or bottle holder for workplace

systems
ASSEMBLY
- Screw on profile constructions by using

fixing kit
- Cup with MiniTec company logo

- With cut-out for cup handel
- Weight
0,580 kg
BOTTLE/BEVERAGE BAG HOLDER
- Steel wire, coated light grey

- Inner 95 mm
- 2 bolts M6 x 16
- 2 square nuts M6 with spring plate
APPLICATIONS
- Commercially available beverage bottles

and beverage bags
Part. N 32.0507/0
ASSEMBLY
- Screw on with fastening kit
RECYCLABLE MATERIAL COLLECTOR
APPLICATIONS
- Rugged frame made of profile 30 x 30,

anodized E6/EV1
- For separate collection of 3 kinds of

recyclable materials
- With shelf for cabinet
- Just put plastic bags over the screw heads
- 3 covers ABS, grey
- Also suitable for outdoor deployment
Part. N 29.0022/0
ASSEMBLY
- According to enclosed installation

instructions
- Mounted ready-for-use
- Weight
3,4 kg
RECYCLABLE MATERIAL COLLECTOR FOR ATTACHMENT
APPLICATIONS
- Frame made of profile 30 x 30, anodized

E6/EV1
- For separate collection of 2 kinds of

recyclable materials
- 2 covers ABS, grey
- Just put plastic bags over the screw heads
Part. N 32.0024/0
ASSEMBLY
- Attach to profile frame with fastening

material included
- 2 mounting angles 25
- Weight
1,915 kg
439
TOOL CASE S AS SET
- Tool case
Part. N 26.3001/0
APPLICATIONS
- For secure storage of drills, batteryoperated screwdrivers and other tools
ASSEMBLY
- Attached to the brace profile with

supplied fastening materials
- Swiveling holder
- Adjustable angle bracket
- Fastening kit
- Colour: black / grey
- Weight
0,83 kg
TOOL CASE S
Part. N 26.3001/1
- Rubber, black
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- For secure storage of drills, batteryoperated screwdrivers and other tools
ASSEMBLY
- Make 2 through holes, diameter 7,

spacing 45 in the profile
0,49 kg
- Fasten with M8 x 16 bolts
ADAPTER FOR TOOL QUIVER
Part. N 26.3002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Moulded part made of natural polyamide
- Adapter for motorised screwdriver, special

screwdriver, compressed air screwdriver
ASSEMBLY
- Press into tool quiver
- Please quote diameter of the tool
PIVOTING HOLDER
- Steel
Part. N 26.3001/2
APPLICATIONS
- For pivoting fastening of tool cases,

profiles or storage units
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with M8 x 16 or clamping lever

and M8 square nut
- Powder coated RAL 7012

- Weight
0,285 kg
441
SCREWDRIVER HOLDER
- PA 6, RAL 7012
- Weight
Part. N 32.0502/0
APPLICATIONS
- Ergonomic storage of screwdrivers at the

workbench
ASSEMBLY
- Push into the groove and then turn 90
0,006 kg
UNIVERSAL CLAMPING SOCKET
- Case PA 6 GF
APPLICATIONS
- For assembly of pneumatic switches for

learning and training purposes
- Button steel
Part. N P20.060/0
ASSEMBLY
- Simple pneumatic accessories fastened

with M3 screws (not in scope of delivery)
onto the clamping socket
- To fasten diverse pneumatic switches

- Weight
0,037 kg
- Fastening of valves including those from
different manufacturers
- By pressing the button, the clamping

socket can be fit into the slot
- When released, it is automatically indexed
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS MOUNTING DEVICE

ec i ved gni t nuoM
MOUNTING DEVICE
443
MOUNTING DEVICES
When the development assembly equipment, along with reduction of tooling times, also the increase of
the reusability, i.e. the flexibility, is important. In combination with the Minitec profile system, adaptability
is always granted in matters of differing workpieces with simultaneously low tooling effort and minimum
tooling time.
TURNING DEVICE 45X90
- Load max.
- M max
1500 N
Part. N 32.2011/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Positioning of components for installation

purposes with repeatable accuracy
- Fastening with terminal strip as profile

extension or profile connector
- Remote controlled pneumatic locking on

request
- Clearance and turning position adjustable

using clamp connection
150 Nm
- 18 increments
- Indexing bolt with lock
- Bearing using 2 slide bushings
- Load max.
- M max
1500 N
Part. N 32.2010/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Positioning of components for installation

purposes with repeatable accuracy
- Fastening with terminal strip as profile

extension or profile connector
- Remote controlled pneumatic locking on

request
- Clearance and turning position adjustable

using clamp connection
150 Nm
- 18 increments
- Indexing bolt with lock
- Bearing using 2 slide bushings
- 4 T-slot bars for installation on profile
construction
445
ROTATING ASSEMBLY
- Rotation assembly of zinc die casting with

steel balls
- Axial load up to 300 kg
- ESD capable
- 330 x 13.5 mm
- Low maintenance
- Aluminium circular blanks on request
Part. N 32.2005/0
APPLICATIONS
- Industrial application in furniture and

display construction, simple turning
devices for assembly equipment
ASSEMBLY
- Mount the holes D=4 mm to the profile

frame or the tabletop
- Mount rotary plate or similar to the
outside ring
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS

sme t s y s c i t amuenP
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
447
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Compressed air is frequently used in workplace systems for the operation of pneumatic cylinders in
assembly auxiliary equipment or to drive compressed air tools.
We provide the basic equipment for a workplace.
To minimize contamination at the workplace and to keep the risks to the health of the employees as low
as possible, one should principally try to work with clean, purified and dry compressed air.
FILTER REGULATOR AND MANUAL START-UP VALVE
- The compressed air service module

consists of: Manual start-up valve with
ventilation via filter, filter regulator, rotary
knob with integrated lock and
manometer
APPLICATIONS
- Compressed air provision on the work

table
Part. N 32.0580/0
ASSEMBLY
- 2x hex soxket screws M6x12

Part. N 21.1143/0
- 2 x square nuts M6x13 with spring plate
Part. N 21.1330/2
- Filter mesh 40 m
- Condensate drain
- Pressure control range: 1-12 bar
- Connection inlet 1/4" thread
- Connection outlet connector system hose
D=10 mm
- Standard nominal flow 800 - 1,400 l/min
- Weight
0,555 kg
LUBRICATOR
Part. N 32.0581/0
- Proportional lubricator with precise oil

dosing
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Micro-mister lubricator for compressed air
- Fasten onto filter regulator with included

coupling package
- Easy and fast to refill

- Weight
0,23 kg
449
PNEUMATIC 3-WAY DISTRIBUTOR
- Aluminium housing
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 32.0901/0
ASSEMBLY
- Compressed air distribution at the

workplace
- Attach to profile with accessories of scope

of supply
- 3x quick-connect NW 7
- Fast connection and disconnection of

pressurized compressed air lines
- Push on hose and secure with suitable

hose clamp
- Operating range 0-10 bar
- Plug nipple rotatable in the coupling
- 1x connection hose nozzle for hose NW 9
- Temperature range -10 to +70C

- Connection with push-on fitting on
request
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS ESD ACCESSORIES

s ei r os s ec c a DSE
ESD ACCESSORIES
451
ESD-ACCESSORIES
ESD (Electro Static Discharge) is the electrostatic discharge of charged objects or persons caused by direct
contact or sparks. The reasons for ESD are electric charges that are generated by charge shifting or electrostatic induction in electric fields.
Reasons for this charging are for example:

persons and their clothing
workplaces including floors
packaging constructions and tools
EGB - electrostatic
endangered
components,
particularly
components
ESDS - safety measures for electrostatic endangered components
To guarantee a safe protection of electrostatic endangered componets and devices all components have to
be conductible connected and the whole construction
has to be grounded.
Demonstration of the single components using the

example of a MiniTec-System workplace.
semi-conductor
ESD EARTHING BOX
- As earth connection point for personnel

earthing
Part. N 32.1002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Earth connection point EBP for personnel

grounding
- Earthing wire 2m length
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten with chipboard screws 4x30 to

tabletop
- Fasten with cyl. screw M4x30
Part. N 21.1285/0 and 2x slide nuts M4
Part. N 21.1310/2 to the profile
- Connection type: 4mm eye

- Per connection 1 MOhm fuse
- 3x 10 mm push button connection
EARTH LEAD ESD
- 1 MOhm fuse
Part. N 32.1004/0
APPLICATIONS
- For table and floor coverings
ASSEMBLY
- Connect to central grounding strip

Part. N 32.1003/0
- 10 mm push button / 4 mm eye

- Clip onto table pad
- Length:
3m
453
CENTRAL EARTHING BOX ESD
- Terminal strip for connection of max. 7

grounding wires
Part. N 32.1003/0
APPLICATIONS
- Suitable for connecting grounding wires

to ESD or protective earth
ASSEMBLY
- Attach to the tabletop with accessories

from scope of supply
- With screw connections for lugs with 4

mm eye
DUMMY PLUG WITHOUT RESISTOR
- Dummy plug for Schuko outlet

- With 2m smooth cable
APPLICATIONS
- For direct grounding from tabletop and

floor coverings or the central earthing
strip
Part. N 32.1001/0
ASSEMBLY
- Connect to central grounding strip

Part. N 32.1003/0
- Plug into suitable Schuko outlet
- Connection type: 4 mm eye, without

resistor
MOUNTING BRACKET 19 GD CONDUCTIVE
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.1107/6
ASSEMBLY
- Aluminium GD
- Connection of profiles 19 and 32
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Subsequent fitting of profiles into existing

constructions, displacable in direction of
the groove

the use of square-nut M8 with positionfixing Part. N 21.1390/2 is
recommended
- Weight
0,033 kg
- Fixing of supports
- Aluminium GD
- General constructions, particularly useful

for subsequent fitting of profiles into
- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,044 kg
Part. N 21.1102/6
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

profiles use square nut M8 with positionfixing Part. N 21.1390/2
- Strengthening of all profile constructions
455
- Aluminium GD
- Weight
APPLICATIONS

- Fastening kit
0,072 kg
Part. N 21.1133/6
- Fastening of panel elements, table tops

ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit

profiles use square nut M8 with positionfixing Part. N 21.1390/2
- Hammer head screw Part. N 21.1370/0
can be used
MOUNTING BRACKET 45 X 90 GD CONDUCTIVE
- Aluminium

- Fastening kit
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
0,216 kg
Part. N 21.1135/6
ASSEMBLY
- Use fastening kit
- Fastening of panel elements, table tops

Part. N 21.1390/2
ANGLE 90 GD CONDUCTIVE
Part. N 21.0978/6
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For profiles 90 and 180
- Use fixing kit from supply schedule
- Fastening kit
- Locking device against rotation


- Weight
0,270 kg
HINGED FOOT D45 CONDUCTIVE
- Plate PA, black
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 32.1011/0
ASSEMBLY

constructions
- Insert into central hole of the profile (can

be drilled up to thread M12)
- Guards, tables, show cases, Conveying

systems, workstations
- Larger threads in connection with

connection plate
- Anti-slip insert
- Spindle, steel, zinc plated
- Counter nut, steel, zinc plated
- All spindles fit all plates
- Conductive
- Hinged foot ESD D=45 m with spindle
M10 Part. N 32.1012/0
457
- Plate PA, black
Part. N 32.1021/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

constructions
- Direct in central hole of the profile (can

be drilled up to thread M12)
- Guards, tables, show cases, Conveying

systems, workstations
- Larger threads in the connection with

connection plate
- Anti-slip insert
- Spindle, steel, zinc plated
- Counter nut, steel, zinc plated
- All spindle fit all plates
- Conductive
- Hinged foot ESD D=80 m with spindle
M10 Part. N 32.1022/0
GUIDE ROLLER WITH LOCKING DEVICE, CONDUCTIVE
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Conductive
- Material racks
- Roller, solid rubber, grey
- Show cases etc.

- Weight
0,250 kg
- Load max.
- Further versions on request
50 kg
Part. N 32.1030/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount directly onto the central hole of

the vertical profile with fastening kit, then
drill and tap thread M10 x 25.
- If the roller should be centrally positioned
in profile 45x45 or bigger
GUIDE ROLLER WITHOUT LOCKING DEVICE, CONDUCTIVE
APPLICATIONS
- Movable tables
- Conductive
- Material-pillars
- Roller, solid rubber, grey
- Show cases etc.
- With fixing kit

- Weight
- Load max.
Part. N 32.1031/0
ASSEMBLY
- Mount directly onto the central hole of

the vertical profile with fastening material,
then drill and tap thread M10 x 25.
- If the roller should be centrally positions
for 45 x 45 profile cross sections, a
connection plate is necessary
0,372 kg
50 kg
459
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS INQUIRIES

s ei r i uqnI
WORKTABLE INQUIRY
Container table
Desk table
Dimensions, table
Dimensions, portal
Width B
mm
Width B
mm
Working height H
mm
Working height H2
mm
Depth T
mm
Depth T1
mm
Ground clearance H1
mm
Pedestal depth F
mm
Screen
yes
Height adjustment
mechanical
hydraulic
no
Material
electric
telescopic
Tabletops
Width B
mm
Material
Depth T
mm
Part N
Under counter cabinets
Foot rests
ECO
Standard
Part N
Comfort
left
right
none
Left / Part N
Right / Part N
Color
Lighting
Energy supply
Side luminaire 36
Yes, see separate inquiry
2 x side luminaire 36
Other
Center luminaire 78
Luminaire 78, 2 x luminaire 36
Center luminaire 116
Other
No
MANUAL WORKPLACE SYSTEMS INQUIRIES
Options
Quantity
Quantity
Document support
___
installed
Hinged cantilever
___
installed
Document bar
___
installed
Depositing board/Monitor support ___
installed
Tool quiver
___
installed
Bottle holder
___
installed
Balancer
___
installed
Beverage bag holder
___
installed
Tool support
___
installed
Monitor Carrier
___
installed
Tool holder plate
___
installed
Drawing holder
___
installed
Tool holder set
___
Dokument clip
___
installed
C-section rail 30
___
Multiple-socket outlet 6-fold
___
installed
Holder C-section rail
___
Multiple-socket outlet (3x2)
___
installed
Cap
___
Recyclable material collector ___
Cable trolley
___
Limit stop
___
Recyclable material collector, ___

mounting
Tool hanger
Double outlets (Horizontal)
___
installed
Double outlets (Vertical)
___
installed
Toggle switch
___
installed
Toggle switch/Outlet
___
installed
installed
___
installed
Tool trolley
___
installed
Depositing console
___
installed
Semi open front container holder ___
installed
Semi open front container rack ___
installed
Other
Company
Contact
Phone
Fax
E-Mail
Please call me back

Please send quotation in writing
461
CONVEYORS
s r o yevnoC
CONVEYORS
CONVEYORS
463
CONVEYORS BELT CONVEYOR

r oyevnoc t l eB
BELT CONVEYOR
BELT CONVEYOR - EXAMPLES
00.0
065/
0
Belt conveyor with
drive roller
Belt conveyor angeled
Special conveyor
with inbuilt demagnetizer
Conveyor
with nosebar
465
BELT CONVEYOR - EXAMPLES
Roller conveyor with

pneumatic stoppers
Conveyor for
food-industry
Belt conveyor
with vacuum grip
Special conveyor
BELT CONVEYOR - SERIES 45

The belt conveyor module in our MiniTec CADmenue construction software designs your belt conveyor automatically according to your requirements. Furthermore it calculates the deflection, suggests the number of
supports and generates the perspective part list - within a few minutes. Assembly can be carried out quickly
and easily as a result of our proven components.
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
Belt driving cylinder
50 mm
Covered flanged motor
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
50 mm
Center drive (Direct drive)

- Belt width max. 300 mm
with nosebar
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
- Belt width max. 800 mm

with cylinder 50
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
467

50 mm or 70 mm
Center drive 3 Wheels System

Belt width max. 800 mm
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
Cylinder 50 mm
or nosebar
Cylinder drive
Belt width min. 260 mm
Belt width max. 500 mm
max. length 2000 mm
max. load 20 kg

50 mm
Subconstructions
Height-adjustable
Standard
one foot
Conveyor belts - Standard

Belt PVC, black, smooth, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/1
Belt PVC, green, grip, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/2
Belt PVC, green, grip, adhesive, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/3
Belt PVC, green, smooth, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/4
Belt PU, blue, smooth
Part N 29.5019/5
Belt PU, white, smooth, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/6
Belt PVC, white, smooth, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/7
Belt PU, green, smooth, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/8
Belt fabric, white, antistatic
Part N 29.5019/9
Calculation of endless length EL:
For cylinder 45: EL = 2 x A + 165 mm

For cylinder 90: EL = 2 x A + 305 mm
Conveyor belt - Special

Special belt at customer specification
Part N 29.5019/0
Example - Series 90
V-Ledge
Welded on cams
Corrugated edge
469
LATERAL
GUIDE
00.0
064/
0
CONVEYOR 45 AND 90
Short
Long
ROLLER CONVEYOR WITHOUT DRIVE
Low
High
INQUIRY STANDARD BELT CONVEYOR 45

Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
Belt width L
mm
Lmax see page 4
Operating conditions
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
Charging side height He
mm
Discharging side height Ha
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
Height adjustable sup. from
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Angle bracket for floor fastening
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
short
long
Options
Conveyor belt
Supporting sheet
Part N
Aluminium
Inox
Drive
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Flanged motor
Cylinder motor
Center drive (Directdrive)

Center drive 3-Wheels System
Speed
m/min.
Adjustable speed from
m/min. to
m/min.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
471
INQUIRY NOSEBAR CONVEYOR

Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
Belt width L
mm (max. 300mm)
Type with nosebar

Weight/piece
kg
one side
Total belt load
kg
both sides
Temperature
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
short
long
Options
Conveyor belt
Supporting sheet
Drive
Motor arrangement
Part N
Aluminium
Inox
nosebar (one side)
nosebar (both sides )
Plug-on motor
Center drive
3 Wheels-System
Flanged motor
Center drive
(Directdrive)
Speed
m/min.
m/min. to
m/min.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail

The belt conveyor module in our MiniTec CADmenue construction software designs your belt conveyor automatically according to your requirements. Furthermore it calculates the deflection, suggests the number of
supports and generates the correct parts list - within a few minutes. Assembly can be carried out quickly and
easily as a result of our proven components.
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Cylinder 95 mm
Belt driving cylinder 95 mm
Covered flanged motor

Cylinder 95 mm

95 mm
Subconstructions
Height-adjustable
Standard
473

Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
Belt width L
mm
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
short
Options
Conveyor belt
Supporting sheet
Part N
Aluminium
Inox
Drive
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Speed
m/min.
m/min. to
Flanged motor
m/min.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
long
CONVEYORS ROLLER CONVEYOR

r oyevnoc r e l l oR
00.0
064/
0
ROLLER CONVEYOR
475
ROLLER
00.0 CONVEYOR WITHOUT DRIVE
064/
0
Transport roller
with slide bearing
Profile
45 x 45
45 x 90
Transport roller
Bearing
Tube length L
max. tube length L
PVC tube
AL tube
Steel tube
600
1000
1000
mm
mm
mm
Transport roller S
with roller bearing

Subconstructions
Height-adjustable
Standard
Examples
477
INQUIRY
00.0
064/
0
Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
Roller distance
mm
Roller width L
mm
Profile
45 x 45
45 x 90
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Distance A
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Lateral guide 45 x 45
without
low
variable
Lateral guide 45 x 90
without
high
variable
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
Options
Roller material
PVC
AL
Bearings
slide bearing
roller bearing
Steel
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
ROLLER CONVEYOR WITH DRIVE

Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
with motor outside

and chain tensioner
Max. load:
max. 40 kg/roller
max. 300kg/drive
with motor inside
Tubelengthn L
max. tube length L
Available roller types

PVC tube
AL tube
Steel tube
600
1000
1000
mm
mm
mm
fixed drive
friction drive
friction drive adjustable
Lateral guide
Without
Variable
Unterkonstruktion
Height-adjustable
Standard
479
INQUIRY ROLLER CONVEYOR WITH DRIVE

Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
Roller distance
mm
Roller width B
mm
Construction
one side
both sides
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
Height H
mm
Distance A
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
long
Drive
Speed
m/min.
m/min. to
m/min.
Motor arrangement
inside
outside
Plug-on motor
with chain tensioner
Options
Material of roller
PVC
AL
for accumulation
Steel
VA
fixed drive
(Rollers with fixed drive and accumulation can be mixed)
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
CONVEYORS TIMING BELT CONVEYOR

r oyevno c t l eb gn imi T
00.0
065/
0
TIMING BELT CONVEYOR
481
TIMING BELT CONVEYOR 32
00.0
065/
0
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Flanged motor
Central drive
Subconstructions
Height-adjustable
Standard
00.0
065/
0
Example timing belt conveyor
single lane with variable strut
four lanes with standard strut
Examples
483
INQUIRY
00.0 TIMING BELT CONVEYOR 32, STANDARD
064/
0
Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
External distance
timing belt L
mm
single lane
belt width
multi-track
32 (both sides fabric)
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
Lateral guide
one side
both sides
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Wheels
Part N
Feet
Part N
short
long
Options
Special coatings for timing belt
Drive
Motor arrangement
Plug-on motor
Speed
m/min.
m/min. to
Flanged motor
Central drive
m/min.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
CONVEYORS CLEAN ROOM CONVEYORS

s r oye vnoc moor nae l C
00.0
064/
0
CLEAN ROOM
CONVEYORS
485
MINITEC CLEAN ROOM CONVEYORS

FOR PHOTOVOLTAICS
00.0
065/
0
The flexible MiniTec conveyor technology program has already been proven for many years in all branches of
industry with exactly matched solutions. Building on these solutions, we have developed a clean room timing
belt conveyor and had it tested by Fraunhofer IPA.
Due to consistent, rational, economic thinking, our standard timing belt conveyor technology can be used with
only slight changes in clean rooms with DIN EN ISO 14644-1 air cleanliness classifications up to 6. The highest
economy and recognised quality with complete compatibility with all components of the MiniTec profile
system are also a matter of course for this product line.
Technical data:
-
Basic structure of profile 45 or 45 x 90 and 90 x 90

Width of timing belt 32 mm or 60 mm
Timing belt with 2 mm polyurethane coating for the transport of glass
Clean room motor with Spiroplan gears
Frequency converter to set the belt speed
Axis offsets and belt width arbitrary
Compensation for floor unevenness
Options:
- Base frame of closed profiles
- Timing belt coating available in yellow or grey
INQUIRY
TIMING BELT CONVEYOR CLEAN ROOM
00.0
064/
0
Standard dimension
Axial distance A
mm
External distance
timing belt L
mm
Number of lanes
piece
32 mm
basement of profile 45
60 mm
basement of profile 45x90 + 90x90
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Number of supports
Pcs.
Part N 21.1112/0
Floor anchor 12
Part N 21.1115/0
Feet
Part N
Options
Colour timing
belt
yellow
grey
Profile closed t-slots
yes
no
Drive
Motor arrangement
cleanroom motor spiroplan
Speed
Frequency transformer
m/min.
yes
no
m/m in. to
m/min.
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
487
CONVEYORS CONVEYOR 48
84 r oyevnoC
00.0
065/
0
CONVEYOR 48
CONVEYOR 48 - THE 48 HOURS PROGRAM
00.0
065/
0
The flexible MiniTec conveyor technology program has already been proven for many years in all branches of
industry with exactly matched solutions. Numerous jobs are solved economically with standard conveyors.
Here the time factor also plays a decisive role.
We can deliver selected types of conveyors within 48 hours through consistent standardisation and extremely
rational production. The highest economy and recognised quality with complete compatibility with all components of the MiniTec profile system are also a matter of course for this product line.
Technical Data:
- Basic construction made of profile 45x45 F
- Cylinder 50 mm, steel, zinc plated
- Supporitng Sheet:
Aluminium, anodized, 2 mm
- Plug in motors with spiroplan gearbox can be configured in various gear reductions
- Underframes in standard design or height adjustable available
Options:
- Lateral guides with adjustable holders
- Frequency converter to set the belt speed
489
CONVEYOR 48 - OPTIONS
1. Basic construction Conveyor 48

Standard dimensions: 150 / 200 / 300 / 400 mm
Axial distance selectable from 500 to 6000 mm
2. Subconstruction
Without subconstruction or with standard or height-adjustable ( 100 mm).
Number of bearings: up to axial distance 2 m
from axial distance 2 m
per 1 m extension
Without
2 piece
3 piece
+ 1 piece
Standard
Height-adjustable
3. Belts - Conveyor 48
Belts:
Belt PVC, black, smooth, antistatic, -10 bis +90C

Belt PU, white, smooth,appropriate to foods , -20 bis +110C
Belt PU, green, smooth, antistatic, -20 bis +110C
Belt fabric, white, antistatic, -20 bis +60C
4. Lateral guide
Short
Long
00.0
065/
0
5. Motor arrangement
Motor spiroplan
Motor selection table
Power
W
90
90
90

75
60
39
Conveyor rate
ca. m/min
2,6
3,4
5,1
Rpm
17
22
33
120
120
120
120
19,5
16,5
10,25
8,2
10,5
12,4
19,9
24,9
67
79
127
159
1/min
1/min
1/min
Drive
torgue
20 Nm
18 Nm
15 Nm
Load
kg
70
60
50
1/min
1/min
1/min
1/min
13
11
7,7
6,3
50
50
40
30
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
6. Frequency transformer FU 370 PP
Built in On/Off key

1Q mode of operation
Mains overvoltage/ undervoltage monitoring device
Motor load monitoring
Short circuit monitoring phase/ phase, phase/ground
Adjustable acceleration and deceleration ramp
Adjustable voltage increase for low initial frequency
2 m mains cable with shock-proof plug
Main power connection line with ground protected 230V plug and
motor cable 110 CY, 2m length
- EMC filter class B
- IP 55/ Nema- 12 housing
- Standard equipped with an operating device that enables operation and
drive setup without additional devices.
Output motor
Input mains
General Data
Max. motor output
0,37 kW
Nominal output current
2,1 A
Output voltage
3 x 0...230 V
Overload
150%/1min
Nominal voltage
230 V
Input current
6,7 A
Mains frequency
50 - 60 Hz
Ambient temperature
0 - 40C
Heat loss is a nominal rating
11 W
Dimensions H/ B/ T
200 x 140 x 165 mm
491
INQUIRY - CONVEYOR 48
Standard dimension
Axial distance A
Belt width L
mm
150 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
Weight/piece
kg
Total belt load
kg
Temperature
Subconstructions
mm
mm
Type
Without
Belts
PVC, black
Standard
Height-adjustable
PU, green
PU, white, appropriate for food-industry
Lateral guide
one side
Support/side
both side
short
Belt fabric, white
long
piece
Drive
Motor arrangement/Plug-on motor
right
left
Conveyor speed
2,6 m/min
3,4 m/min
5,1 m/min
10,5 m/min
12,4 m/min
19,9 m/min
24,9 m/min
Frequency transformer
yes
no
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
CONVEYORS COMPONENTS
s t nenopmoC
00.0
065/
0
CONVEYORS
COMPONENTS
493
CONVEYOR BEARING 45

- Self-aligning ball bearing with 17 mm,
both sides sealed
- Weight
Part. N 21.0993/0
APPLICATIONS
- Bearing for belt-tensioning cylinders
ASSEMBLY
- Pretighten at the profile groove

- If swivel plates Part N 29.5001/0 for
support fastening are used, they serve as
counter bearing for tightening purpose; if
not, use multiblock or angles
0,275 kg
- Version in aluminium GD, with stainless

bearing and fixing kit, conveyor bearing
45 H, Part N 21.0993/5
- Stainless version, conveyor bearing
45 VA, Part N 21.0979/0
- Tighten the conveyor belt by unscrewing

the set screw, if necessary reset the tool
- Firmly tighten the conveyor bearing
(Recommended locking torque: 25 Nm)
- Recommended tube length:

max. 1000 mm
CONVEYOR BEARING 45 WITH BORE

- With bore for shaft end (add on motor)
both sides sealed
- Weight
0,268 kg
- Version in aluminium GD, with stainless

bearing and fixing kit, conveyor bearing
45 H, Part N 21.0993/6
- Stainless version, conveyor bearing
45 VA with bore, Part N 21.0980/0
- Weight
0,681 kg
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.0993/1
ASSEMBLY
- Bearing for belt-tensioning cylinders
- Pretighten at the profile groove
- Attachment of plug-on motors or chain

wheels on shaft; max. 17 mm

support fastening are used, they serve as
CONVEYOR BEARING 45 FOR PLUG ON MOTOR
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec belt-conveyors with plug on

motor (hollow shaft)

both sides sealed
- With thread M8 for torque support
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,269 kg
CONVEYOR BEARING 45 - 20

- Self aligning bearing with bore diameter
20 mm, sealed on both sides
Part. N 29.5029/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten the torque support on thread M8

- Preassemble conveyor bearing at profile
end
floor fastening are used, they serve as
Part. N 21.0917/0
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec belt conveyor for push-on

motors with hollow shafts diameter 20 in
connection with torque support
Part N 29.0536/0 or 29.0537/0 and
cylinder Part N 29.0524/0
ASSEMBLY
- First mount the conveyor bearing on the

end of the profile
- Tighten the conveyor bearing
(recommended torque: 25 Nm)
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,574 kg
495
BELT TENSIONING CYLINDER 45
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec belt conveyor system
- Turned spherically
- Use suitable conveyor bearing

Part N 21.0993/0
- Journal 17
- Weight
14,8 kg/m
Part. N 21.0994/1
ASSEMBLY
- Insert the axle in the conveyor bearing

assembly bore
- The cylinder is fixed axially by the selfaligning ball bearings
- The self-aligning ball bearings
compensate light misalignments
- Please specify dimension L (belt width)
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 45
Part. N 21.0995/0
APPLICATIONS

Part N 21.0993/0
- Journal max. 17
- Weight
15,3 kg/m
- Please indicate belt width L and

dimensions A, B, C, D and E
(if > 17 mm)
ASSEMBLY
- Insert belt driving cylinder in conveyor

bearing with bore Part N 21.0993/1
- Mount on opposite conveyor bearing
Part N 29.5042/0
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 45 FOR PLUG-ON MOTOR D14
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 29.5023/0
ASSEMBLY
- MiniTec belt conveyor systems DSGM

with torque support
- Insert the belt driving cylinder in the

conveyor bearing for plug-on motor
- Suitable for MiniTec plug-on motor with

torque support
- Mount the conveyor bearing

Part N 29.5042/0 on the opposite side
- Axle 14, driving side suitable for
fastening the plug-on motor
- Weight
15,3 kg/m
APPLICATIONS
- MiniTec belt conveyor systems DSGM

with torque support Wa 20 and WA 30
fastening the plug-on motor
- Weight
- Suitable for MiniTec plug-on motor with

torque support type 90
Part. N 29.5042/0
ASSEMBLY

conveyor bearing for plug-on motor 4520 Part-N 21.0917/0
15,3 kg/m
497
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 45 FOR MOTOR KIT
Part. N 29.5022/0
APPLICATIONS
- Can only be used with the MiniTec belt

conveyor kit
ASSEMBLY

bearing housing on the motor side

fastening the chain wheel of motor
fastening kit
- Weight

15,3 kg/m
MOTOR ATTACHMENT KIT 45 16
Part. N 29.5030/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Motor plate and cover, steel, powder

coated, grey
- Belt-conveyors made of MiniTec

aluminium profiles
- Screw flange plate on basic frame; mount

housing with bearing
- Housing with self aligning
- Suitable for attachment of spur wheel

back-geared motors; flange 120 mm
- Insert belt driving cylinder; mount use

conveyor bearing Part N 21.0993/0 on
the opposite side
- Chain wheel bored for motor-shaft 16

- 2 chain wheels with driving chain
- Belt driving cylinder Part N 29.5022/0

and belt tensioning cylinder Part N
21.0994/0
- Mount motor and chain wheels and

tension chain
- Fastening kit
- Mount cover
- Weight
3,06 kg
Part. N 29.5031/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

coated, grey

aluminium profiles


- Insert belt driving cylinder; on the

opposite side use conveyor bearing
Part N 21.0993/0
- Chain wheel bored for motor-shaft 16

- 2 chain wheels with driving chain
- Belt driving cylinder Part N 29.5022/0

and belt tensioning cylinder
Part N 21.0994/0
- Mount motor and chain wheels and

tension chain
- Fastening kit
- Mount cover
- Weight
3,06 kg
CONVEYOR BEARING 90

both sides sealed
- Weight
Part. N 21.0985/0
APPLICATIONS
- Bearing of belt-tensioning cylinders 90 in

MiniTec belt-conveyors
ASSEMBLY

end
- As counter bearing for tightening of
connection plate 32 x 90 or 45 x 90
0,9 kg
the set screw, if necessary reset the tool as
often as needed
499
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 21.0985/1
ASSEMBLY
- Bearing of belt driving cylinders in

MiniTec belt-conveyors

end
- Attachment of motors or chain wheels, or

belt pulleys on shaft; max. 25 mm
- As counter bearing for tightening of

connection plate 32 x 90 or 45 x 90
- With bore for shaft end (add on motor)

both sides sealed
- Weight

the set screw, if necessary reset the tool as
often as needed
0,9 kg

APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium with shaft made of steel

Part N 21.0985/0
- Axle 25
- Weight
15,8 kg/m
Part. N 21.0982/0
ASSEMBLY
- Insert axes in the bore of the self-aligning

bearings of the conveyor bearing
- The cylinder is fixed axially by the selfaligning ball bearings
Part. N 21.0981/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium with shaft made of steel

Part N 21.0985/0 and Part N 21.0985/1
- Axle 25
- Weight
16,2 kg/m
ASSEMBLY
- Insert belt driving cylinder in conveyor

bearing with bore Part N 21.0985/1
- Mount on opposite conveyor bearing
Part N 21.0985/0

as well as dimensions A, B, C, D and E
(if > 25 mm)
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 90 FOR MOTOR KIT 90
- MiniTec belt conveyor system with motor

kit 90 Part N 29.5031/0 and drum
bearing Part N 21.0985/0
ASSEMBLY

bearing housing on the motor side
- Axle 20
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 29.5069/0
15,3 kg/m
501
MOTOR KIT 90
Part. N 29.5060/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

coated, grey

aluminium profiles


- Mount motor and tension timing belt
- Belt driving cylinder 20

- Timing belt 32 AT 10
- Insert belt driving cylinder; mount

conveyor bearing Part N 21.0985/0 on
the opposite side
- Fastening kit
- Mount cover
- Weight
6,3 kg
TORQUE SUPPORT WA 20
Part. N 29.5036/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Torque support steel, powder coated grey
- Minitec belt conveyors
- Fix torque support onto motor
- Fastening kit for type 90
- Attachment of plug-on motor DSGM 180

and DSGM 250 for MiniTec belt
conveyors 90
- Attach motor on belt driving cylinder
- Type 90: Use suitable belt driving cylinder

Part N 29.5035/0 and conveyor bearing
Part N 21.0985/1
- Type 45: use screw M8x20 (no shipment)
- Weight
0,432 kg

Part N 21.0917/0
- Fasten torque support
Part. N 29.5037/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Torque support steel, powder coated grey
- MiniTec belt conveyors
- Fasten torque support onto motor
- Fastening kit for type 90
- Attachment of plug-on motor DSGM 180

and DSGM 250 for MiniTec belt
conveyors 90
- Attach motor on belt driving cylinder

Part N 21.0985/1
- Type 45: use screw M8x20 (no shipment)
- Weight
0,516 kg
- Fasten torque support

Part N 29.50421/0 and conveyor
bearing Part N 21.0917/0
DRUM BEARING LEFT KNIFE EDGE
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 29.5312/0
ASSEMBLY
- Knife edge return shaft bearing
- Use fastening kit
- Deep groove ball bearing with 8 bore
- For small transport goods and light loads
- Align shaft exactly with angle to avoid

offset for the bearing

- Weight
0,375 kg/m
503
DRUM BEARING RIGHT KNIFE EDGE
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 29.5311/0
ASSEMBLY
- Knife edge return shaft bearing
- Use fastening kit
- Deep groove ball bearing with 8 bore
- Align shaft exactly with angle to avoid

offset for the bearing

- Weight
0,375 kg/m
RETURN SHAFT 16 KNIFE EDGE
APPLICATIONS
- Steel
- Return shaft for knife edge belt
- Not spherical
- Shaft journal 8
- Weight
1,578 kg/m
- Please specify dimension L (belt width),

max. 300 mm
Part. N 29.5313/0
ASSEMBLY
- Align shaft exactly with bracket to avoid

misalignment for the bearing
CENTER DRIVE - 3 WHEELS SYSTEM
- Weight
0,820 kg/m
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 29.5260/0
ASSEMBLY
- Space saving drive
- First install sheets
- Ball bearings on both sides
- Motor below conveyor
- Assemble driving drum, tensioning drive

and bearing housing
- Suitable for nosebar on both ends

- Assemble sprocked wheel, chain and
motor. Adjust belt-tension after that
- Part. N 29.5260/0
Weight with drive 50: 50,800 kg/m
- Part. N 29.5261/0
Weight with drive 70: 70,566 kg/m
SWIVEL PLATE
Part. N 29.5001/0
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of the sub-construction on

MiniTec belt conveyor
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten at the conveyor profiles at the

subconstruction with fastening kit
- Fastening kit
- Also suitable for inclined belt conveyors
- Weight
0,377 kg
- The swivel plate is also used as a

counterbearing to tighten the belt
- Range 35
505
LATERAL GUIDE SUPPORT 70
- PA 6 GF, grey
Part. N 29.5025/0
APPLICATIONS
- Adjustable lateral guides for MiniTec belt

conveyors
- Distance bolt, stainless steel
- Fastening kit
0,137 kg
- PA 6 GF, grey
APPLICATIONS
- Adjustable lateral guides for MiniTec belt

conveyors
- Distance bolt, stainless steel
Part. N 29.5028/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fasten support on lateral profiles

- Set the height H and tighten the screws
- We recommend: approx. 500 mm

distance between the supports
- Anti-torsion device AL GD
- Fastening kit
- Mount the lateral guide Part N 29.5034/0

- Adjust lateral distance bolt
- Weight
- Fasten support on lateral profiles

- Set the height H and tighten the screws
- We recommend: approx. 500 mm

distance between the supports
- Anti-rotation device AL GD
- Weight
ASSEMBLY
- Mount the lateral guide Part N 29.5034/0

- Adjust lateral distance bolt
0,142 kg
LATERAL GUIDE
Part. N 29.5034/0
APPLICATIONS
- Adjustable lateral guide for conveyors
- Sliding profile PE
- Recommended length: axial distance

A + 40 mm
- Weight
0,551 kg/m
- Length
6m
SUPPORITNG SHEET
ASSEMBLY
- Slide the M8 square nuts with position

fixing Part N 29.5025/0 into the groove
- Screw the lateral guide on the distance
bolt
Part. N 29.5010/0
APPLICATIONS
- Aluminium, anodized
- Support for conveyor belts
- Thickness: 2 mm
- For MiniTec conveyor systems
ASSEMBLY
- Screw with counter sunk screws M6 x 16

and square nut M6 on profile
- bored, ready-for-use
- Weight
5,4 kg/m
507
T-SLOT MAGNET
- 1 Magnet zinc plated

263 kJ/m3

Part. N 21.0023/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Below conveyors as guidance, for

magnetic transported material or higher
conveyor speeds
- For fixing: (highly recommended)

Use end cap AL, set screw with square nut
or t-slot bar
955 kA/m

- Weight
0,13 kg

SUPPORT ROLLER KIT
Part. N 29.5002/0
APPLICATIONS
- Support roller kit, PVC
- Ball bearings on both sides
- As a support for the lower side of long

belt conveyors
ASSEMBLY
- Preassemble the profile roller support on

the conveyor supports; use the angles
- Clip the support roller fastening kit
- Two profile supports

- We recommend to install one support
roller for each intermediate support on
the belt conveyor
- 2 mounting angles
- Fastening kit
- Weight
0,487 kg
- Use this support roller kit only with belt

width > 115 mm
- Slide the roller in appropriate position and

tighten the screws
TRANSPORT ROLLER PVC
- Completely mounted transport roller,

PVC-tube
Part. N 21.1717/0
APPLICATIONS
- Production of roller conveyors with or

without drive
ASSEMBLY
- Clip in roller support

- As roller support we recommend door
catch Part N 21.1756/1
20 kg
- Inquiry compact circiut 180
TRANSPORT ROLLER AL

Alu-tube
- Please indicate dimension L
Part. N 21.1716/0
APPLICATIONS
- Production of roller conveyors with or

without drive
ASSEMBLY

509
TRANSPORT ROLLER S PVC

PVC-tube
Part. N 21.1719/0
APPLICATIONS
- Production of roller conveyors without

drive
ASSEMBLY

- With ball bearings and shaft

TRANSPORT ROLLER S AL

Alu-tube
- With ball bearings and shaft
Part. N 21.1718/0
APPLICATIONS
- Production of roller conveyors without

drive
ASSEMBLY

TUBE AL 50 X 2
Part. N 20.1041/0
- AlMgSi 0,5 F22, natural
APPLICATIONS
- Transport rollers at any length for driven

or non-driven roller conveyors

max. 1000 mm
- Weight
0,820 kg/m
- Length
6m
ASSEMBLY
- Use bearing assembly S Part N 21.1722/0

or bearing assembly for transport roller
Part N 21.1056/0
- Please indicate needed tube length
TUBE PVC 50 X 2
- PVC, blue
Part. N 20.1050/0
APPLICATIONS

- Recommended tube length: max. 1000

mm
- Weight
0,420 kg/m
- Length
3m
ASSEMBLY

Part N 21.1056/0
511
BEARING ASSEMBLY FOR TRANSPORT ROLLERS
APPLICATIONS
- housing PA with slide-bearing
- Roller conveyors at any length
- Axle bolt, steel
- Drive via round belt 5 mm possible
- Roller support, PA 6
- The rollers can be replaced individually
Part. N 21.1056/0
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment of the roller support on all

profiles possible
- Mount roller support
- Press bearing assembly into the tube
- Fastening kit
- Insert axle bolt
- For transport rollers of 60 - 1000 mm
- Weight
0,42 kg
20 kg
BEARING ASSEMBLY S
Part. N 21.1722/0
APPLICATIONS
- Housing steel with ball bearing
- Roller conveyors at any length
- Securing clip, steel
- The rollers can be replaced individually
ASSEMBLY
- Attachment of the roller support on all

profiles possible
- Mount roller carrier
- Roller support, PA 6
- Press bearing assembly into the tube
- Fastening kit
- Clip in transport roller
- For transport rollers of 60 - 1000 mm
- Weight
0,42 kg
max. 33 kg
DRIVING BELT NBR
- NBR, black
Part. N 21.1050/1
APPLICATIONS
- Attachment of transport rollers at

insufficient places via groove in bearing
assembly from roller to roller
- = 5 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Insert belt in groove of the first roller and

clip roller in the bearing
- Strip belt over second roller and clip in
roller support
- A = 80 mm
- For other lengths see selection table on
the right
DRIVING BELT PU
- PU, green
APPLICATIONS
- Drive of transport rollers via groove in

bearing assembly
- = 5 mm
- Length
Part. N 21.1050/7
ASSEMBLY
- Strip driving belt over driving shaft

- Lay driving belt in groove of transport
550 mm
- Bind rollers at insufficient places with

driving belt NBR Part N 21.1050/1 to
Part N 21.1050/6
513
SUPPORT BEARING 20
- Housing, steel, zinc plated
Part. N 50.0128/0
APPLICATIONS
- Driving of roller-conveyors with driving

bellts
- Fastening kit
ASSEMBLY

- Lead shaft trough bearing and secure
with set screw
- Bore 20 mm
- stat. Co =
6350 N
- dyn. C =
13000 N
- Weight
0,19 kg
SPACER 39
Part. N 22.1197/0
TECHN. DATEN / ITEMS SUPPLIED
- Spacer 39, PP black
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For manufacturing roller conveyors with

equal pitch spacing
- Push in groove, alternating spacer and

conveyor roller
- Suitable for all system grooves
- Clamp the first and the last spacer
- For shaft 8 mm
- Weight
0,002 kg
- Possible pitch 40 und 79
SPACER 44
Part. N 22.1198/0
TECHN. DATEN / ITEMS SUPPLIED
- Spacer 44, PP black
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- For manufacturing roller conveyors with

equal pitch spacing
- Push in groove, alternating spacer and

conveyor roller
- Suitable for all system grooves
- Clamp the first and the last spacer
- For shaft 8 mm
- Weight
0,003 kg
- Possible pitch 45 und 89
515
CONVEYORS TRANSFER SYSTEM

met s yS r e f s n ar T
00.0
065/
0
00.0
064/
0
TRANSFERSYSTEM TSG
TRANSFERSYSTEM
TSG
00.0
064/
0
Modular - Economical - Sturdy
Flexibility in production is gaining more and more importance. Fast and easy adaptation to product development and changed market demands are a decisive factor for success. The TSG transfer system is in keeping with this trend. All the advantages of our construction kit system for machine construction and the
precision of our linear system are used in this system. The TSG is completely compatible with the tried and
tested MiniTec profile system with workstations, protective devices, conveyor systems, handling equipment,
etc. Manual stations and complex automated processes can be achieved cost-effectively with the TSG transfer system.
The TSG consists of standardized modules that can be combined in any number of ways to create tailormade systems.
Robust 25 T5 timing belts with steel reinforcement allow continuous use without the need for re-tensioning. The TSG transfer systems can be supplied as modules for assembly by the customer or as ready-to-use
systems including commissioning. We can also take care of the design and layout of the system in accordance with customer specifications. For simple requirements, the checklists in the appendix to this catalog
can be used.
Technical Data:
Speed:
11 m/min
Motor nominal power:
120 W
Nominal voltage
without frequency converter:
400 V/50 Hz
Nominal voltage
with frequency converter:
230 V/50 Hz
Nominal current:
0,29 A
Drive speed:
64 1/min
Drive torque:
13 Nm
Permissible load of conveyor section: 1710 N

Ambient temperature:
0-50 C
Other driving speeds are possible (5,5 - 21 m/min) .

Consequently the max loads are between 890 N and 3000 N.
517
SYSTEM CONCEPTS
Vertical circuit
Advantage: low space requirement

Basic loop 90
Advantage: low investment, simple assembly, minimal control requirements
Compact circuit 180
Advantage: low space requirement and investment, easy assembly,

minimal control requirements
U-circuit with lifting station
Advantage: very accessible, optimal use of surface area
Double-U circuit
Advantage: optimal use of area, accessibility to entire conveyor line

Shunt
Advantage: Diversion from main cyclel, great flexibility for adaptation

and capacity
Combination of different variants
Advantage: optimal use of space, accessibility to entire conveyor line
519
BASIC LINE 200
- Profile 45 x 90, anodized, E6/EV1 with

4 intregrated pneumatic lines
- Slide strip, PE, black, highly abrasion
resistant, Lmax: 2 m
- Cover profile for belt with clip attachment
- Track width: 200 mm
- Line length according to specification
- Ix =
112,823 cm3
- Iy =
28,526 cm3
- Weight
3,667 kg/m
- Line length min.

- Line length max.
270 mm
4000 mm
Part. N 43.0020/0
APPLICATIONS
- Use in all TSG transfer systems
- Bolt basic line with supports
- Max. line load depends on drive concept

(see table "Technical Data")
- After attachment of drive unit, diversions

and timing belts, clip cover profile onto
underside of profile
- When exceeding the total load per

section please devide into several sections
BASIC MODULE 200
- Drive unit with intregrated belt tensioners

comprising 2 belt drives with connecting
shaft and 1 motor
- 4 timing belt reverse units for 25 T5
timing belt
ASSEMBLY
- Free profile grooves for attaching

stoppers, sensors, switches, ect. With
standard screws
Part. N 43.0010/0
APPLICATIONS
- All TSG transfer systems with 25 T5

timing belt
ASSEMBLY
- Remove drive unit cover

- Screw drive unit securely with attachment
set centrally on the bottom of the basic
line
- Remove covers from reverse units
- Attach reverse units with profile
connectors to ends of the basic line
- Insert timing belt
- Install cover of drive units and reverse
units
- Tighten timing belt
- Easy re-tightening of timing belt at drive
unit, without prior disassembly, also
during operation
BASIC LINE VARIABLE
Part. N 43.0020/0
- Profile 45 x 90, anodized, E6/EV1 with 4

intregrated pneumatic lines
- Slide strip, PE, black, highly
abrasionresistant, Lmax: 2 m
- Cover profile for belt with clip attachment
- Track width: 200 mm
- Line length according to specification
- Ix
- Iy
APPLICATIONS
- Use in all TSG transfer systems
- Bolt basic line with supports
- Max. line load depends on drive concept

(see table "Technical Data")
- After attachment of drive unit, diversions

and timing belts, clip cover profile onto
underside of profile
- When exceeding the total load per

section please devide into several sections
112,823 cm
28,526 cm
- Weight
3,667 kg/m
- Line length min.

- Line length max.
270 mm
4000 mm
- Drive unit with intregrated belt tensioners

comprising 2 belt drives with connecting
shaft and 1 motor
- 4 timing belt reverse units for 25 T5
timing belt
- Free profile grooves for attaching

stoppers, sensors, switches, ect. With
standard screws
- Base frames, 90 units and workpiece tray
on request
BASIC MODULE VARIABLE
ASSEMBLY
Part. N 43.0011/0
APPLICATIONS
- All TSG transfer systems with 25 T5

timing belt
- Width according to dimension L of basic
line
ASSEMBLY
- Remove drive unit cover

- Screw drive unit securely with attachment
set centrally on the bottom of the basic line
- Remove covers from reverse units
- Attach reverse units with profile connectors
to ends of the basic line
- Insert timing belt
- Install cover of drive units and reverse units
- Easy re-tightening of timing belt at drive
unit, without prior disassembly, also during
operation
- Base frames, 90 units and workpiece tray
on request
521
BASIC BASEFRAME 200
Part. N 43.0030/0
- Profile 45 x 45 F, completely assembled

- with fastening kit for connection with
basic line
APPLICATIONS
- Substructure for transfer systems with

standard working height of 950 mm
ASSEMBLY
- Assemble transverse profile with

mounting angles at lower profile groove
between basic line
- Suitable for track width 200

- Secure to floor with angles and floor
anchors, see page 144, 148
- 4 height-adjustable feet
- Create longer lines with additional addon
suports
- Height 895 mm for standard working
height of 950 mm
- Length 755 mm for line length of
1000 mm
EXTENSION BASEFRAME 200
- Profile 45 x 45 F, completely assembled
Part. N 43.0040/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Substructure for transfer systems with

standard working height of 950 mm
- Create lengthwise connection with base

support
- 2 adjustable feet
- Assemble transverse profile L= 120 mm

with attachment angles at lower profile
groove between basic line
- Height 895 mm for standard working

height of 950 mm
- Secure to floor with angles and floor

anchors, see page 144, 148
- with fastening kit for connection with

basic line and base support
CURVE 90 200
- 2 crossbars from profile 45 x45
Part. N 43.0051/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY

Part N 21.1056/0
- 1) Curve 90 left Part N 43.0051/0

- Cover , AL
- Install friction wheel at timing belt reverse

unit (on the feed side in transport
direction)
- Fastening kit
- Assemble corners with curvilinear guide
- Friction wheel with drive roller

- Curvilinear guide made of PE
- 2) Curve 90 right Part N 43.0050/0
- Fasten on cover
CURVE 180 200
- 1 transverse line with drive module,

motor assembled
Part. N 43.0061/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- No separation before the curve required
- 1) Curve 180 left Part N 43.0061/0
- Manufacture of compact transfer systems,

shunts and combined system concepts
- 2) Curve 180 right Part N 430060/0
- Corners 180 with curvilinear guide of PE

- 2-part cover
- Install friction wheel at timing belt reverse

unit (on the feed side in transport
direction)
- Friction wheel drive roller

- Fastening kit
- Assemble corner 180 with curvilinear

guide
- Install transverse line with assembled
drive module
- Fasten on cover
523
STOPPER
Part. N 43.1510/0
- Pneumatically actuated
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Separation of workpiece trays before

infeed and discharge, lift or lift stations
- Screw onto inside of transport line at

upper profile groove
- Control of priorities in WT flow
- Make connection to air supply
- PE housing, black
- Stop pins 12 mm of tempered stainless
steel
- Position can be adjusted horizontally
- Cylinder and valves integrated
- Seperation of trays by combination of 2

stoppers
- Prepared for connection to internal air

supply
PROXIWITHY SWITCH
Part. N 43.0090/0
APPLICATIONS
- PNP "closer"
- Switching operations
- Switching distance 4 mm
- Control of system states bevor lift stations

and stoppers
- Cubic, plastic PBTp

- Operating voltage (V)
- Continuous current load
- Protection degree
Okt 36 DC
250 mA
IP 67
ASSEMBLY
- Screw onto inside of transport line at

upper profile groove
- Position can be adjusted horizontally
SWITCH UNIT OUT 200
- Carrier profile 45 x 45
- WT-guide, PE
- Cover AL
- Friction wheel
- 2 Pneumatic cylinders
- 4 corners 180
Part. N 43.0073/0
APPLICATIONS
- Divert workpiece trays from basic circuit

to secondary lines
- Separation of work procedures from
machine cycle
- Inserting further processing stations
- Forming storage units
- When discharge is active, WT is diverted
from the line by 90 into a transverse
transport. The orientation of the WT is not
changed
- If the chute is inactive, the WT remains in
the basic circuit
- Status query of the chute via the sensor
- suitable for track width 200
ASSEMBLY
- 1) Switch unit left Part N 43.0073/0

- 2) Switch unit right Part N 43.0072/0
- Install friction wheel on belt return unit (in
transport direction, on the longer side of
the line)
- Install pneumatic cylinder
- Attach curve guide
- Screw on cover
- Connect transverse transport with corners
and aling
- Connect pneumatic cylinder to
compressed air supply
- Fastening kit
SWITCH UNIT IN 200
- Carrier profile 45 x 45
- WT-guide 2-piece, PE
- Cover PE
- Friction wheel with drive roller
- 2 Pneumatic cylinders
- 4 corners 180
Part. N 43.0071/0
APPLICATIONS
- Feed WHs from secondary lines back into

the basic circuit.
- Separation of work procedures from
machine cycle
- Inserting further processing stations
- Forming storage units
- If infeed in active, the WH is diverted from
the secondary line to the basic circuit
- The orientation of the WH is not changed.
Status query of the chute via the sensor
- suitable for track width 200
ASSEMBLY
- 1) Switch unit left Part N 43.0071/0

- 2) Switch unit right Part N 43.0070/0
- Install friction wheel on belt return unit (in
transport direction, on the longer side of
the line)
- Install pneumatic cylinder
- Attach curve guide
- Screw on cover
- Connect transverse transport with corners
and aling
- Connect pneumatic cylinder to
compressed air supply
- Fastening kit
525
WORKPIECE TRAY 200
- Carrier plate Al, progressed on all sides

and anodized with centering hole 5H7
Part. N 43.1000/0
APPLICATIONS
- Holding workpieces, jigs, identification,

and data storage systems
- 4 positioning pins, st
ASSEMBLY
- Standard-WTs are delivered without

holder holes
- Attachment holes for workpieces,
mechanisms, and identification systems
are created according to customer
specifications
- Shoes of highly abrasion-resistant PE, with

integrated stop for stopper
- 2 damping pins, st, for proxiwithy
- Size
200 x 200 mm
- Load max
100 N
- Weight
1 kg
POSITIONER 200
Part. N 43.0110/0
- Ready-for-use module with doubledacting

pneumatic cylinder and valve
- WT receptacle mounted
APPLICATIONS
- Exact positioning of workpieces on the

WT for processing or inspection
ASSEMBLY
- Attach lift unit to line profiles with

included Fixing kit
- Screw overhead grip strips to outside of
line, align exactly with positioner
- 2 overhead grip strips, galvanized steel

- Load max.
- Positioning precision
- Lift height belt
1000 N
0,03 mm
5 mm
- Make connection to internal compressed

air supply
- Suitable stopper Part. N 43.1510/0 and
proximity switch Part. N 43.0090/0
LIFT STATION 200
Part. N 43.0100/0
- Ready-for-use module with doubledacting

pneumatic cylinder and valve
APPLICATIONS
- Positioning of workpieces on the

workpiece tray for processing or
inspection
- WT receptacle mounted
- Attach lift station to line profiles with

included Fixing kit
- Make connection to internal compressed
air supply
- Lift height: Can be set from 5 mm to 180

mm above belt
- Load max.
ASSEMBLY
- Suitable stopper Part. N 43.1510/0 and

proximity switch Part. N 43.0090/0
1000 N
ELEVATOR STATION 200
- Ready-for-use assembled module

according to customer specification
Frame structure profiles 45 x 45
- Driven double-track line installed on
liftsled
- Move lift sled with double-acting
pneumatic cylinder
- Stable guidance of the lift dles with 20
mm precision shafts and linear units LB
series
- Lift height variable according to customer
specification
- Different strokes and end heights
available
- Load max.
480 N
Part. N 43.0080/0
APPLICATIONS

ASSEMBLY

- Align lift station with transport levels
Part N 21.1056/0
527
TIMING BELT
Part. N 43.1411/0
- Length
6m
APPLICATIONS
- All TSG transfer systems
ASSEMBLY
- Unscrew belt tensioning screw on drive

unit

max. 1000 mm
- Calculation formula for timing belt

length:
- Length

max. 1000 mm
- L total = (L - 70) x 2 + 473 mm,

round up 5 mm
- Remove cover of drive unit and timing

belt reverse units
- Specify total length when ordering

replacement parts
- Insert belt
- Install cover and belt cover
INQUIRY VERTICAL CIRCUIT TSG 200
Dimension L
mm
Working height H (WT upper edge)
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Numbers of positioners
Pieces
Numbers of elevator stations
Pieces
Direction of transport
Right
Speed
m/min
Left
Motor type A-D

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Numbers of sensor systems
Pieces
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
529
INQUIRY BASIC CIRCUIT 90 TSG 200
Dimension L x B
mm
Working height H (WT top level)
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Pieces
Numbers of lifting stations
Pieces
Right
Speed
m/min
mm
Left
Motor type A-D

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Pieces
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
INQUIRY COMPACT CIRCUIT 180 TSG 200
Dimension L
mm
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Pieces
Pieces
Right
Speed
m/min
Left
Motor type A-D

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Pieces
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
531
INQUIRY U-CIRCUIT WITH ELEVATOR STATION TSG 200
Dimension L x B
mm
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Pieces
Pieces
Right
Speed
m/min
mm
Left
Motor type A-D

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Pieces
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
INQUIRY DOUBLE-U CIRCUIT TSG 200
Dimension L x B
mm
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Pieces
Pieces
Right
Speed
m/min
mm
Left
Motor type A-D

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Pieces
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
533
INQUIRY SHUNT TSG 200
Dimension L x B
mm
Working height H (WT upper edge)
mm
Numbers of stoppers
Piece
Piece
Piece
Right
Speed
m/min
mm
Left
Motor type A-D (see page 2)

Frequency converter
Yes
No
Controller
Piece
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
CONVEYORS SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR

r oyevno c n i ahc de t nemgeS
00.0
064/
0
SEGMENTED
CHAIN CONVEYOR
535
MINITEC SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR

- FROM ICY TO HOT
The GKF segmented chain conveyor has already proven its

reliability in numerous applications. Due to the most
diverse requirements, the series has been expanded by
tried and tested components. For this, energy efficiency
and a large degree of flexibility from our proven modular
design was given high importance.
As in all MiniTec designs, the GKF series is based on the
proven MiniTec profile system. The new segment profile
was designed using the same foundation so that the
modular system is retained with no limitations. All components are fitted for expansions, extensions or any required
protective devices.
The new conveying system can be optimally connected
using proven MiniTec solutions in the areas of materials
handling, image processing, labelling, work place design,
etc.
Application:
-
Food and beverage industry

Conveying lines for PET bottles or cans
Packaging lines
Cosmetics or pharmaceutical industry
General conveying tasks in mechanical engineering
Technical data:
-
The standard width of the segmented chain is 82.5 mm (31/4 inch).

Connecting bolts made of stainless steel
Small gap between chain links also around corners allows the transport of small goods
Conveying goods loads of approx. 2000N/m along the conveying length
Operating temperatures of -40 to +80 C for plastic chains
Operating temperatures of 120 C for stainless steel chains
Suitable for high conveying speeds up to 50m/min
All chains are flexible up to a maximum radius of 500 mm horizontally
The segment profile is provided with 2 overlaid profile grooves in a pattern spacing of 45 mm.
Options:
- Frequency converter for variable speeds
- Height and side adjustable guides (aluminium) using steel bolts
00.0
065/
0
SEGMENTED
CHAIN CONVEYOR CHAIN SPECIES
00.0
064/
0 curve chain
Standard
Material:
Fracture strength:
Weight:
Operating temperature:
Part N 29.0727/0
LF ( Low Friction Azetal / POM ), brown
6000 N
0.94 kg/m
-40C to +80C
wet to +65C
Standard curve chain with jam rollers

Part N 29.0727/4
Material:
LF ( Low Friction Azetal / POM ), dark grey
Jam rollers, water blue
Fracture strength:
6000 N
Weight:
3.2 kg/m
-40C to +80C,
wet to +65C
Rubberized, standard curve NR chain

Part N 29.0727/1
Material:
thermoplastic PBT polyester, dark grey
thermoplastic rubber, 50 Shore A, water blue
Fracture strength:
5000 N
Weight:
0.89 kg/m
dry to +120C
wet to +60C
Standard curve stainless steel chain

Part N 29.0727/2
Material:
Austenitic stainless steel 1.4301 or
ANSI 304 Non-magnetic
18/8 Chrome/Nickel stainless steel
High corrosion resistance, also acid resistant
Fracture strength:
4500 N
Weight:
3.0 kg/m
-30C to +120C
Rubberized, standard curve stainless steel chain

Part N 29.0727/3
Material:
High strength stainless steel 1.4589,
high corrosion resistance and
high wear resistance.
Fracture strength:
4850 N
Weight:
3.1 kg/m
-30C to +120C
537
SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR - COMPONENTS
00.0
065/
0
3
5
4
1. Diverting station
2. Straight conveying length profile
3. Head drive station
4. Standard support
5. Drip tray support
6. Drip tray with fasteners
90 horizontal curve
180 horizontal curve
Variable vertical curve
INQUIRY
SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR
00.0
064/
0
Standard dimension
Axial distance A
According layout
mm
see below
attached
Dimensions B x L x H
Weight/piece
Total belt load
Temperature
Accumulation point
Subconstructions
Number of supports
Lateral guide
Floor anchor 12
Feet
Options
Typ of chain
Drive
Motor arrangement
Speed
x
kg
kg
C
mm
mm
mm
Pcs.
mm
to
mm
one side
both sides
Part N 21.1112/0
Part N 21.1115/0
Part N
Part N
right
left
m/min.
m/min. to
m/min.
Others/Layout
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
539
CONVEYORS FLEXIBLE-ASSEMBLY-LINES FMS

SMF s en i L - y l bme s s A- e l b i xe l F
00.0
065/
0
SYSTEM FMS
MINITEC - FLEXIBLE-MONTAGE-SYSTEM FMS
00.0
065/
0
FMS is a flexible assembly system with workpiece carriers which are transported on chain roller conveyors,
special belts or chains. Standardised modules for exact positioning, lifting or turning enable the very fast
implementation of complete assembly lines.
Numerous installations at well-known automobile suppliers have demonstrated for years the reliability and
economy of this system.
The patented switching technology reduces the control expense for the entire system to a minimum. Thus
the new products from the MiniTec Profi-Team area already conform to the slogan "The Art of Simplicity".
3
2
1
7
4
Modular assembly line professional team

A complete transport and positioning system for "workpiece carriers", the fastest and most versatile form for
process optimisation in series production manufacturing
Thanks to the modular design and the structure, planning, assembly and commissioning based on extruded
aluminium profile, complete systems can be calculated in a very short time.
1. Workpiece carrier
Precision milled carrier plate

Accessible from all sides, even from the bottom
Slide rails made of anti-static polyethylene
Wheels in the corners reduce the side friction and
improve guiding properties
Exact position detection with centring bushes
2. Transverse transport
Inclusion and exclusion, change of direction
Very low space requirement
Simple to integrate into the system
541
00.0
3. Turntable
064/
without control elements

practically maintenance free
Consistent orientation
4. Lifts upward / downward

Vertical method with pneumatic or electrical drive
Precise guiding with linear units
5. Belt and chain conveyors
Variations: Double belt, chain drive or combination

Suitable for accumulation mode
Structure of aluminium profiles
Simple to use and can be reused
6 Separator
Separator: with or without damping from 3 to 220 kg
Switch holder: Various holders for inductive proximity switch M12 ensure the absence
and throughput control of the workpiece carrier
7. Lift and positioning equipment

Exact positioning of the WPC for processing sequences
max. loading 100 kg
optionally with turning device for change of direction
00.0
065/
0
INQUIRY
ANFRAGE
FMS
FMS
00.0
MINITEC
FLEXIBLE-MONTAGE-SYSTEM FMS
064/
00.0
065/
0
0
Standard dimension
Allgemein
Please order our MiniTec FMS System catalogue for more information.
Mae L x BL x B
Dimension
Frdergeschwindigkeit
Speed
m/min
Frderhhe
Working
height
Frdergut
Goods
to be
B xconveyed
LXH
mm
x
BxLxH
Weight/piece
Stckgewicht
kg
Temperature
Temperatur Frdergut
Balance
point
Schwerpunkt
centered
zentriert
Distance
Abstand
Work
piece pick-up
Werkstckaufnahme
no
nein
yes,
ja,
WP-carrier
- BaseLLxxBB
WT-Grundplatte
Numbers
Anzahl WTof
workpiece carriers
mm
mm
Stck
Piece
Umgebungstemperatur
Ambient temperature
Umweltbedingungen
Surrounding conditions
C
C
Anzahl Stopper
Numbers of stoppers
Anzahl Positionierer
Anzahl Sensorik
Stck
Piece
Stck
Piece
Stck
Piece
Sonstiges
Other
Company
Please
callum
meRckruf
back
Firma
Ich bitte
You can order the catalogues online on our website www.minitec.de
or
send an email to info@minitec.de.
Name
Please
send
an offer Angebot
Ansprechpartner
Ich
bitte
umme
schriftliches
Phone
no.
Telefonnummer
Faxnummer
Fax
no.
E-Mail
543
00.0
065/
0
MINITEC
FLEXIBLES-MONTAGE-SYSTEME
-FMS
FLEXIBLE-MONTAGE-SYSTEM
FMS
FMS
INQUIRY
00.0
064/
0
Standard
Fr
Please
weitere
orderdimension
Informationen
our MiniTec FMS
fordern
System
sie catalogue
den
for more information.
Katalog System FMS an.
Dimension L x B
Speed
m/min
Working height
mm
x
BxLxH
Weight/piece
kg
Temperature
Balance point
centered
Distance
Work piece pick-up
no
yes,
WP-carrier - Base L x B
Numbers of
workpiece carriers
Ambient temperature
mm
mm
Piece
Numbers of stoppers
Piece
Piece
Piece
Other
MiniTec
You
can Kataloge
order theknnen
catalogues
Sie per
online
Mail
onunter
our website
info@minitec.de
www.minitec.de
oderme
aufor
unserer Website
Company
Please call
back
send
an email to anfordern.
www.minitec.de
info@minitec.de.
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
CONVEYORS ROLLER CONVEYORS RMS

SMR s r oyevnoC r e l l oR
00.0
065/
0
SYSTEM RMS
545
MINITEC
- SYSTEM RMS
00.0
00.0
065/
0
064/
0
RMS is a pallet transfer system based on friction rollers and designed for very high loads. Among other
things, transmissions, vehicle seats or engines are assembled on these systems.
The workpiece carriers are moved over highly precise accumulator rollers, which are driven by means of a
continuous tangential steel chain. The RMS specific workpiece carriers are guided by side-attached guide rollers into the line.
Due to the special shape of the workpiece carrier in combination with the patented DELTA -offset, the direction changes are realised with a minimum of control and drive effort.
Special covers between the rollers make the transport system accessible for service work from the interior of
the system.
2
1
4
10
6
8
7
System description:
Flexible modular concept

Precise rollers with regulated friction
Load per workpiece carrier: up to 250 kg
Standard WPC widths: 400 and 500 mm
Transport speeds: up to 15m/min
Ingeniously simple and patented bypass
Newly developed robust workpiece carriers
Deflection system "Delta"
1. Bypass
Powered switches for deflection of main and secondary lines
2. Rollers
3 mm steel pipe
Nitrided surface
Adjustable friction
3. Workpiece carrier
Base frame made of aluminium profiles
Sliding pieces made of anti-static polyethylene
Plate carriers made to customer specifications
00.0
065/
0
4. 90 deflection: WPC deflection without additional drive
5. Lift index unit: Load up to 300 kg
6. Drive unit
Reversible drive direction
Up to 9 m line per drive
Automatic chain tension
7 Separator: Adjustable damping
8. Structure: Anodised aluminium profile
9. Deflection system
The "Delta" deflection system is a standardised and universally
installable system, that allows for all defection variations in 3 designs:
Delta 1 fixed for a simple 90 deflection
Delta 2 spring loaded for inward transfer into
a main or secondary line
Delta 3 controllable and pneumatically activated
for use on nodes with changing deflections
10. Hydraulic damped separator

The specially developed separator allows the use
of continuous rollers instead of stab support rollers
High flexibility using simple changes in the installation
position
547
INQUIRY RMS
00.0
065/
0
General
Layout
Width
400 mm
500 mm
Roller distance
120 mm
180 mm
Speed
m/min
Working height
others
mm
x
BxLxH
Weight/piece
kg
Temperature
Balance point
centered
Distance
Work piece pick-up
no
yes,
WP-carrier - Base L x B
Numbers of
workpiece carriers
Ambient temperature
mm
mm
Pieces
Numbers of stoppers
Pieces
Pieces
Pieces
Sonstiges
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
E-Mail
MINITEC - SYSTEM RMS
Please order our MiniTec RMS System catalogue for more information.
You can order the catalogues online on our website www.minitec.de or

549
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS
s t n e n o pmo C d r au G e v a S
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS
SAFETY SYSTEM
551
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS MACHINE PROTECTION

no i t c et o r P en ih c aM
MACHINE PROTECTION
MACHINE PROTECTION - EXAMPLES
Workstation with security guards

for high temperature applications
Enclosure for
laser application
Guard unit for machine

protection
553
MACHINE PROTECTION - EXAMPLES
Safety guard for

a full production system
Safety fence with

sliding door
Saftey guard in final

assembly of car factory
LIFTING-DOOR FOR MACHINE PROTECTION
Completely assembled and ready for installation on your premises. Vertical profiles with 2 counterweights
and cable pulleys.
Lifting door for workstation
Lifting door for machine protection
555
GUARD UNIT FOR MACHINE PROTECTION
Guard unit with integrated frame
- 1 vertical pillar profile (1)

- 2 horizontal clamp profiles
- 1 panel element, assembled:
- Corrugated mesh, mesh 40 mm, wire size 4 mm, zinc plated
Items supplied:
The vertical profile (2) belongs to the next unit. When used as a single
element order one additional vertical profile.
2
1
Guard unit with exchangeable panel element
Items supplied:
- 1 framed panel element, assembled:

corrugated mesh, mesh 40 mm, wire size 4 mm, zinc plated
- 1 vertical pillar profile (1) with floor-fixing and
2 guard unit fixing angles.
The vertical profile (2) belongs to the next unit. When used as a single
element, order one additional vertical profile.
MACHINE PROTECTION REQUEST FOR OFFER
Lifting door
Lifting door arrangement
Outside
Lifting field width B
mm
Lifting field height A2
mm
Stroke A3
mm
Stand-up dimension A1
mm
Actuation
Manual
Panel element
Part no.
Inside
Pneumatic
Strokes per hour

Additional fixed element
Top
yes
no
Bottom
yes
no
Protective field frame
Fixed
Changeable frame
Total height HG
mm
Clearance from floor HB
mm
Post spacing PA
mm
Intermediate strut
yes
High strut HZ
mm
Panel element, top
Part no. (e.g. mesh, acrylic, PVC)
Panel element, bottom
Part no. (e.g. mesh, acrylic, PVC)
Feet
Base foot
Guard unit
no
Base plate
Without
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
557
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS SAVEGUARD

d r augevaS
SAFETY SYSTEM
SAVEGUARD
MiniTec Safety system SaveGuard

Individual safety installations are a frequent application of the comprehensive MiniTec profile system. Our MiniTec
CADmenue design software allows you to design and calculate separating safety installations within the shortest
time. They are precisely adjusted to customer's needs, with high demands made on safety standards visual appearance. All components for designing individual protection fields, doors, lifting doors, sliding doors etc. are specified in our MiniTec Profile System main catalogue.
The same components were used to develop our standardised modules
which provide especially cost-effective solutions taking account of the standards 98/37/EG, EN ISO 12100-1 / EN ISO 12100-2 and EN 953. All components used meet the requirements of DIN EN ISO 10218-1.
Separating safety installations must prevent access to the source of danger
and at the same time protect against hurled-out parts, moving parts of
machines and squirting liquids. The installation must be designed in such
a way that it cannot be removed without tools.
However, the dimensioning of the safety installation must at any
rate be preceded by a risk assessment in accordance with EN ISO
12100-1 by the manufacturer of the equipment.
Safety Distances
If corrugated mesh with a mesh width of 40 mm is used, then

appropriate safety distances from the source of danger must be
observed. The resulting distances are different if solid panel elements are used.
The necessary safety distances for upper extremities are defined in
EN 13857.
Protection field
Height: 2,000 mm
Distance to dangerous area: 350 mm
The safety distances for the lower extremities are defined in EN

811. The safety distance to the source of danger depends on the
ground clearance of the protection field:
Protection field
Ground clearance: 180 mm

Distance to dangerous area: 665 mm
559
Safety System SaveGuard - max Load

The load of the standard protection fields was determined in empirical
trials. In the centre of the field, a 200 mm x 200 mm plate was statically loaded until the corrugated mesh was pressed out of the clamping
profile. The specified values apply to protection fields made of clamping
profile 32 x 32 with corrugated mesh, steel zinc plated,
40 mm x 40 mm x 4 mm.
Field height HS Field size B
mm
mm
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
Load F
N
1200
1200
1000
1000
1200
1100
1000
The dynamic load rating of the protection fields was determined by

TV-Saarland in pendulum impact tests using a mass of 100 kg.
All parameters required by the machine directive 98/37 EG and
DIN EN 775:1993 and DIN EN 953:1987 were complied with.
The Grid System

The standardised SaveGuard system is an especially economic and quick solution for most applications. Individual
heights, field sizes, special designs for noise protection or splash water protection and optional fastening types are
available for special tasks.
SaveGuard Standard
Widths Safety Fencing
Standard widths
Center To Center Distance of T-Slots B
500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500 mm

1500, 1750, 2000 mm with additional vertical strut
The SaveGuard frames consist of special designed clamp-profiles 32 x 32 mm.

Hight stability through deep T-slots for panel elements and distance profile.
For add-on piece fastening all components of the MiniTec Profilesystem can be used.
Height
Standard
Total height HG= 2000 mm,
Height Safety Fencing HS
1800 mm, 200 mm graund clearance for easy cleaning
561
Assembly
The preassembled fields can be mounted on site by just one person. With stable feet, the posts are fastened to
the ground by means of heavy-duty dowels. The posts are equipped with angles into which the protection
fields are hung up and screwed tight. The fields can be aligned in any direction. Oblong holes in the angles
enable spacing tolerances of the posts to be equalised.
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS COMPONENTS

s t nenopmoC
SAFETY SYSTEM
SAVEGUARD
COMPONENTS
563
POST SG 45 X 45
TECH. DATA / ITEMS SUPPLIED
- Made of profile 45 x 45 F
Part. N 23.0030/0
APPLICATIONS
- As posts for protection fields and doors
- Foot 45 GD preassembled
ASSEMBLY
- Position foot as appropriate

- Mark the position of the borings on the
ground
- Without ground anchor

- Install and tighten the ground anchor
POST SG 45 X 90
- Foot 90 GD preassembled
Part. N 23.0060/0
APPLICATIONS
- As corner post for protection fields or in

case of greater lateral loads of normal
fields
ASSEMBLY
- Position foot as appropriate

- Mark the position of the borings on the
ground
- Without ground anchor

- Install and tighten the ground anchor
DOOR SG 1000
Part. N 23.1404/0
APPLICATIONS
- As access to enclosures e.g. for maintenance
- Completely preassembled with lock and

hinges
ASSEMBLY
- Install between two posts with groove

spacing 1000
- Install lock fitting in post with two borings
- With corrugated mesh 40x40x4 mm,

steel, right Part N 23.1404/0
- With corrugated mesh 40x40x4 mm,
steel, left Part N 23.1404/1
- With PETG5, right Part N 23.1414/0
- With PETG5, left Part N 23.1414/1
FASTENING KIT 19 FOR PROTECTION FIELDS
- 4 protection field suspensions, galvanised

steel
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 23.0010/0
ASSEMBLY
- Fastening of protection fields made of

clamping profile 32x32, 45x32 or standard profiles
- Insert protection field into preassembled

suspension. Tighten with screws included
in delivery
- Fastening of protection fields at any angle
- A = 10,5 mm - 30,5 mm
- With fastening material

- Weight/Piece
0,091 kg
565
FASTENING KIT FOR PROTECTION FIELDS SG
- 4 protection field suspensions, galvanised

steel
APPLICATIONS
- Fastening safety fields that are removed

for servicing purposes. The screws to be
loosened here are in a captive design.
- With fastening material

- With label: Maintenance panel
- Fastening of protection fields at any angle
- Upper screws are in a captive design
ASSEMBLY
- Insert protection field into preassembled

suspension. Tighten with screws included
- A = 10,5 mm - 30,5 mm
- For clamping profile 32 x 32 and 45 x 32
- Weight
Part. N 23.0011/0
0,366 kg
Field SG 500/750/1000/1250/1500
Techn. data / items supplied
-
Made of clamping profile 32 x 32 UL

Completely preassembled
With corrugated mesh 40 x 40 x 4 mm, galvanised steel or with PETG5
Standard height HS: 1,800 mm
Application
- Separation of dangerous areas
- As machine protection
Assembly
-Mount protection field to protection field post using fastening kit 19 art. no. 23.0010/0.
Field size B
Corrugated mesh
PETG5
500
Part N 23.0102/0
Part N 23.0112/0
750
Part N 23.0103/0
Part N 23.0113/0
1000
Part N 23.0104/0
Part N 23.0114/0
1250
Part N 23.0105/0
Part N 23.0115/0
1500
Part N 23.0109/0
Part N 23.0119/0
567
Field SG 1500/1750/2000
Techn. data / items supplied
-
Made of clamping profile 32 x 32 UL

Completely preassembled
With corrugated mesh 40 x 40 x 4 mm, galvanised steel or with PETG5
Standard height HS: 1,800 mm
Vertical brace, clamp profile 45x32
Additional vertical strut
Application
- Separation of dangerous areas
- As machine protection
Assembly
- Mount protection field to protection field post using fastening kit 19 Part N 23.0010/0.
Field width B
Corrugated mesh
PETG5
1500
Part N 23.0106/0
Part N 23.0116/0
1750
Part N 23.0107/0
Part N 23.0117/0
2000
Part N 23.0108/0
Part N 23.0118/0
SAVEGUARD COMPONENTS INQUIRY

y r i uqnI
INQUIRIES FOR
SAFETY SYSTEM
SAVEGUARD
569
INQUIRY ABOUT FITTING FIELD

Please specify ...
Height of protection field HS
mm (standard 1820 mm)
Width of protection field B-75
mm
or ...
Height total HG
Ground clearance HB
Groove centre spacing B
mm
Panel element
Corrugated mesh
PETG5
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no
Fax no
E-Mail
INQUIRY ABOUT SLIDING DOOR
Post spacing B
Post height HG
Handle
one side
Panel element
Corrugated mesh
both sides
PETG5
Additional field fixed

right
yes
no
left
yes
no
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no
Fax no
E-Mail
571
INQUIRY FOR LIFTING DOOR
Lifting door arrangement
outside
inside
Groove centre spacing B
mm
Lifting field height A2
mm
Lift A3
mm
Stand-up dimension A1
mm
Actuation
manual
Panel element
Corrugated mesh
pneumatic
PETG5
Liftings per hour
Additional field fixed

top
yes
no
bottom
yes
no
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no
Fax no
E-Mail
INQUIRY BASED ON DRAWING
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no
Fax no
E-Mail
573
TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS
s n o i t u l o S y e K - n r u T
TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS
TURN-KEY
SOLUTIONS
575
TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS LONGITUDINAL STOPS

s pot S l an i dut i gnoL
LONGITUDINAL STOPS
LONGITUDINAL STOPS
MiniTec longitudial stops are proven turn-key solutions based on MiniTec standard elements of the MiniTec
profile system. Its modular structure enables optimum solutions for any kind of application. All stops are
equipped with a height-adjustable foot including bores for floor mounting. Connection to the machine via
adaptor plate with fixing bores. Digital LCD display attached directly to the machine at operators height.
Simple dimension modifications, e.g. for saw blade thickness or distance between stop and tool can be carried out via display
Standard lengths up to 6000 mm

(measuring length:5500 mm), other
dimensions on request
Width carrying rollers: 200-600 mm
Distance between carrying
rollers:
200 mm
Height adjustment:
100mm
Standard height:
850 mm
Standard connection:
Length measuring:
Measuring accuracy:
Measuring display:
Slide guide:
Linear guide LR with 4 precision bearings, clearance adjusted, shafts 12
mm , hardened special steel Cf 53,
Mat. no. 1.1213
Input for motor drive:

Input terminal with foil keyboard and
LCD-display, fixed in switch-box plate
at operator height next to the machine.
Slide clamping:
Motor drive: automatically at stop
position,
manual drive: via switch (pneumatic)
or via clamping lever.
right
magnetic tape
0.15 mm
LCD
Motor drive:
AC-motor with positioning control
system, integrated in housing. Displacement speed: 0.6 m/s
577
LONGITUDINAL STOPS
First cuts can easily be removed:

The top of the stop can be swung
out of the conveyor by 180.
Adjustable measuring length compensation including scale,
L = 400 mm, mounted onto slide.
Motorized drive with stationary

display, integrated in the switchbox
Manual handwheel drive with stationary 230 V - display
Manual slide displacement with

battery-driven digital display on
slide
REQUEST LONGITUDINAL STOP

Dimensions
Measuring length Lm
mm
Roller distance A
mm
Roller width B
mm
Height H
mm
Load
dN
Control
Drive
motoric
handwheel
Stop
right
left
manual
Company
Please call me back
Name
Phone no.
Fax no.
TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS VEHICLE EXTENSION

noi s net x e e l c i heV
VEHICLE REFINISHING
579
MINITEC - VEHICLE INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION

The profile system has proven itself in almost all industrial
areas through the standardised groove system and patented joining techniques without machining. The MiniTec
aluminium profile system is also frequently used in custom
vehicle manufacture - both by professional vehicle manufacturers and also rescue organisations and fire departments. They can later make installations or shelf systems
in vehicles by their own initiative by using the module
principle.
Also for workshop area with customised assembly areas,

shelving systems for hoses and other equipment, or even
transport trolleys adjusted to your requirements - can easily be implemented using modules.
Equipment room Mercedes-Benz Sprinter 211 CDI

Kirkel-Neuhusel Volunteer Fire Department
With the aid of the MiniTec profile system the KirkelNeuhusel Volunteer Fire Department implemented the
expansion of an equipment vehicle. Even drawers can be
installed in exact dimensions using the modules from MiniTec.
Equipment extension - Iveco Magirus DLK 23/12

Waldmohr Volunteer Fire Department
The Waldmohr Volunteer Fire Department realised an
extension with the MiniTec modules in the G1 of the DLK
23/12. This means that heavy equipment, such as chain saws
or cut-off saws do not have to be lifted from the low
equipment area. In this design the different equipment
holders can be fastened on the surface profile 270 x19 with
no problem.
MINITEC SOLUTIONS
For more ideas you can order the solutions catalogue or visit our website www.minitec.de.
MINITEC SOLARTECHNOLOGY
Innovative solutions in the solar energy sector

and for photo-voltaics are found in our solar
technology catalogue and under
www.minitec-solar.de
You can order the catalogues online on our website www.minitec.de or

581
TOOLS/PROCESSING SERVICES
s e c i v r e S g n i s s e c o r P / s l o o T
TOOLS/PROCESSING SERVICES
TOOLS +
PROCESSING
SERVICES
583
TOOLS/PROCESSING SERVICES TOOLS

s l ooT
TOOLS
BALL-HEADED KEY
- Chrome plated, with handle PA GF, green
APPLICATIONS
- Pretightening of MiniTec power-lock fastener
OTHER DESIGNS
- BALL-headed key 4 A/F

Part N 26.1817/0
- BALL-headed key 5 A/F
Part N 26.1084/0
- Pretightening of bolt- and butt- fasteners
T-HANDLE KEY
- Chrome plated
APPLICATIONS
- Tightening of MiniTec power-lock fastener
OTHER DESIGNS
- T-handle key 4 A/F

Part N 26.1810/0
- Handle, PA GF, black

- T-handle key 5 A/F
Part N 26.1083/0
585
COMBI L-KEY
Part. N
- Chrome plated, one end ball headed
APPLICATIONS
- Pretightening and final tightening of

MiniTec power-lock fastener
OTHER DESIGNS
- Combi L-key 4 A/F Part N 26.1811/0

- Combi L-key 5 A/F Part N 26.1085/0
- Pretightening of hex socket cap screws
and counter sunk screws M8
T-HANDLE KEY TORX T40
- Chrome plated
- Handle, PA GF, black
Part. N 26.1814/0
APPLICATIONS
- Pretightening and final tightening of

MiniTec power-lock fastener SF and
ESDSF
OTHER DESIGNS
MAGNETIC BIT HOLDER TORX
Part. N 26.1820/0
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATIONS
- Automatic holder with strong permanent

magnet
- Receptacle for bits Torx 40 for self-forming screws M8 of MiniTec Power-lock fastener
- Retains the screws optimal on the tool in

every position even at high revolution
speed
DRILLING JIG
Part. N 26.1092/0
- Aluminium
APPLICATIONS
- Positioning of step drilling for screw-connection
ASSEMBLY
- Clamp drilling jig on profile groove and

bore through bushes
- Steel drill bushes 7 mm

- Precise positioning of drillings for pneumatic connections on profile surface
- Eccentric clamp device

- Weight
0,220 kg
- Screw connection of profiles 32 x 32
587
DRILLING JIG FOR MITRE-CONNECTOR
- Body: Al, anodized
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 26.1050/0
ASSEMBLY
- Positioning of bore for set screw of mitre

connector in relation to mitre angle
- Cut profile in desired angle, rebore the

center-bore 7,3 mm to 10,2 mm
- Suitable for all MiniTec profiles
- Insert pin into center bore and fix plastic

clamp screw
- Centering pin: steel

- Fixing-screw: plastic with steel bush
- Weight
0,450 kg
- Drill bore 8,0 mm through drilling jig in

fixing screw
- Tighten mitre-connector with set screw
M8
DRILLING JIG FOR MITRE-CONNECTOR N
- Body: Al, anodized
APPLICATIONS
Part. N 26.1060/0
ASSEMBLY
- Positioning of bore for set screw of mitre

connector N in relation to mitre angle
- Cut profile in desired angle, Rebore

center-bore to 10,2 mm
- Suitable for all MiniTec profiles
- Insert pin into center bore and fix plastic

clamp screw
- Centering pin: steel

- Fixing-screw: plastic with steel bush
- Weight
0,556 kg
- Drill bore 8,0 mm through drilling jig in

fixing screw
- Tighten mitre-connector with set screw
M8
THREAD FORMER M8
- HSS-E
- Length:
Part. N 26.1082/0
APPLICATIONS
- Roll-tap forming of M8 threads in core

bores of all profiles
95 mm
TORX BIT T 40 X 25
- Steel, hardened
ASSEMBLY
Part. N 26.1822/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Adapted to self-forming screws M8 for

MiniTec power-lock fastener
589
STEP DRILL 10,1
- HSS-steel
Part. N 26.1816/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Step drilling for mitre connector and

mitre connector N
- Steps 7,5 mm, 20 mm

- Shaft cylindric
- Length:
132 mm
STEP DRILL 15
Part. N 26.1815/0
- HSS-steel
- Step drilling for bolt- and butt-fastener
- Steps 9 mm, 20 mm
- Shaft cylindric
- Length:
APPLICATIONS
165 mm
ASSEMBLY
STEP DRILL 20
Part. N 26.1813/0
- HSS-steel
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- Step drilling for bolt- and butt-fastener
- Steps 7 mm, 20 mm
- Shaft cylindric
- Length:
238 mm
THREAD FORMING MACHINE
Part. N 26.1910/0
APPLICATIONS
- Automatic changing of turning direction,

quick reverse movement 230 V, 650 W
- Cost effective forming of threads in core

bores of profiles, To be used together with
thread forming jig
ASSEMBLY
- For threads up to M12

- Complete with chuck
- Spindle housing: 38,1 mm
- Weight
2,300 kg
591
AUTOMATIC THREAD FORMING DEVICE
APPLICATIONS
- Made of MiniTec aluminium profiles
- Rational thread forming
- 2-axis slide with machine seating for

thread forming or drilling machines with
spindle housing 38,1 mm
- Rational reboring of central bores
Part. N 26.1970/0
APPLICATIONS
- Can be delivered with 1 - 4 slides for up

to 4 machines
- Complete with support frame

- Without machine
TEAR-OFF LEVER
- Steel, chrome plated

- Weight
0,456 kg
Part. N 26.0815/0
APPLICATIONS
APPLICATIONS
- Rational opening of the MiniTec aluminium profiles G groove covers, e.g. for the
installation of panel elements, attachment
of linear guides etc.
- Slick the slot end of the tool at the profile

end on the groove cover and break it
open towards the top; break off the
groove cover by pulling up and down
- Rational opening of the MiniTec aluminium profiles G groove covers for the
assembly of MiniTec power-lock fastener
- The produced opening is designed for the

assembly of MiniTec power-lock fasteners.
After tightening cut out is covered with a
end cap G Part N 22.1056/0
- Slick bended end under the groove cover
and open in desired length. Opened
grooves can be covered again with cover
profiles
DEBURRING TOOL
- Plastic handle
Part. N 26.0813/0
APPLICATIONS
- For deburring of the profile groove after

opening the grooves of profiles G
ASSEMBLY
- Set tool and slide along area to be

deburred
- Changable
- For deburring of bores
- Weight
0,090 kg
TEAR-OFF PLIERS FOR G PROFILES
- plastic handle
- Weight
APPLICATIONS
- For opening the profile grooves of

MiniTec profiles G groove covers
Part. N 26.0814/0
ASSEMBLY
- Set pliers onto profile cover and break by

swivelling several times
0,150 kg
593
ANODISING POLISHER
- elastic abradent
- Weight
Part. N 26.0811/0
APPLICATIONS
ASSEMBLY
- to remove minor scratches on anodic

coating
- also suitable for hard-to-reach positions

(eraser can be cut to size)
- to equal shades on anodic coating
- usable wet and dry - water intensifies the

effect
0,138 kg
- even polished sections without physical

effort
- water- and oil-resistant
- ecofriendly, no detergents necessary
- long-life
TOOLS/PROCESSING SERVICES PROCESSING SERVICES

s ec i v r eS gn i s s e c or P
PROCESSING SERVICES
595
PROCESSING SERVICES
The MiniTec profile system requires minimum of processing. Saw cutting and thread-forming are the essential processes, only in exceptional cases is drilling required.
Thread M8 M10
Thread G1/4 G1/8
Thread M8 x 20
in core bore
for power-lock fastener
Part N 25.1087/0
Thread M10 x 25
in core bore for feets
Part N 25.1088/0
Thread G 1/4
on profile surface
for pneumatics
Part N 25.1089/0
Thread G 1/8
on profile surface
for pneumatics
Part N 25.1090/0
Thread G 1/4
in core bore 11,7 mm
for plug, pneumatics
Part N 25.1091/0
Through bore 7 mm
for screw connection
Part N 25.1092/0
Insertion tide
on profile surface for subsequent
insertion of power-lock fastener
Part N 25.0315/0
Step bore 9 / 15
for bolt and butt fastener 15
Part N 25.1085/0
Step bore 7 / 20
for bolt and butt fastener
Part N 25.1097/0
Processing for mitre connections

for mitre connector
(without cut)
Part N 25.1072/0
Mitre cut
for mitre connector
(see section fastening elements/
mitre connector)
Part N 25.1072/1
Processing Insertion tide
Step bore
PROFILE BENDING
VERBINDUNGSELEMENTE
NOTES...
New applications thanks to bent profiles:

Decorative structures for exhibitions or office furniture
Functional designs for swivelling constructions,
Machine guards exactly suited to the machine-shape
Security-fences
Curved roller-conveyors
Holders e.g. for lamps in workstations
Technical features
For standard-applications no subsequent
anodizing is necessary. However there will
occur small visible cracks in the anodized
layer in the bended area. For high optical
demands subsequent anodizing of the
bended profiles is necessary.
The grooves of the bended profiles do not
change with the process. But power-lock
fasteners require a minimum radius of 400
mm.
G-Type profiles and UL- profiles are not appropiate for bending.
Thanks to the CNC-Control of our high performance bending
machine various radii on the same bar are possible.
Profile
Position
min. Radius
P 19 x 45 and
P 45 x 19
R 250
R 1000
P 19 x 32
R 200
R 300
P 32 x32 F
R 300
P 45 x 32 F
R 350
R 400
P 45 x 45 F and
P 45 x 45
R 400
P 45 x 90
R 500
R 1000
597
SUPPLEMENT INDEX ACCORDING TO PART NUMBERS
INDEX ACCORDING TO PART NUMBERS

Page
36
21.1002/0
P2 20.1064/0
P20.060/0
Page
178
21.1120/0
Page
20.1065/0
Page
38
21.1015/0
Page
119
21.1133/0
Page
82
20.1066/0
Page
47
21.1015/1
Page
119
21.1133/6
Page
456
20.1067/0
Page
48
21.1015/2
Page
118
21.1134/0
Page
82
20.1068/0
Page
236
21.1017/0
Page
73
21.1135/0
Page
84
20.1069/0
Page
44
21.1018/0
Page
72
21.1135/6
Page
456
20.1070/0
Page 37 163
21.1018/1
Page
251
21.1136/0
Page
134
20.1071/0
Page
207
21.1020/0
Page
76
21.1137/0
Page
125
20.1072/0
Page
41
21.1021/0
Page
75
21.1138/0
Page
109
20.1074/0
Page
241
21.1024/0
Page
75
21.1139/0
Page
124
12
20.1075/0
Page
241
21.1027/0
Page
91
21.1141/0
Page
136
Page 56 368
21.1029/0
Page
76
21.1142/0
Page
102
21.1030/0
Page
78
21.1143/0
Page
92
21.1030/1
Page
255
21.1153/0
Page
138
Page
442
10
10.1745/0
Page
311
12107
Page
567
20.1077/0
12118
Page
334
20.1078/0
Page
20.1079/0
Page
,
51, 309
52, 310
20.1082/0
Page
54
21.1038/0
Page
134
21.1154/0
Page
92
20.1087/0
Page
52
21.1039/0
Page
134
21.1171/0
Page
92
20.1088/0
Page
57
21.1040/0
Page
134
21.1172/0
Page
92
17
17.1706/0
Page
281
20.1091/0
Page
55
21.1041/0
Page
135
21.1175/0
Page
101
17.1706/1
Page
282
20.1094/0
Page
45
21.1042/0
Page
135
21.1187/0
Page
102
17.1741/0
Page
265
20.1095/0
Page
45
21.1043/0
Page
135
21.1199/0
Page
92
17.1743/0
Page
270
20.1096/0
Page
44
21.1044/0
Page
100
21.1199/1
Page
92
17.1744/0
Page
312
20.1099/0
Page
42
21.1047/0
Page
134
21.1200/0
Page
92
20.2000/0
Page
251
21.1048/0
Page
111
21.1200/1
Page
92
21.1050/1
Page
513
21.1202/0
Page
92
21.1050/7
Page
513
21.1202/2
Page
92
21.1051/0
Page
110
21.1204/0
Page
92
21.1052/0
Page
146
21.1204/1
Page
92
20
598
139
21
20.1000/0
Page
35
20.1001/0
Page
35
21.0006/0
Page
73
21.1053/0
Page
145
21.1206/0
Page
92
20.1006/0
Page
40
21.0007/0
Page
252
21.1054/0
Page
146
21.1208/0
Page
92
20.1009/0
Page
49
21.0008/0
Page
89
21.1055/0
Page
100
21.1208/1
Page
92
20.1010/0
Page
53
21.0009/0
Page
134
21.1056/0
Page
512
21.1210/0
Page
92
20.1011/0
Page
58
21.0010/0
Page
134
21.1057/0
Page
135
21.1211/0
Page
92
20.1012/0
Page
36
21.0011/0
Page
134
21.1075/0
Page
136
21.1212/0
Page
92
20.1013/0
Page 56 311
21.0012/0
Page
134
21.1082/0
Page
144
21.1212/1
Page
92
20.1015/0
Page
50
21.0014/0
Page
236
21.1087/3
Page
117
21.1214/0
Page
92
20.1016/0
Page
55
21.0015/0
Page
148
21.1087/4
Page
116
21.1219/0
Page
92
20.1017/0
Page 49 309
21.0018/0
Page
253
21.1087/6
Page
114
21.1220/0
Page
92
20.1018/0
Page
165
21.0019/0
Page
253
21.1087/7
Page
115
21.1222/0
Page
92
20.1019/0
Page 53 310
21.0023/0
131 417 508
21.1087/8
Page
115
21.1224/0
Page
92
20.1021/0
Page
172
21.0030/0
Page
141
21.1087/9
Page
116
21.1225/0
Page
92
20.1023/0
Page
50
21.0031/0
Page
141
21.1091/3
Page
118
21.1226/0
Page
92
20.1025/0
Page
165
21.0917/0
Page
495
21.1091/4
Page
117
21.1235/0
Page
92
20.1028/0
Page
41
21.0918/0
Page
72
21.1092/1
Page
112
21.1237/0
Page
92
20.1029/0
Page
46
21.0962/0
Page
110
21.1094/1
Page
112
21.1238/0
Page
92
20.1030/0
Page
46
21.0969/0
Page
81
21.1095/0
Page
96
21.1238/1
Page
92
20.1031/0
Page
47
21.0970/0
Page
99
21.1096/0
Page
97
21.1240/0
Page
92
20.1032/0
Page
48
21.0973/0
Page
99
21.1098/0
Page
101
21.1242/0
Page
92
20.1033/0
Page
40
21.0976/0
Page
147
21.1099/1
Page
111
21.1242/1
Page
92
20.1037/0
Page
43
21.0977/0
Page
147
21.1100/0
Page
96
21.1243/0
Page
92
20.1038/0
Page 58 198
21.0978/0
Page
85
21.1101/0
Page
78
21.1243/1
Page
92
20.1041/0
Page
511
21.0978/6
Page
457
21.1102/0
Page
81
21.1245/0
Page
92
20.1044/0
Page
54
21.0981/0
Page
501
21.1102/6
Page
455
21.1246/0
Page
161
20.1045/0
Page
57
21.0982/0
Page
500
21.1105/0
Page
138
21.1246/1
Page
161
20.1046/0
Page
43
21.0985/0
Page
499
21.1107/0
Page
80
21.1247/0
Page
92
20.1048/0
Page
42
21.0985/1
Page
500
21.1107/6
Page
455
21.1282/0
Page
92
20.1049/0
Page
51
21.0986/0
Page
255
21.1110/0
Page
202
21.1284/0
Page
92
20.1050/0
Page
511
21.0988/0
Page
77
21.1110/2
Page
203
21.1309/0
Page
93
20.1051/0
Page
205
21.0990/0
Page
128
21.1110/3
Page
203
21.1309/1
Page
93
20.1053/0
Page 39 163
21.0992/0
Page
254
21.1112/0
Page
148
21.1309/2
Page
93
20.1054/0
Page
37
21.0993/0
Page
494
21.1113/0
Page
86
21.1309/4
Page
93
20.1055/0
Page
38
21.0993/1
Page
494
21.1115/0
Page
145
21.1310/0
Page
93
20.1056/0
Page
209
21.0994/1
Page
496
21.1117/1
Page
162
21.1310/1
Page
93
20.1063/0
Page
39
21.0995/0
Page
496
21.1118/0
Page
139
21.1310/2
Page
93
,
,
,

21.1310/4
Page
93
21.1514/0
Page
92
21.1784/0
Page
150
21.1893/0
Page
136
21.1320/0
Page
93
21.1516/0
Page
92
21.1788/0
Page
121
21.1894/0
Page
136
21.1320/1
Page
93
21.1517/0
Page
92
21.1788/2
Page
121
21.2000/0
Page
198
21.1320/2
Page
93
21.1520/0
Page
92
21.1788/3
Page
121
21.2001/0
Page
199
21.1320/4
Page
93
21.1523/0
Page
92
21.1788/4
Page
121
21.2002/0
Page
200
21.1330/0
Page
93
21.1547/0
Page
92
21.1788/5
Page
121
21.2003/0
Page
199
21.1330/1
Page
93
21.1700/0
Page
397
21.1788/6
Page
121
21.2010/0
Page
104
21.1330/2
Page
93
21.1701/0
Page
399
21.1792/0
Page
187
21.2020/0
Page
103
21.1330/4
Page
93
21.1707/0
Page
154
21.1795/0
Page
196
21.2030/0
Page
103
21.1340/1
Page
92
21.1708/1
Page
84
21.1796/0
Page
194
21.2040/0
Page
105
21.1346/0
Page
90
21.1710/1
Page
83
21.1797/0
Page
192
21.2041/0
Page
104
21.1347/0
Page
238
21.1711/0
Page
194
21.1798/0
Page
121
21.1348/0
Page
109
21.1712/0
Page
193
21.1798/2
Page
121
21.1349/0
Page
83
21.1713/0
Page
193
21.1798/3
Page
121
21.1351/0
Page
93
21.1714/0
Page
195
21.1798/4
Page
121
Page
179
22
21.1351/1
Page
93
21.1715/0
Page
113
21.1798/5
Page
121
22.1011/0
21.1351/2
Page
93
21.1716/0
Page
509
21.1798/6
Page
121
22.1016/0
Page
401
21.1351/4
Page
93
21.1717/0
Page
509
21.1799/0
Page
195
22.1017/1
Page
59
21.1352/0
Page
93
21.1718/0
Page
510
21.1803/0
Page
168
22.1018/1
Page
59
21.1355/0
Page
162
21.1719/0
Page
510
21.1805/0
Page
168
22.1019/1
Page
59
Page
172
21.1359/0
Page
202
21.1722/0
Page
512
21.1807/0
Page
168
22.1020/1
21.1360/0
Page
93
21.1723/0
Page
153
21.1809/0
Page
168
22.1021/1
Page
59
21.1360/1
Page
93
21.1727/0
Page
149
21.1812/0
Page
168
22.1022/0
Page
402
21.1362/0
Page
93
21.1729/0
Page
149
21.1813/0
Page
168
22.1025/1
Page
154
21.1363/0
Page
93
21.1730/0
Page
142
21.1816/0
Page
169
22.1029/0
Page
173
21.1368/0
Page
93
21.1731/0
Page
152
21.1817/0
Page
169
22.1032/1
Page
59
168
22.1034/1
Page
59
Page
237
21.1368/2
Page
93
21.1732/0
Page
142
21.1818/1
Page
21.1370/0
Page
74
21.1733/0
Page
143
21.1818/2
Page
168
22.1035/1
21.1373/0
Page
97
21.1734/0
Page
143
21.1819/0
Page
169
22.1036/0
Page
173
21.1374/0
Page
239
21.1735/0
Page
144
21.1821/0
Page
168
22.1037/0
Page
174
21.1375/0
Page
98
21.1737/0
Page
153
21.1826/0
Page
168
22.1038/0
Page
179
21.1376/0
Page
239
21.1738/0
Page
152
21.1827/0
Page
168
22.1039/0
Page
164
21.1377/0
Page
240
21.1740/0
Page
130
21.1828/0
Page
168
22.1040/0
Page
183
168
22.1041/0
Page
Page 59 210
21.1378/0
Page
98
21.1741/0
Page
130
21.1829/0
Page
184
21.1382/0
Page
242
21.1748/0
Page
123
21.1830/0
Page
168
22.1045/0
21.1385/0
Page
237
21.1750/5
Page
113
21.1831/0
Page
168
22.1046/1
Page
59
21.1386/0
Page
74
21.1752/0
Page
114
21.1832/0
Page
168
22.1048/1
Page
59
21.1397/0
Page
85
21.1753/0
Page
129
21.1834/0
Page
169
22.1049/1
Page
59
21.1399/0
Page
87
21.1755/0
Page
123
21.1838/0
Page
189
22.1051/1
Page
59
190
22.1052/1
Page
59
Page
59
21.1400/0
Page
79
21.1756/1
Page
126
21.1839/0
Page
21.1401/0
Page
79
21.1757/0
Page
125
21.1840/0
Page
190
22.1053/1
21.1403/0
Page
89
21.1758/0
Page
127
21.1842/0
Page
137
22.1054/0
Page
59
21.1404/0
Page
88
21.1759/0
Page
131
21.1843/0
Page
137
22.1055/0
Page
59
21.1405/0
Page
87
21.1759/1
Page
132
21.1844/0
Page
137
22.1056/0
Page
60
21.1406/0
Page
86
21.1760/0
Page
128
21.1846/0
Page
136
22.1057/1
Page
59
136
22.1058/1
Page
59
136
22.1059/1
Page
59
Page
59
21.1407/0
21.1411/0
Page
Page
88
80
21.1761/0
21.1762/0
Page
Page
151
151
21.1847/0
21.1848/0
Page
Page
21.1472/0
Page
90
21.1763/0
Page
124
21.1851/0
Page
136
22.1060/1
21.1473/0
Page
91
21.1764/0
Page
129
21.1852/0
Page
136
22.1061/1
Page
59
21.1475/0
Page
140
21.1766/0
Page
204
21.1862/0
Page
137
22.1062/1
Page
59
21.1476/0
Page
140
21.1767/0
Page
126
21.1863/0
Page
137
22.1063/1
Page
59
21.1490/0
Page
122
21.1768/0
Page
127
21.1864/0
Page
137
22.1064/1
Page
59
Page 137 254
22.1064/2
Page
60
Page
59
59
21.1501/0
Page
92
21.1769/0
Page
408
21.1865/0
21.1502/0
Page
92
21.1772/0
Page
191
21.1871/0
Page
136
22.1065/1
21.1503/0
Page
92
21.1774/0
Page
189
21.1872/0
Page
136
22.1067/1
Page
21.1504/0
Page
92
21.1775/0
Page
187
21.1873/0
Page
136
22.1067/2
Page
21.1505/0
Page
92
21.1776/0
Page
188
21.1874/0
Page
136
22.1067/5
Page 60 252
21.1506/0
Page
92
21.1777/0
Page
192
21.1881/0
Page
136
22.1068/1
Page
136
22.1069/1
Page
59
Page
171
21.1507/0
Page
92
21.1778/0
Page
191
21.1882/0
Page
60
59
21.1508/0
Page
92
21.1780/0
Page
188
21.1883/0
Page
136
22.1070/1
21.1510/0
Page
92
21.1781/0
Page
197
21.1884/0
Page
136
22.1073/1
Page
176
21.1512/0
Page
92
21.1782/0
Page
197
21.1891/0
Page
136
22.1075/1
Page
177
21.1513/0
Page
92
21.1783/0
Page
150
21.1892/0
Page
136
22.1076/0
Page
164
599

22.1077/0
Page
177
23.0115/0
Page
567
26.1816/0
Page
590
27.0063/1
Page
232
22.1078/0
Page
178
23.0116/0
Page
568
26.1820/0
Page
587
27.0063/2
Page
232
22.1079/0
Page
196
23.0117/0
Page
568
26.1822/0
Page
589
27.0063/3
Page
232
22.1081/0
Page
175
23.0118/0
Page
568
26.1910/0
Page
591
27.0063/4
Page
232
22.1082/0
Page
212
23.1404/0
Page
565
26.1970/0
Page
592
27.0063/5
Page
232
22.1083/0
Page
174
26.3001/0
Page
440
27.0063/6
Page
232
22.1084/0
Page
213
26.3001/1
Page
440
27.0064/1
Page
232
22.1085/0
Page
181
26.3001/2
Page
441
27.0064/2
Page
232
22.1086/1
Page
176
26.3002/0
Page
441
27.0064/3
Page
232
22.1087/0
Page
183
24.1104/0
Page
226
27.0064/4
Page
232
22.1088/0
Page
181
24.1105/0
Page
225
27.0064/5
Page
232
22.1089/0
Page
182
24.1105/2
Page
225
27.0064/6
Page
232
22.1090/1
Page
167
24.1105/3
Page
225
22.1092/0
Page
166
24.1105/7
Page
227
27.0005/0
Page
234
326
24.1106/0
Page
225
27.0006/0
Page
234
Page
225
27.0050/1
Page
232
22.1094/0
Page
27
28
22.1095/0
Page
326
24.1106/2
22.1096/0
Page
327
24.1106/3
Page
225
27.0050/2
Page
232
28.0001/0
Page
265
22.1097/2
Page
171
24.1106/7
Page
228
27.0050/3
Page
232
28.0002/0
Page
266
22.1098/0
Page
180
24.1107/0
Page
225
27.0050/4
Page
232
28.0004/1
Page
268
22.1098/1
Page
180
24.1107/2
Page
225
27.0050/5
Page
232
28.0004/3
Page
269
175
24.1107/3
Page
225
27.0050/6
Page
232
28.0005/0
Page
266
Page
226
27.0051/1
Page
232
28.0006/0
Page
298
22.1099/0
Page
22.1104/0
Page
182
24.1109/0
22.1105/0
Page
240
24.1110/0
Page
227
27.0051/2
Page
232
28.0007/1
Page
299
22.1107/1
Page
166
24.1126/0
Page
105
27.0051/3
Page
232
28.0007/2
Page
299
22.1110/1
Page
159
24.1127/0
Page
106
27.0051/4
Page
232
28.0008/0
Page
302
22.1111/1
Page
159
24.1128/0
Page
106
27.0051/5
Page
232
28.0009/0
Page
297
160
24.1201/0
Page
228
27.0051/6
Page
232
28.0010/0
Page
298
160
24.1205/0
Page
229
27.0052/1
Page
232
28.0011/1
Page
302
24.1210/0
Page
229
27.0052/2
Page
232
28.0011/2
Page
303
22.1112/1
22.1113/1
Page
Page
22.1116/1
Page
208
22.1117/1
Page
208
27.0052/3
Page
232
28.0012/1
Page
300
22.1118/1
Page
209
27.0052/4
Page
232
28.0012/2
Page
300
22.1119/1
Page
206
27.0052/5
Page
232
28.0013/1
Page
301
22.1120/1
Page
206
27.0052/6
Page
232
28.0013/2
Page
301
22.1121/1
Page
207
22.1126/0
Page
397
22.1127/0
Page
398
22.1128/0
Page
398
22.1197/0
Page
514
22.1198/0
Page
515
22.1200/1
Page
60
22.1201/1
Page
60
22.1202/1
Page
60
22.1204/0
Page
210
22.1208/1
Page
60
22.1210/0
Page
211
23
600
24
25
25.0315/0
Page
596
27.0053/1
Page
232
28.0016/0
Page
291
25.1085/0
Page
596
27.0053/2
Page
232
28.0019/0
Page
270
25.1087/0
Page
596
27.0053/3
Page
232
28.0021/0
Page
267
25.1088/0
Page
596
27.0053/4
Page
232
28.0022/0
Page
268
25.1089/0
Page
596
27.0053/5
Page
232
28.0026/0
Page
77
25.1090/0
Page
596
27.0053/6
Page
232
28.0045/0
Page
286
25.1091/0
Page
596
27.0054/1
Page
232
28.0045/2
Page
286
25.1092/0
Page
596
27.0054/2
Page
232
28.0045/3
Page
286
25.1093/0
Page
596
27.0054/3
Page
232
28.0045/4
Page
286
25.1094/0
Page
596
27.0054/4
Page
232
28.0045/5
Page
286
25.1095/0
Page
596
27.0054/5
Page
232
28.0045/6
Page
286
25.1096/0
Page
596
27.0054/6
Page
232
28.0045/7
Page
286
25.1097/0
Page
596
27.0060/1
Page
232
28.0046/0
Page
286
25.1815/0
Page
596
27.0060/2
Page
232
28.0046/2
Page
286
25.1818/0
Page
596
27.0060/3
Page
232
28.0046/3
Page
286
25.1819/0
Page
596
27.0060/4
Page
232
28.0046/4
Page
286
23.0010/0
Page
565
27.0060/5
Page
232
28.0046/5
Page
286
23.0011/0
Page
566
27.0060/6
Page
232
28.0049/0
Page
269
23.0030/0
Page
564
27.0061/1
Page
232
28.0051/0
Page
274
23.0060/0
Page
564
27.0061/2
Page
232
28.0052/0
Page
267
23.0102/0
Page
567
27.0061/3
Page
232
28.0054/0
Page
276
23.0103/0
Page
567
27.0061/4
Page
232
28.0055/0
Page
276
23.0104/0
Page
567
27.0061/5
Page
232
28.0056/0
Page
277
23.0105/0
Page
567
27.0061/6
Page
232
28.0057/0
Page
277
23.0106/0
Page
568
27.0062/1
Page
232
28.0082/0
Page
286
23.0107/0
Page
568
27.0062/2
Page
232
28.0082/1
Page
288
23.0108/0
Page
568
27.0062/3
Page
232
28.0082/2
Page
286
23.0112/0
Page
567
27.0062/4
Page
232
28.0082/3
Page
286
23.0113/0
Page
567
27.0062/5
Page
232
28.0082/4
Page
286
23.0114/0
Page
567
27.0062/6
Page
232
28.0082/5
Page
286
26
26.0811/0
Page
594
26.0813/0
Page
593
26.0814/0
Page
593
26.0815/0
Page
592
26.1050/0
Page
588
26.1060/0
Page
588
26.1082/0
Page
589
26.1092/0
Page
587
26.1813/0
Page
591
26.1814/0
Page
586
26.1815/0
Page
590

28.0082/6
Page
286
28.0197/0
Page
332
28.0082/7
Page
286
28.0248/0
Page
289
28.0083/0
Page
286
28.0249/0
Page
289
28.0083/1
Page
288
28.0270/0
Page
283
28.0083/2
Page
286
28.0350/0
Page
337
28.0083/3
Page
286
28.0351/0
Page
338
28.0083/4
Page
286
28.0352/0
Page
338
28.0083/5
Page
286
28.0353/0
Page
339
28.0084/0
Page
296
28.0354/0
Page
337
28.0087/0
Page
297
28.0355/0
Page
340
28.0088/0
Page
294
28.0371/0
Page
339
28.0089/0
Page
295
28.0400/0
Page
334
28.0090/0
Page
275
28.0500/0
Page
293
28.0091/0
Page
295
28.0501/0
Page
294
28.0092/0
Page
296
28.0502/0
Page
274
28.0093/0
Page
275
28.0510/0
Page
287
28.0094/1
Page
313
28.0510/1
Page
287
28.0095/1
Page
315
28.0510/2
Page
287
28.0101/1
Page
314
28.0510/3
Page
287
28.0102/1
Page
314
28.0808/0
Page
271
28.0103/1
Page
315
28.0809/0
Page
271
28.0112/0
Page
281
28.0810/0
Page
303
28.0117/0
Page
215
28.0811/0
Page
304
28.0119/0
Page
293
28.0813/0
Page
273
28.0120/0
Page
213
28.0814/0
Page
273
28.0121/0
Page
214
28.0815/0
Page
272
28.0122/0
Page
214
28.0820/0
Page
304
28.0127/0
Page
292
28.0821/0
Page
305
28.0132/0
Page
329
28.0822/0
Page
305
28.0133/0
Page
329
28.0136/0
Page
330
28.0137/0
Page
330
28.0138/0
Page
290
28.0138/1
Page
290
29.0022/0
Page
439
28.0138/2
Page
291
29.0111/0
Page
408
28.0140/0
Page
292
29.0402/0
Page
200
28.0143/0
Page
319
29.0727/0
Page
537
28.0144/0
Page
321
29.0727/1
Page
537
28.0146/0
Page
312
29.0727/2
Page
537
28.0150/0
Page
317
29.0727/3
Page
537
28.0151/0
Page
319
29.0727/4
Page
537
28.0152/0
Page
318
29.0727/5
Page
537
28.0153/0
Page
321
29.4712/1
Page
375
28.0154/0
Page
313
29.5001/0
Page
505
28.0155/0
Page
317
29.5002/0
Page
508
28.0156/0
Page
318
29.5010/0
Page
507
28.0157/0
Page
320
29.5022/0
Page
498
28.0158/0
Page
107
29.5023/0
Page
497
28.0159/0
Page
320
29.5025/0
Page
506
28.0170/0
Page
333
29.5028/0
Page
506
28.0178/0
Page
322
29.5029/0
Page
495
28.0179/0
Page
322
29.5030/0
Page
498
28.0180/0
Page
282
29.5031/0
Page
499
28.0181/0
Page
345
29.5034/0
Page
507
28.0182/0
Page
345
29.5036/0
Page
502
28.0183/0
Page
346
29.5037/0
Page
503
28.0185/0
Page
343
29.5042/0
Page
497
28.0186/0
Page
344
29.5060/0
Page
502
28.0187/0
Page
344
29.5069/0
Page
501
28.0188/0
Page
343
29.5260/0
Page
505
28.0192/0
Page
331
29.5311/0
Page
504
28.0193/0
Page
331
29.5312/0
Page
503
28.0196/0
Page
332
29.5313/0
Page
504
29
32
32.0024/0
Page
439
32.0030/0
Page
359
32.0070/0
Page
358
32.0080/0
Page
358
32.0110/0
Page
355
32.0120/0
Page
355
32.0155/0
Page
381
32.0160/0
Page
381
32.0165/0
Page
382
32.0201/0
Page
412
32.0205/0
Page
385
32.0210/0
Page
385
32.0220/0
Page
409
32.0222/0
Page
409
32.0223/0
Page
410
32.0224/0
Page
410
32.0225/0
Page
411
32.0226/0
Page
411
32.0230/0
Page
412
32.0310/0
Page
359
32.0320/0
Page
360
32.0330/0
Page
360
32.0331/0
Page
361
32.0332/0
Page
361
32.0333/0
Page
362
32.0401/0
Page
367
32.0410/0
Page
365
32.0411/0
Page
365
32.0412/0
Page
365
32.0413/0
Page
365
32.0420/0
Page
365
32.0421/0
Page
365
32.0422/0
Page
365
32.0423/0
Page
365
32.0430/0
Page
365
32.0431/0
Page
365
32.0432/0
Page
365
32.0433/0
Page
365
32.0440/0
Page
365
32.0441/0
Page
365
32.0442/0
Page
365
32.0443/0
Page
365
32.0450/0
Page
367
32.0451/0
Page
367
32.0452/0
Page
367
32.0453/0
Page
367
32.0460/0
Page
367
32.0461/0
Page
367
32.0462/0
Page
367
32.0463/0
Page
367
32.0470/0
Page
366
32.0471/0
Page
366
32.0472/0
Page
366
32.0473/0
Page
366
32.0480/0
Page
366
32.0481/0
Page
366
32.0482/0
Page
366
32.0483/0
Page
366
32.0490/0
Page
366
32.0491/0
Page
366
32.0492/0
Page
366
32.0493/0
Page
366
32.0501/0
Page
428
32.0502/0
Page
442
32.0503/0
Page
422
32.0504/0
Page
422
32.0506/0
Page
419
32.0507/0
Page
438
32.0508/0
Page
418
32.0509/0
Page
423
32.0510/0
Page
416
32.0512/0
Page
427
32.0514/0
Page
413
32.0515/0
Page
420
32.0516/0
Page
413
32.0517/0
Page
428
32.0518/0
Page
429
32.0519/0
Page
421
32.0520/0
Page
415
32.0521/0
Page
421
32.0527/0
Page
417
32.0528/0
Page
419
32.0529/0
Page
418
32.0530/0
Page
416
32.0531/0
Page
420
32.0532/0
Page
423
32.0533/0
Page
429
32.0534/0
Page
430
32.0535/0
Page
426
32.0536/0
Page
427
32.0537/0
Page
425
32.0538/0
Page
426
32.0539/0
Page
425
32.0544/0
Page
438
32.0550/0
Page
399
32.0560/0
Page
400
32.0569/0
Page
401
32.0571/0
Page
403
32.0572/0
Page
402
32.0574/0
Page
400
32.0580/0
Page
449
32.0581/0
Page
449
32.0601/0
Page
431
32.0602/0
Page
432
32.0605/0
Page
407
32.0608/0
Page
430
32.0609/0
Page
431
32.0610/0
Page
407
32.0615/0
Page
432
32.0616/0
Page
433
32.0617/0
Page
433
32.0618/0
Page
434
32.0701/0
Page
437
32.0702/0
Page
437
32.0720/0
Page
392
32.0721/0
Page
392
32.0722/0
Page
392
32.0723/0
Page
392
32.0724/0
Page
392
32.0725/0
Page
392
32.0730/0
Page
392
32.0770/0
Page
435
32.0771/0
Page
436
32.0772/0
Page
436
32.0773/0
Page
435
601

32.0774/0
Page
434
33.0074/0
Page
221
32.0801/0
Page
377
33.0075/0
Page
221
32.0802/0
Page
371
33.0076/0
Page
221
32.0807/0
Page
374
33.0081/0
Page
221
32.0808/0
Page
374
33.0082/0
Page
221
32.0809/0
Page
376
33.0083/0
Page
221
32.0810/0
Page
371
33.0084/0
Page
221
32.0811/0
Page
372
33.0085/0
Page
221
32.0812/0
Page
372
33.0124/1
Page
221
32.0813/0
Page
373
33.0403/0
Page
204
32.0814/0
Page
373
33.0404/0
Page
205
32.0815/0
Page
377
33.0410/0
Page
211
32.0816/0
Page
378
33.0411/0
Page
212
32.0817/0
Page
375
33.0600/0
Page
388
32.0818/0
Page
376
33.0605/0
Page
389
32.0851/0
Page
414
33.0610/0
Page
389
32.0852/0
Page
414
33.0615/0
Page
388
32.0865/0
Page
415
33.3007/0
Page
278
32.0901/0
Page
450
33.3008/0
Page
279
32.1001/0
Page
454
33.3009/0
Page
280
32.1002/0
Page
453
33.3010/0
Page
278
32.1003/0
Page
454
33.3011/0
Page
279
32.1004/0
Page
453
33.3012/0
Page
280
32.1011/0
Page
457
32.1021/0
Page
458
32.1030/0
Page
458
32.1031/0
Page
459
35.0041/0
Page
43.0010/0
Page
33
43.0011/0
Page
32.2005/0
Page
446
32.2010/0
Page
445
32.2011/0
Page
445
35
403
43
521
33.0028/0
Page
222
43.0020/0
Page 520 521
33.0029/0
Page
222
43.0030/0
Page
522
222
43.0040/0
Page
522
Page
523
33.0029/1
Page
33.0029/2
Page
222
43.0051/0
33.0030/0
Page
222
43.0061/0
Page
523
33.0050/0
Page
220
43.0071/0
Page
525
33.0050/1
Page
220
43.0073/0
Page
525
33.0051/0
Page
220
43.0080/0
Page
527
220
43.0090/0
Page
524
Page
527
33.0051/1
Page
33.0052/0
Page
220
43.0100/0
33.0052/1
Page
220
43.0110/0
Page
526
33.0053/0
Page
220
43.1000/0
Page
526
33.0053/1
Page
220
43.1411/0
Page
528
33.0054/0
Page
220
43.1510/0
Page
524
33.0055/0
Page
220
33.0060/0
Page
220
33.0060/1
Page
220
33.0061/0
Page
220
50.0128/0
Page
514
50.1726/0
Page
272
95.0858/0
Page
16
95.0864/0
Page
16
95.0880/0
Page
17
33.0061/1
602
520
Page
220
33.0062/0
Page
220
33.0062/1
Page
220
33.0063/0
Page
220
33.0063/1
Page
220
33.0064/0
Page
220
33.0065/0
Page
220
33.0070/0
Page
221
33.0071/0
Page
221
33.0072/0
Page
221
33.0073/0
Page
221
50
95
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
A
ABOUT US
B
BALANCER
408
ACCESSORIES
406
BALL BEARING LR 12
265
ACRYL
168
BALL BEARING LR 12 L
266
ACRYLIC
168
BALL BEARING LR 16
272
AC-SERVO MOTORS- COMPLETE PACKAGES
218
BALL BUSHING LME 20 UU
311
203
BALL CASTER
403
203
BALL LATCH 50
124
ADAPTER FOR TOOL QUIVER
441
BALL LATCH 70
125
ADAPTOR PLATE
281
124
ADD-IN CYLINDER EZ
234
125
ADDITIONAL ANGLE FOR SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT
434
BALL-HEADED KEY
585
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 F
343
134
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 H
343
BASE AND TRANSPORT PLATE 45 X 90 GD
134
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 45 X 90 S
344
BASE AND TRANSPORT PLATE 90 R 90
134
ADJUSTING UNIT VEN 90
344
135
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 45 X 90 F
345
BASIC BASEFRAME 200
522
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 45 X 90 H
345
BASIC LINE 200
520
ADJUSTING UNIT VEW 90
346
BASIC LINE VARIABLE
521
ADJUSTING UNITS
342
BASIC MODULE 200
520
ALU / PVC / OTHER MATERIALS
367
BASIC MODULE VARIABLE
521
ANGLE 19 GD
80
BASIC PORTAL CONSTRUCTION
384
ANGLE 25 GD
81
BASIC TABLE RACKS
354
ANGLE 25 GD-Z
81
BASICS
351
82
BATTERY OPERATED
222
BEARING ASSEMBLY FOR TRANSPORT ROLLERS
512
ANGLE 25 S
ANGLE 30 GD
238
ANGLE 45 GD
82
BEARING ASSEMBLY S
ANGLE 45 GD-Z
83
467 468
83
ANGLE 45 R 90
512
473
252
BELT DRIVE 45
289
ANGLE 45 X 90 GD
84
BELT DRIVE 90
289
ANGLE 45
84
496
ANGLE 45X90 GD-Z
85
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 45 FOR MOTOR KIT
498
ANGLE 45 VA
ANGLE 90
85
497
ANGLE 90 GD CONDUCTIVE
457
497
ANGLE BRACKET
103
501
ANGLE BRACKET FIXABLE
104
BELT DRIVING CYLINDER 90 FOR MOTOR KIT 90
501
148
496
ANGLE BRACKET R
104
500
ANGLE BRACKET R FIXABLE
105
BIT HOLDER
422
ANGLE-BRACKET FOR SECURITY SWITCH
202
BOLT AND BUTT FASTENER
66
ANGLEPOISE LAMP
388
BOLT CONCENTRIC LR 16
273
ANGLE-SHEET VA
253
BOLT LOCK 32 FOR FOUR-FACED KEY
114
ANGULAR PROFILE 89 X 89
BOLT LOCK 32 SOCKET HEX HEAD WRENCH 10 A/F
115
ANGULAR SLIDE BAR
183
BOLT LOCK 45 FOR-FACED KEY
115
ANODISING POLISHER
594
BOLT LOCK 45 HEX HEAD WRENCH 10 A/F
116
ANTI LIFT FOR SLIDING DOOR
199
BOLT-FASTENER 15
APPENDIX
24
BOLT-FASTENER 20
ASSEMBLY
562
ASSEMBLY HINTS
58
, ,
22 23 248
75
75
BORE
596
BOTTLE/BEVERAGE BAG HOLDER
438
ATTACHMENT CLIP 16
426
BRACE SOCKET 45 GD
149
ATTACHMENT CLIP 8
425
BRACE SOCKET 45 / 90
149
234
BRACKET CONSOLE FOR MINIATURE ADJUSTMENT UNIT
339
234
BRAKE PLATE
ATTACHMENT SET COUNTER CABINET
371
BUTT FASTENER
AUTOMATIC THREAD FORMING MACHINE
592
403
67 76
603
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
CORNER 90
150
CORRUGATED ALUMINIUM PANEL
169
CABLE
192
CORRUGATED MESH
168
CABLE CLIP
210
COUNTER CABINETS
370
CABLE CLIP 45
211
COUNTERSUNK SCREWS
CABLE DUCT END CAP AL
206
COUNTERWEIGHT 45
191
CABLE PULLEY 45
187
COUNTERWEIGHT 90
191
CABLE PULLEY 90
188
COVER 45 X 45 R
43
CABLE TROLLEYS FOR CIRCULAR LINES
411
COVER FOOT GD
154
CADMENU
COVER PROFILE
171
CAP FOR C-PROFILE RAIL
410
COVER PROFILE EPDM
180
CATCH 19
123
COVER PROFILE K
172
CATCH 8
113
COVER PROFILE L
172
CENTER DRIVE - 3 WHEELS SYSTEM
505
COVER PROFILE LR
269
CENTER LUMINAIRE 116
389
COVER PROFILE NBR
CENTER LUMINAIRE 78
389
CROSS-CONNECTOR
CENTERING BUSH
312
C-SECTION RAIL 30
409
CENTRAL EARTHING BOX ESD
454
CUP HOLDER
438
CHAIN
193
CURVE 180 200
523
CHAIN PULLEY 32
189
CURVE 90 200
523
CHAIN PULLEY 45 A
189
CYLINDER LOCK
114
CHAIN PULLEY 45 I
190
CHAIN PULLEY 90
CLAMP PROFILE PVC
CLAMPING CLAW
604
16
92
180
64 73
190
,
39, 163
37 163
166
91
D
DATA CONNECTION BOX CAT 6
392
DEBURRING TOOL
593
CLEAN ROOM CONVEYOR
486
21
CLOSED PROTECTIVE HANDLE
111
20
CLUTCH 20
282
DEFLECTION OF STAINLESS-STEEL PROFILES
247
COMBI L-KEY
586
DEPOSITING BOARD/MONITOR SUPPORT ROTATABLE
427
COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH ADD-IN CYLINDER EZ
232
DEPOSITING CONSOLE
428
COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH ADD-ON CYLINDER AZ
232
DESK TABLE
355
COMPOSITE PANEL
169
DISTANCE PROFILE
164
CONDUIT 32
212
DIVERTING STATION
538
CONDUIT 45
213
DOCUMENT BAR
407
CONDUIT 45 AL
207
DOCUMENT CLIP
431
CONDUIT 90 AL
209
DOCUMENT SUPPORT
407
CONDUIT AL
205
DOOR CATCH
126
CONNECTING ANGLE 32
86
DOOR CHAIN CLAMPING DEVICE
193
CONNECTING BAR
86
DOOR HANDLE
123
90
DOOR HINGE LARGE
90
DOOR HINGE SMALL
91
DOOR LOCK
113
99
99
CONNECTING SHAFT 45
281
DOOR SG 1000
565
CONNECTING SHAFT 90
282
DOOR STOP S
126
CONNECTION OF MOTORS
285
DOUBLE PANEL CLAMPING PROFILE
165
CONSOLE 300
415
DOUBLE SLIDE BAR
183
CONTAINER TABLE
355
DOUBLE TOOL CLAMP
419
CONVEYOR BEARING 45
494
DOUBLE-U CIRCUIT
519
CONVEYOR BEARING 45 - 20
495
374
CONVEYOR BEARING 45 FOR PLUG ON MOTOR
495
374
494
DRAWING HOLDER
430
CONVEYOR BEARING 90
499
DRILL AND ALLEN KEY HOLDER
422
500
DRILLING JIG
587
CONVEYOR BELTS
469
DRILLING JIG FOR MITRE-CONNECTOR
588
CORNER 180
150
DRILLING JIG FOR MITRE-CONNECTOR N
588
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
DRIP TRAY SUPPORT
538
DRIVING BELT NBR
513
DRIVING BELT PU
513
FASTENING KIT 19 FOR PROTECTION FIELDS
DRUM BEARING LEFT KNIFE EDGE
503
FASTENING KIT FOR PROTECTION FIELDS SG
566
DRUM BEARING RIGHT KNIFE EDGE
504
280
DUMMY PLUG WITHOUT RESISTOR
454
278
279
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONING DEVICE 45X90H
277
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONING DEVICE 90
277
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONNING DEVICE 45
276
453
FASTENING KIT FOR TIMING BELT TENSIONNING DEVICE 45 X 90 F
276
273
FEET GD
137
402
FEET PA
136
173
FEET PA WITH ATTACHMENT BORES
136
173
FEET VA
137
174
FIELD SG 1500/1750/2000
568
EDGE PROTECTION FOR CONDUIT 45
208
FIELD SG 500/750/1000/1250
567
ELECTRICALLY HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLE
358
FILTER REGULATOR AND MANUAL START-UP VALVE
449
ELEVATOR STATION 200
527
FIXING KIT FOR CHAIN (COUNTERWEIGHT SIDE)
194
188
FIXING KIT LRE
268
252
FIXING KIT LRK
267
315
FIXING PLATE FOR WHEEL RIGID TYPE
140
313
FLANGE BEARING 32
END CAP LB 45 X 135
314
FLEXIBLE-ASSEMBLY-LINES FMS
END CAP LB 45 X 180
314
FLEXIBLE-ASSEMBLY-SYSTEME FMS
543
END CAP LB 90
315
FLOOR ANCHOR 10
144
END CAP LR (LEFT)
269
FLOOR ANCHOR 12
145
END CAP LR (RIGHT)
268
FLOOR CABINET WITH DOUBLE DOORS
376
END CAP LR 16
272
144
142
208
FLOOR MOUNTING PLATE 45 / 90
142
210
143
211
FLOOR MOUNTING PLATE 90 X 180
143
394
FLUSH-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD
392
ESD ACCESSORIES
452
FOOT 45 GD
152
ESD EARTHING BOX
453
FOOT 45 GD OPEN
152
ESD TABLETOP MELAMINE CONDUCTIVE, LIGHT GREY, 25
367
FOOT 45 GD S
153
ESD TABLETOP RUBBER, CONDUCTIVE, 22
367
FOOT 90 GD
153
EXAMPLE ENERGY SUPPLY DUCTING SYSTEM COMPONENT INSERTION

393
FOOT 90 S
154
FOOT REST COMFORT
382
EXAMPLES
352
FOOT REST ECO
381
EXAMPLES BEL CONVEYOR
465
FOOT REST STANDARD
381
EXAMPLES BELT CONVEYOR
466
FOOT RESTS
380
FOOT VA
254
E
EARTH WIRE ESD
ECCENTRIC BUSH
EDGE PROTECTION
EDGE PROTECTION 0,5 -1,5
END BLOCK
END CAP 45X45 VA
END CAP LB 180
END CAP LB 45
, ,
END CAPS
END COVER FOR CONDUIT 45
END COVER FOR CONDUIT 90 AL
ENERGY CHAIN R
EXAMPLES OF APPLICATIONS
59 60 237 242
, , , , , , , ,
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
565
401
541 542
EXAMPLES OF SLIDES
261
FREQUENCY TRANSFORMER FU 370 PP
221
EXTENSION ARM, DESK TABLE AND BOX-TYPE TABLE
385
FURNITURE WHEEL WITH LOCKING DEVICE
138
EXTENSION ARMS FOR HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLES
385
FURNITURE WHEEL WITHOUT LOCKING DEVICE
138
EXTENSION BASEFRAME 200
522
605
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
HINGED EXTENSION ARM ECO
412
457
GAS SPRING 10/22
106
458
GAS SPRING 6/15
105
HOLDER, SEMI OPEN FRONT CONTAINER
413
GAS SPRING 8/20
106
HORIZONTAL DOUBLE OUTLET
434
GLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT
195
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
233
GLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT PARALLEL
195
HYDRAULIC VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT
231
GRAB BINS 90 L = 200
414
HYDRAULICALLY HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE TABLE
358
GRAB BINS 90 L = 300
414
GRID SYSTEM
561
GROOVE SYSTEM
246
GROOVE SYSTEM
19
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE 19
87
ICAD
87
ICAD ASSEMBLER
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE 45 AL
88
INQUIRY
492
88
INQUIRY ABOUT FITTING FIELD
570
GUARD UNIT FIXING ANGLE GD-K
89
INQUIRY ABOUT SLIDING DOOR
571
556
INQUIRY BASED ON DRAWING
573
INQUIRY BASIC CIRCUIT 90
530
GUIDE FOR SLIDING DOOR
196
INQUIRY CLEAN ROOM CONVEYOR
487
GUIDE PROFILE 2
176
INQUIRY COMPACT CIRCIUT 180
531
GUIDE PROFILE 3
177
INQUIRY DOUBLE-U CIRCUIT
533
GUIDE ROLLER WITH LOCKING DEVICE, CONDUCTIVE
458
INQUIRY FOR LIFTING DOOR
572
GUIDE ROLLER WITHOUT LOCKING DEVICE, CONDUCTIVE
459
INQUIRY MACHINE PROTECTION
557
INQUIRY NOSEBAR CONVEYOR
472
INQUIRY ROLLER CONVEYOR WITH DRIVE
479
INQUIRY ROLLER CONVEYOR WITHOUT DRIVE
480
INQUIRY SHUNT
534
74
471
HANDLE 120
112
474
HANDLE 180
112
INQUIRY TIMING BELT CONVEYOR 32
484
117
INQUIRY U-CIRCIUT WITH ELEVATOR STATION
532
116
INQUIRY VERTICAL CIRCUIT
529
118
INSERT SEAL 2
174
117
INSERT SEAL 4
175
HANDLE 90
111
INSERT SEAL 4-30
240
HANDLE AL
109
INSERT SEAL 5
175
HANDLE AL ANGLED
109
INSERT SEAL 6 (F)
176
HANDLE PROFILE
57
INSERTION TIDE
596
HANDLE PROFILE 32
57
INTERAL HINGE AL
102
GUARD UNIT FOR MACHINE PROTECTION

70 89
H
HAMMER HEAD SCREW
16
17
HEAD DRIVE STATION
538
INTERNAL ANGLE BRACKET OF CABLE DUCT AL
207
357
INTERNAL ANGLE FOR CONDUIT 45
209
HEX SOCKET CAP SCREWS
92
HINGE 19
96
HINGE 19 S
HINGE 32
HINGE 32 S
HINGE 45
96
95
100
97
101
HINGE 45 S
101
HINGE L 19/19
97
HINGE L 19/30
239
HINGE L 19/45
98
HINGE L 30/30
239
HINGE L 30/45
240
HINGE L 45/45
98
INTERNAL HINGE AL
100
HINGE 45 M6
HINGED CANTILEVER
606
412
KANBAN SYSTEMS
396
KEYBOARD STORAGE
429
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
L
LATERAL GUIDE
470 507
MOTOR KIT 90
502
MOUNTING ANGLES
69
MOUNTING BLOCK
425
506
455
506
455
LEVELLING ELEMENT
146
MOUNTING BRACKET 45
147
456
LEVELLING PLATE 45
145
MOUNTING BRACKET 45 X 90 GD CONDUCTIVE
456
LEVELLING PLATE 90
146
MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR ENERGY CHAIN R
212
147
MOUNTING DEVICE
444
LIFT STATION 200
527
MULTIBLOCK GD
162
LIFTING-DOOR
555
LIGHTING
387
LIMIT STOP FOR CABLE TROLLEY
411
LINEAR MODULE LB 180
322
LINEAR MODULE LB 90
322
LINEAR SYSTEM LB
307
LINEAR SYSTEM LR
259 260
LINEAR-MODULE LMZ 90
335
LINEAR-MODULE LMZ 90
334
LINK
103
LOAD CAPACITY
560
LOCK FOR DOUBLE DOOR
128
LOCKS
LONGITUDINAL STOPS
80
N
,
NOTES
347 597
120
577 578
LUBRICATOR
449
ONE-AXIS OR MULTIPLE-AXIS LINEAR SYSTEMS
217
OPTIONS
490
OUTLET
436
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
392
M
MACHINE PROTECTION EXAMPLES
553 554
MAGNETIC BIT HOLDER TORX
587
MAGNETIC CATCH
129
PAN HEAD SCREW 16
161
MAGNETIC CATCH N
130
PAN HEAD SCREW 20
161
MAGNETIC CATCH S
130
159
MAGNETIC HOLDER
420
159
MAGNETIC SENSOR
222
PANEL CLAMP PROFILE
166
MAGNETIC TAPE
222
PANEL CLAMPING PROFILE
350
PANEL ELEMENTS
MEASURING DISPLAY
222
PANEL HOLDER
167
MINI ADJUSTING UNIT FITTING KIT
337
PARALLEL SLIDE BAR
184
MINI ADJUSTING UNIT WITH HANDLE PROFILE 32
339
PIVOTING HOLDER
441
338
PLIERS HOLDER
420
338
PLUG
226
337
PLUG-ON MOTOR
221
MINI-ADJUSTING UNITS
336
PNEUMATIC 3-WAY DISTRIBUTOR
450
MINITEC POWER-LOCK FASTENER 30
236
225
MINITEC POWER-LOCK FASTENER STAINLESS
251
PNEUMATIC CONNECTION PLATE 45 X 90
225
165
156 157 158
MITRE CONNECTION
65
225
MITRE CONNECTOR
79
227
MITRE CONNECTOR N
79
228
MODULE LR 6 Z 45
293
229
MODULE LR 6 Z 90
294
228
MONITOR CARRIER WITH KEYBOARD STORAGE TFT
428
229
MOTOR ARRANGEMENT
491
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
224
498
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
448
499
POLYCARBONATE
168
607
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
POSITIONER 200
526
PROFILE HANDLE 32
POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS OF RAILS AND SLIDES
263
PROFILE SECTIONS
POST SG 45 X 45
564
PROFILES
POST SG 45 X 90
564
PROJECT EXAMPLES
18
14 15
POWER LOCK FASTENER
62
280
POWER LOCK FASTENER N
63
278
391
279
POWER SUPPLY
POWER-LOCK FASTENER
72
PROTECTIVE CAP FOR CABLE DUCT AL
206
POWER-LOCK FASTENER N
72
213
PREASSEMBLED ELEMENTS FOR LIFTING AND SLIDING BOORS
186
214
437
214
PROFILE 19 X 11
241
PROXIMITY SWITCH HOLDER AL
215
PROFILE 19 X 19
241
PROXIMITY SWITCH PNP (NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT)
205
PROFILE 19 X 32
35
PROXIMITY SWITCH PNP (NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT)
204
PROFILE 19 X 45
35
PROXIWITHY SWITCH
524
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R
397
PROFILE 270 X 19
56 368
PROFILE 30 X 30
236
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R BASEMENT
397
PROFILE 32 X 180
55
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R COVER
398
PROFILE 32 X 32 F
37
PULLEY CARRIER 45 X 45 R COVER SF
398
PROFILE 32 X 32 UL
36
PULLEY D 25
399
PROFILE 45 R 30
45
PVC-BAR
177
PROFILE 45 R 45
45
PVC-PLATE
169
PROFILE 45 R 60
44
PROFILE 45 R 90
PROFILE 45 X 135 1G
44
51 309
PROFILE 45 X 135 F
52
52 310
QUICK COUPLING 1/4
227
36
QUICK COUPLING 1/8
226
PROFILE 45 X 32 F
38
QUICK LABEL 27X75
431
PROFILE 45 X 32 UL
38
QUICK LABEL 38X100
432
PROFILE 45 X 45
40
PROFILE 45 X 45 2G
41
PROFILE 45 X 45 2GG
42
PROFILE 45 X 45 3G
42
PROFILE 45 X 45 F
40
RAIL 135 F
300
41
RAIL 135 H
300
43
RAIL 180 F
302
39
RAIL 180 H
303
251
RAIL 19
297
50
RAIL 32
298
PROFILE 45 X 90
49
RAIL 45
298
PROFILE 45 X 90 F
48
RAIL 45 X 180 F
301
PROFILE 45 X 90 G
50
RAIL 45 X 180 H
301
PROFILE 45 X 90 S
49 309
RAIL 45 X 90 F
299
48
RAIL 45 X 90 H
299
46
RAIL 90
302
46
RAIL HOLDER
409
51
RAIL LR 16 45X90 H
304
55
RAIL LR 16 90
305
RAIL LR 16 90X180 H
305
291
PROFILE 45 X 180 1G
PROFILE 45 X 19
PROFILE 45 X 45 G
PROFILE 45 X 45 R
PROFILE 45 X 45 UL
PROFILE 45 X 45 VA
PROFILE 45 X 60 F
PROFILE 45 X 90 UL
PROFILE 45/22,5
PROFILE 45/45
PROFILE 60 X 60 F
PROFILE 90 R 90
PROFILE 90 X 180 S
56 311
PROFILE 90 X 19
47
RAIL LR 6
PROFILE 90 X 32 UL
47
RAIL LR 6 COMPACT
293
PROFILE 90 X 90 2G
54
RAILS
262
PROFILE 90 X 90 G
54
RECYCLABLE MATERIAL COLLECTOR
439
PROFILE 90 X 90 L
53
RECYCLABLE MATERIAL COLLECTOR FOR ATTACHMENT
439
RETURN SHAFT 16 KNIFE EDGE
504
PROFILE 90 X 90 S
PROFILE HANDLE
608
110
, , , , , , ,
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
53 310
110
RHOMBUS NUT
93
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
ROD LOCK
121
321
ROD LOCK WITH SPRING RETENTION
122
SHAFT SUPPORTING PROFILE
266
ROLLER CONVEYOR WITH DRIVE
478
SHAFT SUPPORTING PROFILE LR 16
270
SIDE LUMINAIRE 36
388
SIGNAL PROFLE
171

ROLLER CONVEYORS RMS
,
546, 547, 549
476 477
ROLLER ELEMENT
197
SINGLE AND MULTIPLE POSITIONING AND CONTROL SYSTEM
219
ROLLER ELEMENT FOR SLIDING DOOR
198
SINGLE TOOL CLAMP, LARGE BASE PLATE
419
ROLLER ELEMENT S
197
SINGLE TOOL CLAMP, SMALL BASE PLATE
418
ROLLER STRIP END STOP
401
SLIDE BAR 23
182
ROLLER STRIP FASTENING
400
SLIDE BAR 8
181
ROLLER STRIP WITH CYLINDRICAL ROLLERS
399
SLIDE BAR 8N
181
ROLLER STRIP WITH FLANGED ROLLERS
400
SLIDE BAR R
182
ROLLING DOOR WITH DRIVE
200
SLIDE CLAMPING UNIT (TOP) LWG / LWN / LW
283
ROPE CLAMP
192
SLIDE ELEMENT
196
ROTATING ASSEMBLY
446
SLIDE G 32
340
427
SLIDE LB 180
319
426
SLIDE LB 45
317
RUBBERIZED, STANDARD CURVE NR CHAIN
537
SLIDE LB 45 X 135
317
RUBBERIZED, STANDARD CURVE STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN
537
SLIDE LB 45 X 180
318
SLIDE LB 90
318
SLIDE LR 16 - 90
304
SLIDE LR 6
290
SLIDE LR 6 WITH COVER
290
S
SAFETY DISTANCES
559
SLIDE LR 6 Z
291
SAW CUT, SQUARE, MINIMIZED BURR
596
SLIDE LR16 - 45
303
SCREW BLOCK 32
160
SLIDE LR6 COMPACT
292
SCREW BLOCK 45
160
SLIDE LW 135
296
SCREW CONNECTION
68
SLIDE LW 180
297
SCREW CONNECTION 32
74
SLIDE LW 32
294
SCREW CONNECTION 45
73
SLIDE LW 32 E
295
SCREW-CONNECTION 30 N
237
SLIDE LW 45
295
SCREWDRIVER HOLDER
442
SLIDE LW 90
296
SCREW-IN STRIP
164
329
SEALING LEDGE
178
329
SEALING LIP PROFILE
179
330
SEALING PROFILE
179
330
SECURITY SWITCH AZ 16 ZVR K
202
331
SECURITY SWITCH WITH LOCK
204
331
SEGMENT CHAIN CONVEYORS CURVES
538
332
SEMI OPEN FRONT CONTAINER RACK
413
332
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT BASE ELEMENT
432
SLIDE LWN-S
333
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT EXPANSION ELEMENT
433
SLIDE RAIL LG
326
SEMI-OPEN COMPARTMENT, SINGLE
433
SLIDE RAIL LN
326
SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINER HOLDER, MULTIPLE
423
SLIDE RAIL LN-S
327
SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINER HOLDER, SINGLE
423
SLIDE-ROLL ELEMENT
194
SEMI-OPEN FRONT CONTAINERS
424
SLIDEWAYS
SHAFT 12
265
SHAFT 16
270
SNAP BOLT 25
127
SHAFT 20
312
SNAP BOLT 40
128
SHAFT 20 FOR LB-SYSTEM
313
SOCKET , CHANNEL SOCKET
392
SHAFT FASTENER LEFT LR 16
271
SOCKET HOLDER
421
SHAFT RETENTION DEVICE
267
SOLARTECHNOLOGY
581
SHAFT RETENTION DEVICE RIGHT LR 16
271
SOUND-PROOFING SHEET
169
321
SPACER 39
514
319
SPACER 44
515
320
SPECIALITIES
249
320
220
324
58 198
609
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
SQUARE NUTS
610
71 93
THREAD FORMER M8
589
THREAD FORMING MACHINE
591
238
THREAD SOCKET GD
162
SQUARE-NUT M05 X 8
242
THROUGH BORE
596
STANDARD CURVE CHAIN
537
TIMING BELT
528
STANDARD CURVE CHAIN WITH JAM ROLLERS
537
TIMING BELT 16 AT 5
274
STANDARD CURVE STAINLESS STEEL CHAIN
537
TIMING BELT 32 AT 10
275
STEEL BRACKET 250
429
STEEL BRACKET 400
430
TIMING BELT PULLEY LR 6
287
STEP DRILL 10,1
590
TIMING BELT PULLEY T 45
286
STEP DRILL 15
590
288
STEP DRILL 20
591
TIMING BELT PULLEY T 90
286
STOP FOR SLIDING DOOR
199
288
STOPPER
524
TIMING BELT TENSIONER
275
STOPPER 25
131
TOOL CASE S
440
STOPPER 30
132
TOOL CASE S AS SET
440
STRAP HANDLE PROFILE 32
402
TOOL HANGER
408
151
TOOL HOLDER PLATE
415
151
TOOL HOLDER SET
416
SUPPORITNG SHEET
507
TOOL HOLDER WITH SLANTED HOOK ENDS
417
SUPPORT BEARING 20
514
TOOL HOLDER WITH VERTICAL HOOK ENDS
418
SUPPORT ROLLER KIT
508
TOOL SUPPORT
416
SWING-OUT HINGE
102
TOOL TROLLEY
410
SWITCH UNIT IN 200
525
TOOTHED RACK 8
274
SWITCH UNIT OUT 200
525
502
SWITCH, TWO-WAY SWITCH
392
503
SWIVEL PLATE
505
TORX BIT T 40 X 25
589
SYNCHRONOUS PULLEY 45
187
TRANSFERSYSTEM TSG
517
SYSTEM CONCEPTS
518
TRANSPORT ROLLER AL
509
TRANSPORT ROLLER PVC
509
TRANSPORT ROLLER S AL
510
TRANSPORT ROLLER S PVC
510
TRUNK-LOCK
129
TABLETOP LINOLEUM, LIGHT GREY, 22
365
T-SHEET VA
253
TABLETOP MELAMINE, LIGHT GREY, 22
365
T-SLOT BAR 135
TABLETOP MULTIPLEX, 40
366
T-SLOT BAR 140
77
TABLETOP MULTIPLEX, BEECH, NATURAL, 22
365
T-SLOT BAR 180
TABLETOP PLASTIC, 40
366
T-SLOT BAR 90
TABLETOP PLASTIC, LIGHT GREY, 22
365
T-SLOT BAR PROFILE
TABLETOPS
364
T-SLOT MAGNET
,
76, 254
78, 255
131, 417, 508
TEAR-OFF LEVER
592
TUBE AL 50 X 2
511
TEAR-OFF PLIERS FOR G PROFILES
593
TUBE PVC 50 X 2
511
TECHNICAL DATA
245
445
359
445
361
TWIST-STOP
127
360
TWO-WAY SWITCH
435
360
TWO-WAY SWITCH/OUTLET
436
362
361
TELESCOPIC GUIDE FULLY EXTENDABLE 400
377
TELESCOPIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
359
T-HANDLE 19
118
T-HANDLE 32
119
T-HANDLE 45
119
T-HANDLE KEY
585
T-HANDLE KEY TORX T40
586
THREAD
596
SQUARE WASHER
93
SQUARE-NUT 30
482 483
77
78 255
SUPPLEMENT INDEX
INDEX
U
U-BAR FOR SLIDING DOOR
200
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DOORS, LARGE, LEFT
378
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DOORS, SMALL, LEFT
377
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS 200
376
373
372
371
372
UNDER COUNTER CABINET WITH DRAWERS, SHELF 50/100/150/200
373
UNDER COUNTER CABINETS WITH DRAWERS FOR HANGING FILES
375
UNIVERSAL CLAMPING SOCKET
442
UPRIGHT BEARING
107
U-PROFILE
178
UTENSILS CABINET, LEFT
375
V
VEHICLE REFINISHING
580
VERTICAL DOUBLE OUTLET
435
VERTICAL SPANNER HOLDER
421
W
WHEEL RIGID TYPE
140
141
139
141
139
WORKPIECE TRAY 200
526
WORKTABLE INQUIRY
461
611
APPENDIX
x i dneppA
THIS CATALOGE WAS HANDED OVER TO YOU BY:
Copyright by MiniTec
Reprint,also partially, only with our written authorisation.
Specifications are subject to change without notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer. Every care has
been taken to ensure accuracy of the data contained in this catalog, but no liability can be accepted for any loss or
damage suffered through errors or omission.
We will gratefully acknowledge any additions or corrections.

MiniTec ENG Katalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MiniTec ENG Katalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MINITEC

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

TABLE OF CONTENT INTRODUCTION

LINKS AND HINGES

LINEAR SYSTEM LG/LN

HANDLES, LOCKS, STOPS

BASIC TABLE RACKS

BASIC PORTAL CONSTRUCTION

FITTING OF PANEL ELEMENTS

EDGE-, COVER-, SLIDEAND SEALING PROFILES

HYDRAULIC VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT PAGE

DRIVE UNITS AND

TABLE OF CONTENT INTRODUCTION

TOOLS + PROCESSING SERVICES

CLEAN ROOM CONVEYORS

SEGMENTED CHAIN CONVEYOR

ROLLER CONVEYORS RMS

The Production Program

The Occupational Health and Safety

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF WORKPLACE SYSTEM

Optimized assembly-unit with

Material supply trolley

Office Cube the intelligent office solution

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF VEHICLE REFINISHING

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

Conveyor stainless steel

Timing belt conveyor

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

Chain conveyor GKF

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF LINEAR SYSTEM

2-axis adjusting unit, manual

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF QUALITIY CONTROL

Visual classification of small parts

Optical qualitiy inspection with

Measuring and surfacecheck of

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF SAFETY SYSTEMS

Acoustic machine guard

Safety fence with sliding door

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF SOLAR TECHNOLOGY

Lay-up station with

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

EXAMPLES OF TURN-KEY SOLUTIONS

Label printer and applicator

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

Brushing machine for furniture boards

Transfersystem with lifting station

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

Longitudinally adjustable conveyor

Workstation with hinged monitor

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

MiniTec CAD Support

- Design tool using AutoCAD commands

MiniTec ICAD 3.7 for all CAD System

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

MiniTec iCAD Assembler 1.6.3

- 3D design tool for MiniTec components

MINITEC PROFILE SYSTEM

Al Mg 0,7 Si EN-AW-6063 T66